Home

2015 Nissan Armada

1. 005 4 4 How to use the NISSAN controller 4 5 How to select menus on the screen 4 6 How to use the STATUS button 4 6 How to use the INFO button 0005 4 6 How to use the SETTING button 4 8 SID OFF button n na cece eee eeeeeeees 4 10 Control panel buttons color screen with Navigation System if so equipped 5 4 10 How to use the NISSAN controller 4 11 How to use the touch screen 0 eee eee 4 11 How to select menus on the screen 4 13 How to use the STATUS button 4 14 How to use the INFO button 0 4 14 How to use the SETTING button 4 16 SID OFF button 0 e cece eee eee eeeeeaees 4 19 Image viewer if so equipped ce eee eens 4 19 Using the image viewer 0 0 5 4 19 RearView Monitor if so equipped 05 4 21 How to read the displayed lines 4 22 How to park with predicted course lines 4 23 Difference between predicted and actual CISTANCES 4ai ennan NE E ENNAN 4 24 How to adjust the screen cece eee ee 4 27 Operating UDSiacntckxice pas eaten cvaeusensdoad 4 27 NENIS E E oe Setedtewees E OE EE E ae 4 28 Heater and air conditioner automatic 4 29 Automatic operation 0 0 c cece 4 29 Manual OReIallOn s sucatecteace usr eereutecucend 4
2. Sets a route to a facility near the current vehicle location Address Book Searches for a location stored in the Address Book Previous Destinations Sets a route to a previous destination 4 140 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Vehicle Information Commands COMMAND ACTION Fuel Economy Displays Fuel Economy information Maintenance Displays Maintenance information Traffic Information Turns the traffic information system on and off Where am Displays current vehicle location Audio Commands COMMAND ACTION AM Changes the audio system mode to AM radio FM Changes the audio system mode to FM radio XM Changes the audio system mode to XM radio CD Changes the audio system mode to CD Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 141 Voice command examples Some basic voice command examples are de scribed here For navigation system commands refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Example 1 Placing a call to the phone number 800 662 6200 1 oF W N Press the TALK switch located on the steering wheel You will hear a prompt Say Phone Say Dial Number Say 800 The system announces Please say the next 3 digits or dial or say change number 6 Say 662 7 The system announces Please say the last 4 digits or say change number 4 142 Monitor climate audi
3. 1 6 1 7 Third row power folding seats 1 12 Seatback pockets aooaa a 2 45 Seat belt Child safety oaoa aa 1 30 Infants and small children 1 31 Injured Person 5 4 a cw amp do wo ee 1 23 Largerchildren 1 31 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 20 Pregnantwomen 45 1 23 Rear center seat belt 1 26 Seat belt extenders 1 29 Seat belt maintenance 1 29 Seat belts 6 6 bak ae Ww KS eR 1 20 7 5 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 29 Three point type with retractor 1 23 Seat belt extenders oaoa aaa 1 29 Seat belt warning light a naaa 1 23 2 18 Seats 2nd row bench seat adjustment 1 4 2nd row captain s chair adjustment 1 6 1 7 Adjustment aaae 1 2 Automatic drive positioner 3 36 3 36 Frontseats 2 2 ee ee 1 2 Heated seats 004 2 39 2 40 Second row captain s chair adjustment 1 6 1 7 Security indicator light 2 20 Security system NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System engine start 2 30 3 4 5 12 Security systems Vehicle security system 2 29 Security systems see theft warning 2 29 Self adjusting brakes 4 8 24 10 6 Service manual order form 9 35 Servicing air conditioner 4 33 Shifting Automatic transmission 5 16 Shift lock release 00 000 a 5 18 Shoulder belt heigh
4. Do not expose the battery to flames an electrical spark or a cigarette Hydrogen gas generated by the battery is explo sive Explosive gases can cause blind ness or injury Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces Sulfuric acid can cause blindness or injury After touch ing a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands If the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can generate heat reduce battery life and in some cases lead to an explosion When working on or near a battery al ways wear suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry Battery posts terminals and related ac cessories contain lead and lead com pounds Wash hands after handling Keep battery out of the reach of children e Do not tip the battery Keep the vent caps tight and the battery level Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 WDI0224 1 Remove the vent caps with a screwdriver as shown Use a cloth to protect the battery case 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself 2 Check the fluid level in each cell If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level up to the bottom of the filler opening Do no
5. iPod Classic firmware version 1 1 1 or later iPod Touch firmware version 2 0 0 or later iPod nano 1st generation firmware ver sion 1 3 1 or later iPod nano 2nd generation firmware ver sion 1 1 3 or later iPod nano 3rd generation firmware ver sion 1 1 3 or later iPod nano 4th generation firmware ver sion 1 0 4 or later iPod nano 5th generation firmware ver sion 1 0 1 or later Some features of this iPod may not be fully functional Make sure that your iPod firmware Is updated to the version indicated above 8 00 Q Artist XXXXXX Album XXXXXX Track XXXXXX Shuffle Songs Repeat All Track 1 of 23 2 10 Menu hil Audio main operation Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position Press the DISC AUX button repeatedly to switch to the iPod mode If the system has been turned off while the iPod was playing pressing the VOL ON OFF control knob will start the iPod DISC AUX button When the DISC AUX button is pressed with the system off and the iPod connected the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and the iPod is connected press the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the center display changes to the iPod mode Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 75 iPod gt Music 8 00 Playlists Artists LHA1398 Interface The interface for iPod operation show
6. Disconnect and secure the center seat belt and tongues into the retractor base For additional information refer to Stowing the 3rd row center seat belt in this section Always reconnect the center seat belt when the seat is returned to the upright position Make sure that there are no objects on the seatback cushion A CAUTION Make sure the seat s is returned to the full upright position before a passenger sits in the seat s When folding or returning the seat s to the upright position to avoid injury to yourself and others Make sure that the seat path is clear before moving the seat e Be careful not to allow hands or feet to get caught or pinched in the seat To raise the 3rd row seats push and hold the top portion of the switch A chime will sound one time to indicate the start of the operation One long continuous warning chime will sound if the seat isn t in the full upright or folded position when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position lf the warning beep is still present after one complete cycle and if the seats are in the full upright or folded position bring your vehicle in for service If the ignition switch is off the power folding seats are always operational Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system If the ignition switch is on the power folding seats are only operational when the shift selector is in P Park or N Neutral If the
7. Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness When replacing tires install the specified size of tires on all four wheels 5 32 Starting and driving When installing a spare tire make sure that it is the proper size and type as specified on the Tire and Loading Information label For additional in formation refer to Tire and loading information label in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual For additional information refer to Wheels and tires in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual The ABS controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rota tion speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking and sliding By preventing each wheel from lock ing the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spin ning on slippery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down De press the brake pedal with firm steady pressure but do not pump the brakes The ABS will oper ate to prevent the wheels from locking up Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles A WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping distances Self test feature The ABS includes electronic sensors electric pumps hydraulic solenoids and a
8. 2 Turn the temperature dial to the left or right to set the desired temperature To quickly remove ice from the outside of the windows press the fan control speed button until it reaches the maximum speed oS e As soon as possible after the windshield is clean press the AUTO button to return to the auto mode When the defroster control button SY is activated the air conditioner will automati cally be turned on at outside temperatures above 36 F 2 C If in defrost mode for more than 1 minute the air conditioning system will continue to operate until the fan control is turned OFF the vehicle is shut off or the A C button is pressed even if the air flow MODE control button is used to select a position other than the GY position This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield The air recirculation mode auto matically turns off allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defogging performance MANUAL OPERATION Fan speed control buttons Press the fan speed control buttons to manually control the fan speed Press OFF to turn the system off Press the AUTO button to return to automatic control of the fan speed 4 30 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Air recirculation The SS mode automatically turns off allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger com partment to prevent fogging in defrost floor or def floor m
9. Chemicals used for road surface de icing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corro sion which may be required in some areas con sult a NISSAN dealer 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirements 2 0005 8 2 General maintenance 0 0 ce cence eee 8 2 Explanation of general maintenance items 8 2 Maintenance precautionS cee eee ee eee 8 5 Engine compartment check locations 8 6 Engine cooling system 002 cee eee eee eee 8 7 Checking engine coolant level 005 8 8 Changing engine coolant 0 000e eee 8 8 PRONG Ollice demeceredceceu teases eens Sueecesneees 8 9 Checking engine oil level 2 002 00 8 9 Changing engine oil 2 2 ee ee eee eee 8 10 Changing engine oil filter 5 8 11 5 speed automatic transmission fluid 8 12 Power steering MOnx cus oaienntaveewdertaavyemenee 8 13 Brake UG lt n cosa enee re E EE E 8 13 Prak Td eenkeer ahs ba aie be ae 8 14 Windshield washer fluid 2200 005 8 14 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 8 14 B UO erene ae caressee EEE EEEE 8 15 Jump Aa G erras aeee a Ea
10. If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustra tion it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle GC 3 Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these indicate movement or action T t Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call attention to an item in the illustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING A WARNING Engine exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth de fects or other reproductive harm In addi tion certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVISORY Some vehicle parts such as lithium batter ies may contain perchlorate material The following advisory is provided Perchlo rate Material special handling may apply See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate amp Bluetooth BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Visteon and Clarion SirlusXM services require a subscription after trial period and are sold separately or as a package The satellite service is Sirius available only in the 48 contiguous USA and DC SirtusXM satellite service is also available in Canada see www siriusxm ca 2015 NISSAN NO
11. master or mechanical NISSAN Intelligent Key models any request switch NISSAN Intelligent Key models the keyfob or NISSAN Intelligent Key Keyfob and NISSAN Intelligent Key opera tion Push the button All doors lock The hazard lights flash twice and the horn beeps once to indicate all doors are locked When the button is pushed with all doors locked the hazard lights flash twice and the horn beeps once as a re minder that the doors are already locked The horn may or may not beep For addi tional information refer to Silencing the horn beep feature in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section Confirm that the lt 2 indicator light comes on The S light stays on for about 30 seconds The vehicle security system Is now pre armed After about 30 seconds the vehicle security system automatically shifts into the armed phase The cay light begins to flash once every 3 seconds If during the 30 second pre arm time period the driver s door is unlocked by the key a request switch the keyfob or Intelligent Key or if the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ON position the system will not arm Instruments and controls 2 29 If the key is turned slowly when locking the driver s door the system may not arm Furthermore if the key is turned beyond the vertical position toward the unlock position to remove the key the system may be disarmed when the key is removed
12. 1 Press and hold the desired HomeLink but ton DO NOT release the button 2 The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds Without releasing the HomeLink button proceed with Pro gramming HomeLink Step 1 For questions or comments contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 except Mexico The HomeLink Universal Transceiver button has now been reprogrammed The new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink button that was just programmed This procedure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink buttons IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN If your vehicle is stolen you should change the codes of any non rolling code device that has been programmed into HomeLink Consult the Owner s Manual of each device or call the manu facturer or dealer of those devices for additional information When your vehicle is recovered you will need to reprogram the HomeLink Univer sal Transceiver with your new transmitter information Instruments and controls 2 67 FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause unde sired operation NOTE Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s aut
13. Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing your air conditioner system SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE Type Cylinder arrangement Bore x Stroke Displacement Firing order Idle speed A T in N position Ignition timing degree B T D C at idle speed CO at idle Spark plug Spark plug gap Nominal Camshaft operation This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES 002 VK56DE Gasoline 4 cycle DOHC 8 cylinder V block Slanted at 90 in mm 3 858 x 3 622 98 x 92 cu in cm 338 78 5 552 1 8 7 3 6 5 4 2 No adjustment is necessary Standard Model DILFR5A 11 FFV Model DILFR5A 11D in mm 0 043 1 1 Timing chain Technical and consumer information 9 9 WHEELS AND TIRES Wheels Size Offset in mm 18 x 8 0JJ 1 25 20 x 8 0JJ 9 23 Tires P265 70R18 P275 60R20 Spare tire Full size 9 10 Technical and consumer information DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Overall length Overall width Overall height 2wd with roof rack 4wd with roof rack Track Width 18 FR RR track 20 FR RR track Wheelbase Gross vehicle weight rating Gross axle weight rating Front Rear in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm Ib kg Ib kg Ib kg 207 7 5 275 79 4 2 016 77 2 1 962 78 0 1 982 67 9 1 725 68 1 729 123 2 3 130 See the F M V S S C M V S S certification label on the center pillar between the driver s side fron
14. Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack If it is nec essary to work under the vehicle sup port it with safety stands e Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is designed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change Use the correct jack up points Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary Never use blocks on or under the jack Do not start or run the engine while vehicle is on the jack It may cause the vehicle to move This is especially true for vehicles with limited slip differentials Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack Never run the engine with a wheel s off the ground It may cause the vehicle to move Always refer to the illustration for the correct placement and jack up points for your specific vehicle model and Jack type Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instruc tions 1 Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground NOTE Before jacking up the vehicle make sure the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position If the vehicle is lifted up with the ignition switch placed in the ON position the auto levelin
15. Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformu lated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions NISSAN supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug gests that you use reformulated gasoline when available Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxy genates such as ethanol Methyl Tert butyl Ether MTBE and methanol with or without advertising their presence NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel compatibility for your NISSAN can not be readily determined If in doubt ask your service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline e If an oxygenate blend other than methanol blend is used it should con tain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 E 15 fuel contains more than 10 oxy genate E 15 fuel will adversely affect the emission control devices and sys tems of the vehicle and should not be used Damage caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN New Ve hicle Limited Warranty e If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol methyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a
16. button on the Intelligent Key The door windows cannot be closed by using the Intelligent Key Releasing the rear liftgate Press the lt T button for longer than 0 5 sec onds to open the rear liftgate The rear liftgate release button will not operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 19 Using the panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the panic alarm to call attention by pressing and holding the 2 button on the Intelligent Key for longer than 0 5 seconds The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for a period of time The panic alarm stops when lt has run for a period of time or Any button is pressed on the Intelligent Key The request switch on the driver or passen ger door is pushed and the Intelligent Key is in range of the door handle 3 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments Linking the key fob to automatic drive positioner memory if so equipped If the vehicle is equipped with automatic drive positioner the key fob can be linked to a memory setting For additional information refer to Automatic drive positioner in this section ct ch Silencing the horn beep feature WPD0362 If desired the horn beep feature can be deacti vated using the Intelligent Key NOTE If you change the horn beep and light flash feature with the Intelligent Key the display screen if so equipped
17. ee aana aa 5 2 Tilting steering wheel 3 30 Tire Flat tire ee see ce ese el ete ote ee onlay Gar ok 6 2 6 3 Spare Ure sees cake dws eR Haw ws 6 4 Tire and Loading Information label 9 13 Tire ChAINS a ach ee ee hee ERS Sx 8 44 Tite PICSSUI6 e amp oa ew dhe be pe pi 8 37 Tire FOGHORN e c a ceo Y ee ba ew aw oa 8 44 Tires of 4 wheel drive 8 46 Types Of tires knw Sa ae we ea 8 43 Uniform tire quality grading 9 31 Wheels andtires 8 37 Wheel tire size 2 2 2 eae 9 10 Tie PICSSUle sows cosa tawe ee we a 8 37 Low tire pressure warning light 2 16 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 5 3 Top tether strap child restraint 1 37 Towing 2 wheel drive models 6 14 4 wheel drive models 6 14 POMOWING e e e oat he a hee i 9 31 Towing load specification 9 22 Tow truck towing saoao 6 13 Trailer TOWING cut o to BAe eR dd 9 19 Towing a trailer s s s sa ea bane iea e 9 19 Tow mode switch aoaaa a a 0004 2 44 Transceiver HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 64 2 65 2 66 2 67 Transmission Driving with automatic transmission 5 15 Travel See registering a vehicle in another DOUN le sea apaa Se ee 9 11 Trip odometer aaoo a 2 4 Tu rn signal switch sses iriaren exe 2 37 U Uniform tire quality grading aoaaa aa 9 31 USB interface 4 4 6 ww aaa aaa 4 66 4 67 Aud
18. position the hand held transmitter with its battery area facing away from the HomeLink surface press and hold both the HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons without inter ruption position the hand held transmitter 1 3 inches 26 76 mm away from the HomeLink surface Hold the transmitter in that position for up to 15 seconds If HomeLink is not programmed within that time try holding the transmitter in another position keeping the indicator light in view at all times If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED INFORMATION The following procedure clears the programmed information from both buttons Individual buttons cannot be cleared However individual buttons can be reprogrammed For additional informa tion refer to Reprogramming a single HomeLink button in this section To clear all programming 1 Press and hold the two outer HomeLink buttons until the indicator light begins to flash in approximately 10 seconds Do not hold for longer than 20 seconds 2 Release both buttons HomeLink is now in the programming mode and can be programmed at any time beginning with Programming HomeLink Step 1 REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE HOMELINK BUTTON To reprogram a HomeLink Universal Trans ceiver button complete the following
19. 6 2 Loose fuel cap warning 2 28 3 28 Low fuel warning light 2 16 2 17 2 27 Low tire pressure warning light 2 16 Low windshield washer fluid warning WCU s a e e eaa Be ee ae 2 17 2 27 Passenger air bag and status light 1 64 Seat belt warning light 1 23 2 18 Supplemental air bag warning HODE ark Se oe BS Oe B OOd ae oe 1 72 2 18 TEM saar 2e b eee ead e a 2 4 Vehicle security system 2 29 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 12 2 13 2 18 Warning labels for SRS 1 72 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 0 4 2 12 2 13 2 18 Audible reminders 2 12 2 13 2 18 Indicator lights 2 12 2 13 2 18 Warning lights 2 12 2 13 2 18 Warning lights 2 12 2 13 2 18 Washer switch Rear window wiper and washer SWINGS 4 5 2 wb a oe a e He 2 33 Wiper and washer switch 2 32 Weights See dimensions and weights 9 10 Wheels and tires 24 sod 46a a we eee wd 8 37 Wheel tire size 2 2 ee ee 9 10 When traveling or registering in another COUNTY cae eai amp oe we eee Bee 9 11 NVINGOWS e s ace sor a a eS amp Ew mt oe ea eS 2 56 Locking passengers windows 2 58 Manual vent windows 2 60 Power rear windows 2 58 Power vent windows 2 59 Rear power windows 2 58 Windshield washer fluid 8 14 Windshield wiper
20. Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circumstances are they to be used to at tach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision BOOSTER SEATS For additional information on installing a booster seat in your vehicle follow the instructions out lined in this section Precautions on booster seats AWARNING If a booster seat and seat belt are not used properly the risk of a child being injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision greatly increases Make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the stomach Make sure the shoulder belt is not behind the child or under the child s arm A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has a lap shoulder belt 1 52 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system A B Low back booster seat High back booster seat Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any booster seat keep the following points in mind Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Mot
21. ENTRY EXIT FUNCTION This system is designed so that the driver s seat will automatically move when the shift lever is placed in the P Park position This allows the driver to get into and out of the driver s seat more easily The driver s seat will slide backward When the key is removed from the ignition switch and the driver s door is opened When the driver s door is opened with the ignition switch placed in the LOCK position When the ignition switch is turned from ACC to LOCK with the driver s door open The driver s seat will return to the previous position When the key is inserted into the ignition switch and the driver s door is closed When the driver s door is closed with the ignition switch placed in the LOCK position When the ignition switch is turned from ACC to ON while the shift lever is in the P Park position The entry exit function can be adjusted or can celed For vehicles with navigation system refer to Navigation system in the Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section of this manual For vehicles without navi gation system see your NISSAN dealer Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 37 Restarting the entry exit function If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the entry exit function will be disabled Drive the vehicle over 25 mph 40 km h to restart the entry exit function You can also restart the entry e
22. FOREWORD Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners This vehicle is delivered to you with confidence It was produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control This manual was prepared to help you under stand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles kilome ters of driving pleasure Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle A separate Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties cov ering your vehicle The NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your ve hicle Additionally a separate Customer Care Lemon Law Booklet U S only will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle and clarify your rights under your state s lemon law A NISSAN dealership knows your vehicle best When you require any service or have any ques tions they will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available to them In addition to factory installed options your ve hicle may also be equipped with additional ac cessories installed prior to delivery It is recom mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for details concerning the particular accessories with which your vehicle is equipped It is important that you familiarize yourself with all disclosures warnings cautions and instructions concerning proper use of such accessories prior to operating the vehicle an
23. Front fog light if so equipped Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C or D When replacing a bulb first remove the lens lamp and or cover with a suitable tool Y Indicates bulb removal t Indicates bulb installation 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself LDI0364 LDI0385 Personal lights Vanity mirror Use a cloth to protect the housing Use a cloth to protect the housing LDI0389 Map lights Use a cloth to protect the housing Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 LDIO341 LDI0388 WDI0233 Step light Puddle light if so equipped Cargo light Use a cloth 4 to protect the housing Use a cloth 4 to protect the housing Use a cloth to protect the housing 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself License plate light LDI0384 Rear combination light WDI0403 WHEELS AND TIRES If you have a flat tire refer to Flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual TIRE PRESSURE Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated If equipped the system also displays pres sure of all tires except the spare tire on the display screen by sending a signal from a sensor that is installed in each wheel The T
24. key The specified scene will be played Angle DVD VIDEO If the DVD contains different angles such as moving images the current image angle can be switched to another one Select the Angle key and use the or key to change the angle Angle Mark DVD VIDEO When this item is turned on an angle mark will be shown on the bottom of the screen if the scene can be seen from a different angle Menu Skip DVD VIDEO DVD menus are automatically configured and the contents will be played directly when the Menu Skip key is turned on Note that some discs may not be played directly even if this item is turned on CM Skip DVD VIDEO Select the CM Skip key to choose the setting time for CM backward and forward operations Use the or key to choose a setting time of 15 30 or 60 seconds DRC DVD VIDEO DVD VR DRC Dynamic Range Compression auto matically adjusts the soundtrack volume level to maintain a more even sound to the speakers DVD Language DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD Select the DVD Language key to open the number entry screen Input the number cor responding to the preferred language and select the OK key The DVD top menu language will be changed to the one speci fied Display Adjust the image quality of the screen by selecting the preferred adjustment items Audio Choose the preferred language for the au dio Subtitle DVD VIDEO DVD VR Choose t
25. key using the NISSAN controller 5 Select a category using the NISSAN con troller The command list for the category selected is shown 6 If necessary scroll the screen using the NISSAN controller to view the entire list 7 Press the BACK button to return to the previous screen Alternate Command Mode command list Phone Command COMMAND Dial Number Vehicle Phonebook Handset Phonebook International Call Call lt name gt Incoming Calls Outgoing Calls Missed Calls Navigation Command COMMAND Home Address Places Address Book Previous Destinations Previous Start Point Minimize Freeway Route Fastest Route Shortest Route Cancel Route Delete Destination Birdview Map Makes an international call by allowing more than 10 digits to be spoken as well as star pound and plus Makes a call to a contact that is stored in either the Vehicle Phonebook or Handset Phonebook Please say Call followed by a stored name Shows the last 5 incoming phone calls Shows the last 5 outgoing phone calls Shows the last 5 missed phone calls Calculates a route to your previous starting point of the last route Recalculates a route to the current destination using the fastest estimated time Recalculates a route to the current destination using the shortest distance Cancels the current route Recalculates a route to the current destination while minimizing freeway usage Deletes the current destina
26. leased before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle Do not use the shift lever in place of the parking brake When parking be sure the parking brake is fully engaged To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and or its systems do not leave children people who require the assis tance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle Additionally the tempera ture inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a Significant risk of injury or death to people and pets LSD0158 To engage Firmly depress the parking brake To release 1 Firmly apply the foot brake 2 Move the shift lever to the P Park position 3 Firmly depress the parking brake pedal and it will release 4 Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out Starting and driving 5 19 CRUISE CONTROL PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL ACCEL RES switch COAST SET switch CANCEL switch ON OFF switch If the cruise control system malfunctions it cancels automatically The SET indicator light illuminates in the vehicle information display then blinks to warn the driver For additional information refer to Vehicle infor mation display in the Instruments and con trols section of this manual 5 20 Starting and driving e gt A O N f the SET
27. monitor or B monitor respectively Use the volume thumb wheel to adjust the volume level for the headphone audio NOTE If the headphones are accidentally left on and system is powered off a battery saver feature will automatically turn off the head phones after approximately 3 minutes AWARNING e Always ensure that the batteries are inserted with the positive and negative terminals in the correct direction as shown in the battery compartment Different types of batteries have differ ent characteristics Do not mix different types Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 87 Do not mix old and new batteries Mix ing old and new batteries will shorten battery life and or cause chemical leaks from the old batteries When batteries fail to function replace them immediately Keep the batteries out of the reach of children Should the batteries be swal lowed immediately consult a doctor Also when disposing of used batteries please comply with governmental regu lations or environmental public institu tion rules that apply in your country area Remove the batteries if the head phones are not used for a month or longer REMOTE CONTROL OPERATION Before attempting to operate your remote con trol install the batteries described below 1 Turn the remote control face down Press down on the ridged area of the battery cover and slide it off 4 88 Monitor climate aud
28. section of this manual A NISSAN dealer is able to service your environ mentally friendly air conditioning system AWARNING The air conditioner system contains refrig erant under high pressure To avoid per sonal injury any air conditioner service should be done only by an experienced technician with proper equipment AUDIO SYSTEM RADIO Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and press the ON OFF button to turn the radio on If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the ignition switch should be placed in the ACC position Radio reception is affected by station signal strength distance from radio transmitter build ings bridges mountains and other external influ ences Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the vehicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to enhance ra dio reception These circuits are designed to extend reception range and to enhance the qual ity of that reception However there are some general characteristics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These char acteristics are completely normal in a given re ception area and do not indicate any malfunction in your NISSAN radio syst
29. wireless connection the battery power of the cellular phone may dis charge quicker than usual The Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System cannot charge cellular phones If the hands free phone system seems to be malfunctioning refer to Troubleshooting guide in this section You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or www nissan ca bluetooth for troubleshoot ing help Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Stor ing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise Refer to the cellular phone owner s manual regarding the telephone charges cellular phone antenna and body etc The signal strength display on the monitor will not coincide with the signal strength display of some cellular phones Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 123 REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regula tions Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause unde sired operation of the device IC Regulatory information Operation is subject to t
30. 1 46 1 52 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 20 Precautions on supplemental restraint SysSteM oe oak eee ee a a 1 55 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Push Stanie eae any am ay aOR we Hk we 6 12 R Radio Car phone or CBradio 4 108 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD PIAVON a amp Wiel ot db woe Ge 25 Ya we 4 49 4 55 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 81 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test ewe Sahm ee ee eK eo ete 9 34 Rear center seat belt 1 26 Rear power windows 2 58 Rear seat air conditioner 4 31 Rear sonarsystem 024 5 35 Rear sonar system off switch 2 42 Rearview mirror 2 ee ee 3 33 RearView Monitor 4 21 4 24 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWOI tk eG a Boe we oS em Be eee 2 34 Rear window wiper and washer switches 2 33 Recorders Event Data 0005 ees 9 34 Refrigerant recommendation 9 8 Registering a vehicle in another country 9 11 Remote keyless entry system 3 7 3 8 Reporting safety defects US only 9 33 Roof racks ar a aes ee aca we Bok ee Ge wp 2 55 S Safety Child safety rear doorlock 3 7 Child seat belts 1 32 1 40 1 46 1 52 Reporting safety defects US only 9 33 Seat adjustment Front power seat adjustment 1 3 Second row bench seats 1 4 Second row captain s chair
31. Adjusts transmission shifts when pulling a trailer or hauling a load up a grade Downhill Speed Control DSC automati cally downshifts when driving down a grade with a trailer or heavy load to help control vehicle speed Driving the vehicle in the tow mode with no trailer load or light trailer light load will not cause any damage However fuel economy may be reduced and the transmission engine driving characteristics may feel unusual When towing a trailer final drive gear oil should be replaced and transmission oil fluid should be changed more fre quently For additional information refer to Maintenance and do it yourself section in this manual FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home A CAUTION Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage Whenever flat towing your vehicle al ways tow forward never backward e DO NOT tow any automatic transmis sion vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmission parts due to lack of transmission lubrication e For additional information refer to Towing recommended by NISSAN in the In case of emergency section of this manual Automatic Transmission To tow a vehicle equipped with an automatic t
32. Avoid Idling Shutting off your engine when safe for stops exceeding 30 60 seconds saves fuel and reduces emissions Buy an Automated Pass for Toll Roads Automated passes permit drivers to use special lanes to maintain cruising speed through the toll and avoid stopping and starting Winter Warm Up Limit idling time to minimize impact to fuel economy Vehicles typically need no more than 30 seconds of idling at start up to effec tively circulate the engine oil before driv ing Your vehicle will reach its ideal operating temperature more quickly while driving versus idling Keeping your Vehicle Cool Park your vehicle in a covered parking area or in the shade whenever possible When entering a hot vehicle opening the windows will help to reduce the inside temperature faster resulting in reduced demand on your A C system INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY Keep your engine tuned up Follow the recommended scheduled main tenance Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres sure Low tire pressure increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Keep the wheels in correct alignment Im proper alignment increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy For vehicles equipped with use 4H or 4L position only when necessary Four wheel drive operation lowers fuel economy Use the recommended viscosity engine oll For additional information refer to Engine oil and oil filter recommendations in
33. Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rear seats 1 Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the restraint manufacturer s instructions 4 E gt WRS0761 Rear facing step 2 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing LRS2395 LRS2396 Rear facing step 3 Rear facing step 4 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully 4 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the extended At this time the seat belt retractor shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt is in the ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to the ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 41 Rear facing step 5 5 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt LRS2397 Rear facing step 6 6 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near
34. If the indicator light fails to glow for a period of time unlock the door once and lock it again Even when the driver and or passen gers are in the vehicle the system will arm with all doors closed and locked with the ignition switch placed in the OFF position Vehicle security system activation The vehicle security system will give the following alarm The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently The alarm automatically turns off after a pe riod of time However the alarm reactivates If the vehicle is tampered with again The alarm can be shut off by unlocking the driver s door with the key a request switch or by pressing the button on the key fob or Intelligent Key 2 30 Instruments and controls The alarm is activated by opening a door without using the key a request switch key fob or Intelligent Key even if the door is unlocked by using the inside lock knob or the power door lock switch How to stop an activated alarm The alarm stops only by unlocking the driver s door with the key pressing the 1 button on the key fob or Intelligent Key or by unlocking all doors with any request switch Intelligent Key models NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of a registered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered ke
35. Instruments and controls section of this Owner s Manual 2 Pull the strap forward located in the center of the seat cushion and fold the seat cush ion toward the front of the vehicle 1 10 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 3 Pull the strap to release restraint headrest rearward the head our ELS i my 4 if ES A 4 Then lift up on the recline lever to fold the seatback flat forward 5 There is a carpet panel flap that can be folded toward the back of the vehicle The carpet panel flaps provide a level cargo floor when the 3rd row seats are also folded flat Reverse this process to return the 2nd row captain s chairs to a seating position Make sure to properly raise the seat back to an upright position and push the seat cushion down into place Rotate the head restraint headrest forward to return it to the normal seating position AWARNING When the seat is returned to the normal seating position the head restraints headrests must be returned to the upright position to properly protect vehicle occupants Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 11 3rd row manual folding seats if so equipped To fold the 3rd row split bench seat flat for maximum cargo capacity 1 Disconnect and secure the center seat belt and tongues into the retractor base For additional information refer to Stowing the 3rd row center
36. Maintenance General maintenance aaao aaa 8 2 Inside the vehicle 8 3 Maintenance precautions 8 5 Outside the vehicle 8 2 Seat belt maintenance 1 29 Under the hood and vehicle 8 4 Maintenance requirements 8 2 Malfunction indicator light 2 19 Manual vent windows 05 2 60 Map lig isS ss 9 aj 5 siea hae th a a 2 63 Map pokel s sag amp Ka whe os oe de a 2 45 Memory Seat chee a eee ee 3 36 3 36 Meters and gauges 4 2 3 Instrument brightness control 2 37 Mirror Automatic anti glare inside mirror 3 33 Outside mirror control aoaaa aa 3 34 Outside mirrors n soaa 3 34 RearvieW aoaaa a wae ad 3 33 Vanity MITO ai 6 aea a ow oe a 3 32 MINOS aoa 3 8 we a ee ia ee 3 33 Moonroof saaa amp Pow eee eo wo 2 60 NISSAN Intelligent Key 3 2 3 12 NISSAN mobile entertainment system MES s a hee toe ee ee Ee a 4 83 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer OVSIEM o sade ag gt amp oe o a ee 2 30 3 4 5 12 NISSAN voice recognition system 4 135 O Octane rating See fuel octane rating 9 5 Odometer aoaaa aaa 2 4 Oil Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants ab amp Baw Oe we Oe 9 2 Changing engine oil nonoa aaa 8 10 Changing engine oillfilter 8 11 Checking engine oillevel 8 9 EMQING OW s re nom bch he ee eh oe 8 9 Engine oil and oil filter recomme
37. Seats in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual and Pedal position adjustment and Outside mirrors in this section During this step do not place the ignition switch in any position other than ON SGML 4 Push the SET switch and within 5 seconds push the memory switch 1 or 2 The indicator light for the pushed memory switch will come on and stay on for approxi mately 5 seconds after pushing the switch After the indicator light goes off the se lected positions are stored in the selected memory 1 or 2 If a new memory is stored in the same memory switch the previous memory will be deleted Linking a keyfob to a stored memory position Each keyfob can be linked to a stored memory position memory switch 1 or 2 with the follow ing procedure 1 Follow the steps for storing a memory posi tion 2 While the indicator light for the memory switch being set is illuminated for five sec onds press the 1 button on the keyfob The indicator light will blink After the indica tor light goes off the keyfob is linked to that memory setting With the key removed from the ignition switch or the ignition switch is moved to OFF press the button onthe keyfob The driver s seat accelerator and brake pedals and outside mir rors will move to the memorized position NOTE If a new memory position is saved to the memory switch the keyfob automa
38. The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the supplemental restraint system air bag system and or the pre tensioners may not function properly For addi tional information refer to Supplemental re straint system in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag systems and or pretensioner systems will not op erate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible INDICATOR LIGHTS For additional information refer to Vehicle infor mation display in this section amp e Front passenger air bag status The front passenger air bag status light 2 will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be OFF depending on how the front passenger seat is being used For front passenger air bag status light operation refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in the Safety Seats seat belts and supple mental restraint system section of this manual CRUISE Cruise main switch indicator light The light comes on when the cruise control main
39. YA 6 ie Sit upright and weil back A WARNING A WARNING Every person who drives or rides in this The seat belt should be properly ad vehicle should use a seat belt at all justed to a snug fit Failure to do so may times Children should be in the rear reduce the effectiveness of the entire seats and in an appropriate restraint restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an acci dent Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 21 AWARNING e Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never put the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effectiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light glows con tinuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may indicate a mal fu
40. asf Video Codec ISO MPEG4 Audio Codec G 726 Gi av 4 Mbps Bit Rates 8 Mbps Ti a 32x32 720 x 480 Resolution a 32x82 720x578 4 48 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER if so equipped For additional information refer to Audio opera tion precautions for all operation precautions in this section 1 M4 gt SEEK CAT button 2 PP TRACK button 3 FM button 4 AM button 5 DISC button 6 SCAN button Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 49 7 RPT repeat button 8 RDM random button 9 AUDIO button TUNE FLDR knob 10 AUX button 11 XM button 12 Station select 1 6 buttons 13 amp CD eject button 14 ON OFF button VOL volume control knob 15 FLDR 16 4 TUNE button No satellite radio reception is available when the XM button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and an tenna are installed and a SiriusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite ra dio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam button Audio main operation ON OFF button VOL volume control knob Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and push the ON OFF button while the system is off to call up the mode that was playing immediately before the system was turned off To turn the system off press the ON OFF button Turn th
41. audio phone and voice recognition systems NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM if so equipped NISSAN Voice Recognition allows hands free operation of the systems equipped on this ve hicle such as phone and vehicle information There are two voice recognition modes of opera tion available They are Standard Mode e Alternate Command Mode In Standard Mode the factory default setting commands that are available are always shown on the display and announced by the system You can complete your desired operation by simply following the prompts given by the system Not all NISSAN Voice Recognition options are available while in Standard Mode For advanced operation you can change to an Alternate Command Mode that enables the op eration of the display and audio system through NISSAN Voice Recognition When this mode is active an expanded list of commands can be spoken after pressing the button on the steering wheel and the voice command menu prompts are turned off In Alternate Command Mode the recognition success rate may be affected because the num ber of available commands and the ways of speaking each command are increased For ad ditional information refer to NISSAN Voice Rec ognition Alternate Command Mode in this sec tion To improve the recognition success rate when Alternate Command Mode is active try using the Speaker Adaptation Function available in that mode For additional information refer
42. braking efficiency 9 30 Technical and consumer information Increase your following distance to allow for greater stopping distances while towing a trailer Anticipate stops and brake gradually NISSAN recommends that the cruise con trol not be used while towing a trailer Some states or provinces have specific regulations and speed limits for vehicles that are towing trailers Obey the local speed limits Check your hitch trailer wiring harness con nections and trailer wheel lug nuts after 50 miles 80 km of travel and at every break When launching a boat don t allow the wa ter level to go over the exhaust tail pipe or rear bumper Make sure you disconnect the trailer lights before backing the trailer into the water or the trailer lights may burn out When towing a trailer final drive gear oil should be replaced and transmission oil fluid should be changed more fre quently For additional information refer to Maintenance and do it yourself section in this manual Tow mode if so equipped Using tow mode is recommended when pulling a heavy trailer or hauling a heavy load Press the TOW MODE switch to activate tow mode The indicator light on the TOW MODE switch illumi nates when tow mode is selected Press the TOW MODE switch again to turn tow mode off Tow mode is automatically cancelled when the ignition switch is turned OFF Tow mode includes the following features Grade logic
43. controlled by the cruise control system If the light blinks while the engine is running It may indicate the cruise control system is not functioning prop erly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN Intelligent Key battery dis charge indicator NISSAN Intelligent Key model This indicator illuminates when the Intelligent Key battery is running out of power If this indicator illuminates replace the battery with a new one For additional information refer to Battery replacement in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual Transfer 4LO position indicator 237 4 model This indicator illuminates when the 4WD shift switch is set in the 4LO position with the ignition switch placed in the ON position 2 28 Instruments and controls If the 4WD shift switch is set in the 4LO position and the indicator blinks stop the vehicle drive slowly forward and the indicator will turn on When you shift between 4H and 4LO stop the vehicle move the shift lever to the N Neutral position then depress and turn the 4WD shift switch to 4LO or 4H The transfer case may be damaged if you shift the switch while driving You cannot move the transfer 4WD shift switch between 4H and 4LO unless you have first stopped the vehicle and moved the shift lever to N Neutral Make sure the transfer 4LO position indicator illuminates when you shift the 4WD shift switch to 4LO The indicator may blink
44. disc will be displayed For additional information refer to the instructions attached to the disc DVD settings Select the Settings key to adjust the following settings Key DVD VIDEO Displays the operation keys for the specific DVD menu Select the directional keys to move the cursor on the DVD menu Select the Enter key to fix the selected menu item Select the Move key to move the loca tion of the operation keys on the screen Select the Back key to return to the previous menu screen Select the Hide key to hide the opera tion keys Title Menu DVD VIDEO Some menus specific to each disc will be shown For additional information refer to the instructions attached to the disc Title Search DVD VIDEO DVD VR The scene with the specified title will be displayed the number of times the or side is selected Group Search VIDEO CD The scene with the specified group will be displayed the number of times the or side is selected 10 Key Search DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD CD DA DVD VR Select the 10 Key Search key to open the number entry screen Input the number you want to search for and select the OK key The specified Title Chapter or Group Track will be played Select No VIDEO CD Select the Select No key to open the number entry screen Input the number you want to search for and select the OK
45. e When sitting in the second row rear seat do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat If the side air bag in flates you may be seriously injured Be especially careful with children who should always be properly restrained Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations e Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks They may interfere with side air bag inflation Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 61 1 62 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System front seats 1 ON OO KR Ww Roof mounted curtain side impact and roll over supplemental air bag inflators Roof mounted curtain side impact and roll over supplemental air bags Air bag Control Unit ACU Supplemental front impact air bag modules Crash zone sensor Front door pressure sensors Occupant classification system control unit Occupant classification sensor weight sen sor Seat belt buckle switches 10 11 12 Seat belt with pretensioner Satellite sensors Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag modules This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN Ad vanced Air Bag System for the driver and front passenger seats This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U S regu lations It is also permitted in Canada However all of the information cautions and warn ings in this manual
46. names and locations in the phonebook The system recites the phonebook entries but does not include the actual phone numbers When the playback of the list is complete the system goes back to the main menu You can stop the playback of the list at any time by pressing the button on the steering wheel The system ends the Voice Recognition session Record Name The system allows you to record custom voice tags for contact names in the phonebook that the vehicle has difficulty recognizing This feature can also be used to record voice tags to directly dial an entry with multiple numbers Up to 40 voice tags can be recorded to the system Recent Calls Main Menu Recent Calls Outgoing Incoming Missed Call Back Redial Use the Recent Calls command to access outgo ing incoming missed calls and to call back the last incoming call or to redial the last outgoing call Outgoing A Use the Outgoing command to list the outgoing calls made from the vehicle Incoming Use the Incoming command to list the incoming calls made to the vehicle Missed Use the Missed command to list the calls made to the vehicle that were not answered Call Back Use the Call Back command to dial the number of the last incoming call to the vehicle 4 118 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Redial Use
47. not exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label Towing capacities are calculated assuming a base vehicle with driver and any options required to achieve the rating Additional passengers cargo and or optional equipment such as the trailer hitch will add weight to the vehicle and reduce your vehicle s maximum towing capacity and trailer tongue load The vehicle and trailer need to be weighed to confirm the vehicle is within the GVWR Front GAWR Rear GAWR Gross Combined Weight Rating GCWR and Towing capacity All vehicle and trailer weights can be measured using platform type scales commonly found at truck stops highway weigh stations building supply centers or salvage yards To determine the available payload capacity for tongue king pin load use the following proce dure 1 Locate the GVWR on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label 2 Weigh your vehicle on the scale with all of the passengers and cargo that are normally in the vehicle when towing a trailer 3 Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the GVWR The remaining amount is the avail able maximum tongue king pin load To determine the available towing capacity use the following procedure 1 Find the GCWR for your vehicle on the Towing Load Specification chart found in this section 2 Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the GCWR The remaining amount is the avail able maximu
48. press the BACK button For additional information refer to How to use the NISSAN controller in this section regarding how to use the NISSAN controller Clock operation For additional information refer to How to use the setting button regarding setting the clock in this section CD MP3 display mode While listening to a CD or an MP3 WMA CD certain text might be able to be displayed when CD encoded with text is being used Depending on how the CD or MP3 WMA CD is encoded the following text might be able to be displayed by selecting the Text key Folder displays the name of the current folder being accessed File displays the name of the file currently playing Song displays the ID3 encoded tag of the song name CD gt Text i l Folder XXXXXXX File XXXXXXX Mp3 Song XXXXXXX Album Artist XXXXXXX XXXXXXX Album displays the ID3 encoded tag of the album name e Artist displays the ID3 encoded tag of the artist s name e Disc displays the disc name of the CD cur rently playing Track displays the name of the song on the CD currently playing Some of this text or modes might not display while playing a regular CD Select the Menu key with the NISSAN controller then select the Text key to display the text for the CD Press the BACK button to exit the CD text display screen FM AM SAT radio operation AM FM band select Press the AM FM button
49. tenance requirements with long service intervals to save you both time and money however some day to day and regular maintenance is essential to maintain your NISSAN s good mechanical condition as well as its emissions and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance as well as general maintenance Is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives proper maintenance You are a vital link in the mainte nance chain Scheduled maintenance For your convenience both required and optional scheduled maintenance items are described and listed in your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your NISSAN at regular intervals General maintenance General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day op eration They are essential for proper vehicle op eration It is your responsibility to perform these maintenance procedures regularly as prescribed 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself Performing general maintenance checks requires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by you a qualified technician or if you prefer a NISSAN dealer Where to go for service If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction hav
50. then prompts you for a name again Also if the name sounds too much like a name already stored the system tells you then prompts you for a name again The system will ask you to transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory Enter a phone number by voice command For example say five five five one two one two For additional information refer to How to say numbers in this section To transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory Say Transfer entry The system acknowledges the command and asks you to initiate the transfer from the phone handset The new contact phone number will be transferred from the cellular phone via the Bluetooth communication link The transfer procedure varies according to each cellular phone For additional information refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual The system repeats the number and prompts you for the next command When you have finished entering numbers or transferring an entry choose Store The system confirms the name location and number Delete Entry Use the Delete Entry command to erase one entry from the phonebook After the system rec ognizes the command speak the name to delete or say List Names to choose an entry List Names Use the List Names command to hear all the names in the phonebook The system recites the phonebook entries but does not include the actual phone numbe
51. 004 4 4 4 10 Without navigation system 4 4 10 2 Controls Audio controls steering wheel 4 81 Heater and air conditioner controls 4 29 Rear seat air conditioner 4 31 Coolant Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 1 ee 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 8 Checking engine coolant level 8 8 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Corrosion protection s a a 7 5 Cruise control 5 20 5 20 5 20 Cup holders 5 62 a Boe Reh EMER AS 2 49 Curtain side impact and rollover airbag D Daytime running light system Canada only 2 36 Defroster switch Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWItOR ato oh eae eae eee eo 2 34 Digital Versatile Disc DVD player 4 63 Digital video disc DVD 4 83 Dimensions and weights 9 10 Dimmer switch for instrument panel 2 37 DISD so mm am ea e Po a eh 2 21 Display controls see control panel buttons 4 4 4 10 Doorlockgs s s owt oa oe Be eee ee 3 5 Dive Delis s racs oo eo ee 8 17 Drive positioner Automatic 3 36 3 36 Driving Cold weather driving 5 37 Driving with automatic transmission 5 15 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Driving the vehicle a 0 4 4 a ead eo 5 14 E Economy fuel 24 0 0 4 4 6 wow Gas 5 23 Emission control information label 9 12 Emission control system warranty 9 32
52. 1 27 Attaching the 3rd row center seat belt Always be sure the 3rd row center seat belt connector tongue and connector buckle are at tached Disconnect only when folding down the rear seat To connect the buckle Q Pull out the connector tongue from the re tractor base 2 Pull out the seat belt tongue from the fabric sleeve 3 Pull the seat belt and secure the receiver buckle until it clicks The center seat belt connector tongue and re ceiver buckle are indicated by the gt and lt marks The center seat belt connector tongue can be attached only into the rear center seat belt con nector buckle To fasten the seat belt refer to Fastening the seat belts in this section 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING e Do not unfasten the rear center seat belt connector except when folding down the rear seat When attaching the rear center seat belt connector be certain that the seat backs are completely secured in the latched position and the rear center seat belt connector is completely secured If the rear center seat belt connector and the seatbacks are not secured in the correct position serious personal injury may result in an accident or sud den stop LRS0242 Front and 2nd row outboard seats Shoulder belt height adjustment front and 2nd row outboard seats The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad justed to the position best for
53. 18 Brake light See stop light 8 33 Bulb check instrument panel 2 13 Bulb replacement 8 33 Charge warning light 2 15 Fog IONS ce eo4 08 665 016 4 6 Se 8 32 Fog light SWIG os sacs a swe Be wa wd 2 38 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 34 Headlight control switch 2 35 Headlights gt e 2424 6 626 oa x oes 8 31 Interior light 4 ne Gc Be eh ew we 2 62 Light DUDS i a tw 5 eee se oe oS 6 8 8 31 Low tire pressure warning light 2 16 Low windshield washer fluid warning light cae ew ee we 2 17 2 27 Passenger air bag and status light 1 64 Personal lights a aoaaa aaa 2 63 Security indicator light 2 20 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 12 2 13 2 18 LON et Ba ak A oe ee oe 8 31 Map lights 4 4 2 63 Lock Child safety rear doorlock 3 7 Door lockS aoaaa ee eS 3 5 Glove box lock ai kaw ieee ae ee dd 2 47 Liftgate release 244 3 27 Power door locks naaa aaa 3 6 Loose fuel cap warning 2 28 3 28 Low fuel warning light 2 16 2 17 2 27 Low tire pressure warning light 2 16 Low windshield washer fluid warning HORE e sae a hs e a 2 17 2 27 Luggage hook 4 26 6b a be ee ew eG 2 53 Luggage rack see roof rack noaa 2 55 Luggage See vehicle loading information 9 14 Luggage storage see vehicle loading information 2 52 M
54. 4WD shift switch to 2WD If the warning light is still on after the above operation have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible The transfer case may be damaged if you continue driving with the warning light blinking Starting and driving 5 23 TRANSFER CASE SHIFTING PROCEDURES All mode 4WD system provides 4 positions AUTO 2WD 4H and 4LO so you can select the desired drive mode according to the driving conditions 2WD or 4WD shift procedure 4WD Shift Switch p Feb 4 Move the 4WD switch aS al Rear wheels or 4 For driving on paved or slip 2WD lt gt AUTO lt gt 4H wheels Fa 1 pery roads AWD shift indicator light will indicate transfer shift position engaged IT IS NOT NECESSARY TO MOVE THE SHIFT See eee er LEVER TO THE N POSITION IN THIS OPERA Rear wheels see Econom Te TION PERFORM THIS OPERATION WHEN y DRIVING STRAIGHT o H or snow covered roads Neutral Fa Neutral disengages the au 1 Stop the vehicle Baal tomatic transmission me 2 Move the shift lever to the N position 1 chanical parking lock which 3 Push the 4WD shift switch and move it to May blink will allow the vehicle to roll 4LO or 4H with the brake pedal depressed Do not leave the transfer YOU CANNOT MOVE THE TRANSFER 4WD shift position in Neutral 2 SHIFT SWITCH BETWEEN 4H AND 4LO OR 4 wheels ka For use when maximum 4LO TO 4H UNLESS YOU HAVE FIRST IH m power and traction is re STOPPED THE
55. ACC position and press the DISC AUX button to switch to the USB input mode If another audio source is playing and a USB connection port is inserted press the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the center display changes to the USB memory mode If the system has been turned off while the USB memory was playing push the ON OFF button to restart the USB memory lt q Pl SEEK CAT and TRACK Reverse or Fast Forward buttons Press and hold the SEEK CAT M4 rewind button or TRACK Pl fast forward button for 1 5 seconds while an audio file on the USB device is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The track plays at an in creased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the audio file re turns to normal play speed 4 68 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 44 gt SEEK CAT and TRACK buttons Press the SEEK CAT button M4 while an au dio file on the USB device is playing to return to the beginning of the current track Press the SEEK CAT button M4 several times to skip backward several tracks Press the TRACK button P while an audio file on the USB device is playing to advance one track Press the TRACK button P several times to skip forward several tracks If the last track in a folder on the USB device is skipped the first track of the next folder is played Folder selection To change to another folder in the USB memory turn t
56. Auto reverse function The auto reverse function can be activated when a window is closed by automatic operation Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window oc curs A WARNING There are some small distances immedi ately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the window If the vehicle s battery is disconnected replaced or jump started the power window auto reverse function may not operate properly If this occurs please contact the dealer to re initialize the power window auto reverse system If the control unit detects something caught in a window equipped with automatic operation as It is closing the window will be immediately low ered When power window switch does not operate If the power window automatic function closing only does not operate properly perform the fol lowing procedure to initialize the power window system 1 Place the ignition switch in the ON position 2 Open the window more than halfway by operating the power window switch 3 Pull the power window switch and hold it to close the window and then hold the switch more than 3 seconds after the window is closed 4 Release the power window switch Operate the window by the automatic function to confirm the ini
57. COAST SET switch Re lease the switch when the vehicle slows to the desired speed Push and release the COAST SET switch Each time you do this the set speed de creases by about 1 mph 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and re lease the ACCEL RES switch The vehicle re turns to the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 mph 40 km h BREAK IN SCHEDULE A CAUTION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and ensure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these rec ommendations may result in shortened engine life and reduced engine performance Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed either fast or slow and do not run the engine over 4 000 RPM Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear Avoid quick starts Avoid hard braking as much as possible Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 mi 805 km Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged Starting and driving 5 21 FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS Follow these easy to use Fuel Efficient Driving Tips to help you achieve the most fuel economy from your vehicle 1 Use Smooth Accelerator and Brake Pedal Application Avoid rapid starts and stops Use smooth gentle accelerator and brake application whenever possible Maintain constant speed while commut ing and coast whenever possible 2 Maintai
58. COMPRESSED AUDIO FILES WHA1374 Playback order chart 4 44 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Specification chart Supported media CD CD R CD RW DVD ROM DVD R DVD RW DVD R DL USB 2 0 CD CD R CD RW DVD ROM DVD R DVD RW DVD R DL ISO9660 LEVEL1 ISO9660 LEVEL2 Romeo Joliet ISO9660 Level 3 packet writing is not supported Files saved using the Live File System component on a Windows Vista operating system based computer are not supported UDF Bridge UDF 1 02 ISO9660 UDF 1 5 UDF 2 0 VDF 1 5 VDF 2 0 packet writing is not supported USB memory FAT16 FAT32 MPEG1 MPEG2 MPEG2 5 MP3 Sampling frequency 8 kHz 48 kHz 2 Supported file systems 8 kops 820 Kops VER 4 Saoned WMA7 WMA8 WMAQ ne nee Sampling frequency 32 kHz 48 kHz versions 1 32 kbps 192 kbps VBR 4 AAC Sampling frequency 8 kHz 96 kHz 16 kbps 320 kbps VBR 4 ATRAG ATRAGS ATRAGS Plus ID3 tag VER1 0 VER1 1 VER2 2 VER2 3 VER 2 4 MP3 only Tag information Song title and artist name WMA tag WMA only Folder levels Folder levels 8 Folders 255 including root folder Files 512 Max 255 files for one folder Text character number limitation 128 characters ea a 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big Endian 05 UNI Aa a ic CODE UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian 07 SHIFT JIS 1 Files created with a
59. CONG DULONS lt as netnataceackedws ns EENE 4 112 Getting Stated ss sacs ctivewdcoted a stscusan sect 4 113 List of voice COMMANS 5 c0s20 404 ceeS env ew sass 4 115 Voice Adaptation VA mode 0 eees 4 119 Manual COuuG se crtveceduscwesneaseenease ene 4 120 Troubleshooting guide si03ccceseweseteeereedyd 4 121 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with Navigation System if so equipped 08 4 122 Regulatory Information 0000 eee ee 4 124 Using the System c2 24 scedeee see cen betwee ees 4 124 Connecting procedure cece eee eee 4 125 Vehicle phonebook 00 cece eee eee 4 126 Handset phonebook 0c eee ee eas 4 128 MAKING a Cdllicceccsucsete secesececsera teehee a 4 129 Receiving a calle ontcracecgrescnbseoreceesaes 4 130 D rng a Cdl esseid nnne aie Pe eae 4 131 ENCINO a Callsens vee ean been sewsedet nEn 4 131 PONG setings ecrecric snoren t CoE cereus oat 4 132 Bluetooth settings 2 lt s2 20 Acceeeeeeasaacices 4 133 Cal VOWIMG nadoncunsecset ates coceeneermad ENEE 4 134 NISSAN Voice Recognition System if so equipped ic2aanceceeuc ne cemees ceeeaweans 4 135 NISSAN Voice Recognition Standard Mode 4 135 Using th SYSIOM 254022202cceheedsaeedew es 4 138 Before starting 2iceseaciececeese teaeeceed cde 4 138 Giving VOICE COMMANGS 5 6 ecue ene ee eedaweies 4 138 NISSAN Voice Recognition Alternate Command Mode seca snceeererieegausisamen 4 143 Using the SYStCN
60. Engine Before starting the engine 5 13 Block heater 2 5 39 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants ase ae amp oe a me wo 9 2 Changing engine coolant 8 8 Changing engine oil 8 10 Changing engine oillfilter 8 11 Checking engine coolant level 8 8 Checking engine oillevel 8 9 Engine compartment check locations 8 6 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Engine cooling system 8 7 Engine oil aoaaa cea ae 8 9 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 7 Engine oil pressure gauge 2 7 Engine oil viscosity 6 ee ee 9 8 Engine serial number g 12 Engine specifications 9 9 Starting the engine 5 13 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Engine oil pressure gauge 2 7 Engine oil pressure low engine coolant temperature high warning light 2 15 Enter button 4 2 294 ae a a Ww a 4 4 4 10 Event Data recorders 9 34 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide 5 2 Explanation of maintenance items 8 2 Extended storage switch 8 28 Eyogiass GASO e a 4 wana oe ached eras 2 47 E Flashers See hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Flat tire oaoa we a 6 2 6 3 Floor mat positioning aid aaa aaa aaa 7 5 Fluid Brake fluid aaou aaa 8 13 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants oaoa aaa aaa 9 2 Engine c
61. Front See supplemental front impact airbag system 1 62 Air bag warning labels 1 72 Air bag warning light 1 72 2 18 Air bag warning light supplemental 1 72 2 18 Air Cleaner a oa ee ee ee 8 19 Air cleaner housing filter 8 19 Air conditioner Air conditioner service 4 33 Air conditioner specification label 9 13 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations 9 8 Air conditioner system refrigerant recommendations 9 8 Heater and air conditioner controls 4 29 Rear seat air conditioner 4 31 Servicing air conditioner 4 33 Anchor point locations 1 38 Antenna 2 a 4 82 Antifreeze 224 o BR eR REEDS ee Sw 5 37 Anti lock brake warning light 2 13 Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 32 Audible reminders 2 20 Audio system 2 ee ee ee 4 33 AM radio reception 4 34 Bluetooth audio 4 77 Bluetooth streaming audio 4 77 Compact disc CD player 4 53 4 59 Digital Versatile Disc DVD Player Operation 4444 so ee aod ees 4 63 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player vite ee oe hh ee Be ee 4 49 4 55 FM radio reception 4 33 iPod Player a a 6 we Se ww 4 4 71 4 74 iPod player operation 4 71 4 74 RaO seee Cae amp wae es oe es 4 33 SENGS s o ga ik ee eh pad 4
62. Hawaii and Guam Satellite radio performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo over the satellite antenna A build up of ice on the satellite radio antenna can affect satellite radio performance Remove the ice to restore satellite radio reception XM is a registered trademark of SirilusKM Satellite Radio Inc 4 34 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems COMPACT AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Compact disc CD player models without Navigation System A CAUTION e Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD changer player Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and or CD changer e Only one CD can be loaded into the CD player at a time Only use high quality 4 7 in 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the hu midity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD player sometimes cannot func tion when the compartment tempera ture is extremely high or low Decrease increase the temperature before use Do not expose the CD to direct sun light CDs that are in poor condition or are dirty scratched or
63. If the air bag deploys it may cause serious injury or death WRS0885 1 SRS Air Bag Warning Labels The warning labels are located on the sur face of the sun visor SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front impact air bag system are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration 1 72 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Oe S LRS0100 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light displaying AF in the instrument panel moni tors the circuits for the air bag systems preten sioner s and all related wiring When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and preten sioner systems need servicing The supplemental air bag warning light re mains on after approximately 7 seconds The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag or pretensioner systems may not operate properly They must be checked and repaired It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service AWARNING If the supplemental air bag warning ligh
64. Mode is activated this key will allow user to reduce system voice feedback during voice recognition session Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 137 USING THE SYSTEM Initialization When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized which takes a few seconds When completed the system is ready to accept voice commands If the amp switch is pressed before the initializa tion completes voice commands will not be ac cepted Please wait until the NISSAN Voice Rec ognition initialization is completed BEFORE STARTING To get the best recognition performance from Voice Recognition observe the following The interior of the vehicle should be as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises traffic noise and vi bration sounds etc which may prevent the system from correctly recognizing the voice commands Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command Speak in a natural conversational voice with out pausing between words If the air conditioner is set to Auto the fan speed is automatically lowered so that your commands can be recognized more easily GIVING VOICE COMMANDS 1 2 3 Pressthe switch located on the steer ing wheel A list of commands appears on the screen and you will hear a prompt After the tone sounds and the icon on the to E screen changes from
65. NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys can be used with one vehicle You should bring all NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys that you have to your NISSAN dealer for registration This is be cause the registration process will erase the memory of all key codes previously registered into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System After the registration process these components will only recognize keys coded into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System during registration Any key that is not given to your dealer at the time of registration will no longer be able to start your vehicle A CAUTION Do not allow the immobilizer system key which contains an electrical transponder to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect system function DOORS When the doors are locked using one of the following methods the doors cannot be opened using the inside or outside door handles The doors must be unlocked to open the doors AWARNING e Always have the doors locked while driving Along with the use of seat belts this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally open ing the doors and will help keep out intruders Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate swit
66. OFF the passenger air bag status light will be illuminated if the seat is unoccupied the light will not be illuminated but the air bag will be off For additional information refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper per formance of the system If you have any questions about your air bag system it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer to obtain information about the system If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact NISSAN Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner s Manual When a front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by the release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken to not inhale it as it may cause Irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the face and chest of the front occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upr
67. P while an audio file on the USB device is playing to advance one track Press the TRACK button gt I several times to skip forward several tracks If the last track in a folder on the USB device is skipped the first track of the next folder is played Folder selection To change to another folder in the USB memory turn the TUNE FLDR knob or choose a folder displayed on the screen This can also be performed using the 4 TUNE and FLDR buttons RDM random button When the RDM button is pressed while an audio file on the USB device is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows All Random 1 Folder Random OFF All Random all tracks on the USB device will be played randomly 1 Folder Random all tracks in the current folder will be played randomly OFF No random play pattern is applied The indicator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the USB device is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied RPT repeat button When the RPT button is pressed while an audio file on the USB device is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows 1 Folder Repeat 1 Track Repeat OFF 1 Track Repeat the current track will be re peated 1 Folder Repeat the current folder will be re peated OFF No repeat play pattern is applied The indi cator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the USB device is displayed on the screen unless no pa
68. Partitioned USB devices may not play cor rectly Some characters used in other languages Chinese Japanese etc may not appear properly in the display Using English lan guage characters with a USB device is rec ommended General notes for USB use Refer to your device manufacturer s owner information regarding the proper use and care of the device 4 38 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Notes for iPod use iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Improperly plugging in the iPod may cause a checkmark to be displayed on and off flickering Always make sure that the iPod is connected properly An iPod nano 1st Generation may remain in fast forward or rewind mode if it is con nected during a seek operation In this case please manually reset the iPod An iPod nano 2nd Generation will con tinue to fast forward or rewind if it is discon nected during a seek operation An incorrect song title may appear when the Play Mode is changed while using an iPod nano 2nd Generation Audiobooks may not play in the same order as they appear on an iPod Large video files cause slow responses in an iPod The vehicle center display may mo mentarily black out but will soon recover fan iPod automatically selects large video files while in the shuffle mode the vehicle center display may momentarily black out but
69. Say International Call Say 011811112223333 Say Dial O O A WB N The system makes a call to 011 81 111 229 3333 NOTE Any digit input format is available in the International Number input process as well as the special characters such as star pound and plus NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION ALTERNATE COMMAND MODE The Alternate Command Mode enables control of the audio and display systems as well as addi tional commands for the Vehicle Information Phone and Navigation systems With this setting active the system does not announce or display the available commands at each step When Alternate Command Mode is activated an expanded list of commands can be used after pressing the amp button Under this mode the screen for Standard Mode commands is not available on the display Please review the ex panded command list available when this mode is active as some Standard Mode commands are replaced Please see examples of Alternate Command Mode screens Please note that in this mode the recognition success rate may be affected as the number of available commands and ways of speaking each command are increased You can turn this mode ON or OFF When this mode is activated the Voice Recognition Settings will change to show more options Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 143 Activating Alternate Command Mode 1 oF W N Press the SETTING button on th
70. Screen Count Shows the number of menu selections avail able for the current menu even if they are on multiple pages for example 1 9 Footer Information Line Provides more information if available about the menu selection currently high lighted for example Cabin lighting when unlocking doors Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 13 HOW TO USE THE INFO BUTTON Press the INFO button This screen sets or dis The STATUS button is used to display system plays various information that is helpful for using information Three different split screens of infor oe the vehicle Available items include fuel economy mation are available Press the STATUS button Map Update maintenance navigation information multiple times to cycle through these screens as Audio with Turn Information for Navigation Traffic Into Audio with Fuel Economy Information Audio with Climate Control Information Audio with Show distance to empty and fuel economy Turn Information for Navigation HOW TO USE THE STATUS BUTTON Information 8 00 LHA1231 Fuel Economy Displays Fuel Economy menu Distance to Empty DTE Displays an estimation of the distance that the vehicle can be driven before refueling The DTE is constantly calculated based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and actual fuel consumption The display is updated every 30 seconds When the fuel level is low the DTE display will change to N
71. Standard Mode command list or Alternate Command Mode command list in this NIZED or the system fails to interpret section the command correctly Speak clearly using your normal speech pattern and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defrost on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that voice commands will not be recognized Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored For additional information refer to Bluetooth Hands Free wrong voicetag in the phonebook Phone System with Navigation System in this section 2 Replace one of the voicetags being confused with a different voicetag The system consistently selects the 1 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 151 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide 008 5 2 Three way Calalysti hcsscneneveseeeeenav sameeren 5 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 5 3 On pavement and off road driving lee ULT in o j2uccveceteedecnacenencesspaeneteaen 5 5 Avoiding collision and rollover 0005 5 5 Ofi toad 1eCOVGIV i cat aclascaaneeaeweeaeeheens 5 6 Rapid air pressure lOSS 000 eee eee 5 6 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving 5 7 Driving safety precautions 00 eee e
72. Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a dam aged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when per forming periodic maintenance cleaning the ve hicle etc Additional information on the following items with an is found in this section Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not bind or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Automatic transmission P Park position mechanism On a fairly steep hill check that your vehicle is held securely with the shift lever in the P Park position without applying any brakes Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth opera tion If the brake pedal suddenly goes down fur ther than normal the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop see a NISSAN dealer immediately Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Parking brake Check the parking brake opera tion regularly The vehicle should be securely held on a fairly steep hi
73. Using both hands simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink button and hand held transmitter button DO NOT re lease until the HomeLink indicator light flashes slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light flashes rapidly both buttons may be released The rapid flashing indi cates successful programming NOTE Some devices may require you to replace Step 2 with the cycling procedure noted in Programming HomeLink for Canadian customers and gate openers in this sec tion 3 Press and hold the programmed HomeLink button and observe the indicator light e if the indicator light _ is solid continuous programming is complete and your device should acti vate when the HomeLink button is pressed and released If the indicator light C blinks rapidly for 2 seconds and then turns to a solid continuous light continue with Steps 4 6 for a rolling code device A second person may make the following steps easier Use a ladder or other device Do not stand on your vehicle to perform the next steps Instruments and controls 2 65 4 At the receiver located on the garage door opener motor in the garage locate the learn or smart button the name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer but it is usually located near where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the unit If there is difficulty locating the button reference the garage door opener s manual 5 Press an
74. WARNING LIGHT Both the driver s and passenger s front seats are equipped with a seat belt warning light The warning light located on the instrument panel will show the status of the driver and passenger seat belt NOTE The front passenger seat belt warning light will not light up if the seat is not occupied For additional information refer to Warning indicator lights and audible reminders in the Instruments and controls section of this manual PREGNANT WOMEN NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips not the waist Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your ab dominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts Check with your doctor for specific recommendations THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITH RETRACTOR AWARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times Children should be in the rear seats and in an appropriate restraint e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and
75. When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alter nate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replac ing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Additional information e The TPMS does not monitor the tire pressure of the spare tire The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving Starting and driving 5 3 The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted in all 4 tires After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s operation and the outside temperature Low outside temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure Th
76. XXXXXXXX Folder Track CD DVD or USB with compressed audio files While listening to a CD or compressed audio files certain text might be able to be displayed when CD encoded with text is being used Depending on how the CD or compressed audio files are encoded the following text might be displayed Folder displays the name of the current folder being accessed File displays the name of the file currently playing Song displays the ID3 encoded tag of the song name Album displays the ID3 encoded tag of the album name Artist displays the ID3 encoded tag of the artist s name Some of this text might not display while playing a regular CD FM AM SAT radio operation AM FM band select Press the AM FM button to change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM When the FM AM button is pressed with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the station last played The last station played will also come on when the ON OFF button is pressed ON If a compact disc is playing when the AM FM button is pressed the compact disc will auto matically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on The FM stereo indicator ST will illuminate during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 57 X
77. a command Speak Continue to follow the voice menu prompts and speak after the tone sounds until your desired operation is completed 4 138 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Operating tips Say a command after the tone Voice com mands cannot be accepted when the icon is O Commands that are available are always shown on the display and spoken through voice menu prompts Commands other than those that are displayed are not accepted Please follow the prompts given by the sys tem If the command is not recognized the sys tem repeats the announcement Repeat the command in a clear voice Say Back when prompted to return to the previous screen If you want to cancel the command press and hold the amp switch The message Voice Recognition is cancelled will be dis played f you want to adjust the volume of the sys tem feedback press the SETTING button on the control panel then select the Volume amp Beeps key on the touch screen Use the and keys to adjust the guidance vol ume to the desired level How to speak numbers Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers when giving voice commands Refer to the following examples General rule Only single digits O zero to 9 can be used When saying the phone number 800 662 6200 the system will accept eight hundred in addition to eight zero zero or eight oh
78. an irregular format This may occur depending on the variation or the setting of the compressed audio file writ ing application or other text editing applications Check if the finalization process such as session close and disc close is done for the disc Check if the CD USB device is protected by copyright Poor sound quality Check if the CD is scratched or dirty It takes a relatively long time If there are many folders or file levels on the CD USB device or if it is a multisession disc some time may be required before the music starts playing before the music starts playing The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not match the Music cuts off or skips a a specifications Try using the slowest writing speed Skipping with high bit rate Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data files Moves immediately to the If an unsupported compressed audio file has been given a supported extension like MP3 or when play is prohibited by copyright protection the next song when playing player will skip to the next song Songs do not play back in The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order the desired order Random Shuffle may be active on the audio system or on the USB connection port 4 42 Monitor climate aud
79. and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file Sampling frequency Sampling frequency is the rate at which the samples of a signal are converted from analog to digital A D conversion per second Multisession Multisession is one of the methods for writing data to media Writing data once to the media is called a single session and writing more than once Is called a multisession e ID3 WMA Tag The ID3 WMA tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title artist album title encoding bit rate track time duration etc ID3 tag information is displayed on the Album Artist Track title line on the display Windows Windows Media and Windows Vista are registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States of America and or other countries Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 43 Playback order Music playback order of a CD DVD or USB device with compressed audio files is as illus trated The folder names of folders not containing compressed audio files are not shown in the display f there is a file in the top level of the disc USB Root Folder is displayed The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software so the files might not play in the desired order FOLDER
80. and vehicle handling AWARNING Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an accident The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR is located on the F M V S S C M V S S certifica tion label The vehicle weight ca pacity is indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not load your vehicle beyond this capacity Overloading your ve hicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe operating conditions due to premature tire failure or unfavorable handling character istics and could also lead to a serious accident Loading beyond the specified capacity may also result in failure of other vehicle components e Before taking a long trip or whenever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level e For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet Tire size refer to Tire labeling in TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION this section PNEU ET INFORMATION DE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL x FRONT x REAR x NOMBRE DE PLACES TOTAL AVANT ARRI RE THE COMBINED WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XX kg OR XX Ibs LE POIDS COMBINE D OCCUPANTS ET DE CARGAISON NE DEVRAIT JAMAIS EXC DER XX nt OU XX Ibs ORIGINAL TIRE SIZE COLD TIRE PRESSURE TAILLE DU PNEU D ORIGINE PRESSION DE GONFL
81. arrow to scroll up an entire page Touch the down arrow to scroll down the page one item at a time or touch the double down arrow to scroll down an entire page Shows uppercase characters Shows lowercase characters Inserts a space Deletes the last inputted character with one touch Touch and hold the Delete key to delete all of the characters Completes the character input 4 12 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Touch screen maintenance If you clean the display screen use a dry soft cloth If additional cleaning is necessary use a small amount of neutral detergent with a soft cloth Never spray the screen with water or de tergent Dampen the cloth first then wipe the screen 1 Light Sensitivity Light Off Delay HOW TO SELECT MENUS ON THE SCREEN Vehicle functions are viewed on the center dis play screen in menus Whenever a menu selec tion is made or menu item is highlighted different areas on the screen provide you with important information Refer to the following Ty Header Shows the path used to get to the current screen for example press the SETTING button gt then select the Comfort key Menu Selections Shows the options to choose within that menu screen for example Auto Interior Illu mination etc Up Down Movement Indicator Shows that the NISSAN controller may be used to move up or down on the screen and select more options
82. as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and in crease the likelihood of tire failure Se rious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label located in the driver s door opening to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still comes on while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire re place it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS A CAUTION e The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 MPH 25 km h the TPMS may not operate correctly Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the 4 wheels correctly S7 Low windshield washer flui
83. base and tip the outboard seating position of the 2nd row bench seat forward To exit the 3rd row bench seat lift up on the same seatback latch and fold the seatback forward onto the seat base Then lift up on the seat base and tip it forward AWARNING When returning the seatbacks to the up right position be certain they are com pletely secured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passen gers may be injured in an accident or sud den stop Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 2ND ROW CAPTAIN S CHAIR ADJUSTMENT if so equipped Reclining To recline the seatback pull up on the lever and lean back The recline feature allows adjustment of the seat back for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit For additional information refer to Precautions on seat belt usage in this section Also the seat back can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the shift lever is in P Park Tip up for easy entry exit of the 3rd row The 2nd row captain s chairs can be tipped for ward for easy entry or exit from the 3rd row bench seat To enter the 3rd row 4 raise the armrest so it is parallel to the seatback and in the stowed position then lift up on the seatback latch located on the upper corner of the seatback on the 2nd row captain s chair and fold the seatback forward at an angle over
84. belts should be used with NISSAN seat belts Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints If the child restraint is not secured properly the child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision or a sudden stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE e To clean the seat belt webbing apply a mild soap solution or any solution recom mended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth 1 29 Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire seat belt as sembly should be replaced CHILD SAFETY AWARNING Do not allow children to play with the seat belts Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Retrac tor ALR mode seat belts If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child s neck with the ALR mode activated the child can be seriously injured
85. blades 8 21 Wiper Rear window wiper and washer SWINGS sos sea a Moo a een a 2 33 Wiper and washer switch 2 32 Wiper blades n aaau 8 21 Wiper and washer switch ssaa aaa 2 32 10 8 GAS STATION INFORMATION RECOMMENDED FUEL without Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV option Use UNLEADED REGULAR gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 RON A CAUTION Only vehicles with the E 85 filler door label can operate on E 85 Fuel system or other damage can occur if E 85 is used in vehicles that are not designed to run on E 85 Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst e Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 15 or E 85 fuel Using E 15 or E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 15 or E 85 fuel can ad versely affect the emission control de vices and systems of the vehicle Dam age caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty e U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbrevia tion or the appropriate percentage for that region For additional information refer to Recom mended fluids lubricant
86. built in heaters The switches are located on the rear of the front center console and can be operated indepen dently of each other 1 Start the engine 2 Push the LO or HI position of the switch as desired The indicator light in the switch will illuminate The heater is controlled by a thermostat automatically turning the heater on and off The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch is on 3 When the seat is warmed or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn the switch off HEATED STEERING WHEEL if so equipped LICO421 The heated steering wheel system is designed to operate only when the surface temperature of the steering wheel is below approximately 68 F 20 C Push the heated steering wheel switch to warm the steering wheel after the engine starts The indicator light will come on If the surface temperature of the steering wheel is below 68 F 20 C the system will heat the steering wheel to approximately 86 F 30 C then turn off automatically Push the switch again to turn the heated steering wheel off manually The indicator light will go off NOTE The heated steering wheel switch is equipped with a 30 minute timer After the switch has been activated for 30 minutes the system will automatically turn off If the surface temperature of the steering wheel is above 68 F 20 C when the switch is turned on the system will not heat the steering wheel This is not a
87. bulbs P 8 34 Fuel filler cap recommended fuel P 3 28 P 9 2 Fuel filler door P 3 28 Child safety rear door locks P 3 7 Refer to the page number indicated in pa rentheses for operating details PASSENGER COMPARTMENT 1 Rear ventilators P 4 28 2 Storage P 2 45 3 Power moonroof if so equipped P 2 60 4 Map lights P 2 63 5 Sun visors P 3 32 6 HomeLink Universal Transceiver if so equipped P 2 64 7 DVD entertainment system if so equipped P 4 63 8 Glove box P 2 47 9 Seats P 1 2 10 Cup holders P 2 45 11 Luggage storage P 2 52 Refer to the page number indicated in pa rentheses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 5 INSTRUMENT PANEL 0 6 Illustrated table of contents 12 13 14 15 Vents P 4 28 Headlight fog light if so equipped turn signal switch P 2 34 Steering wheel switch for audio control Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System P 4 81 P 4 108 Instrument brightness control P 2 37 Driver supplemental air bag horn P 1 55 P 2 38 Meters gauges and warning indicator lights P 2 3 2 12 Cruise control main set switches P 5 20 Windshield wiper washer switch and rear window wiper washer switch P 2 32 P 2 33 Ignition switch P 5 9 Display screen Display screen with navigation system if so equipped P 4 4 P 4 10 Navigation system controls if so equipped P 4 10
88. button ZOOM button NEXT button PREV button FF Fast forward button FR Fast rewind button STOP button PLAY PAUSE button Number Keys SUBTITLE button TITLE button Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 89 24 DOWN button 25 RETURN button 26 ENTER button 27 LEFT button 28 UP button 29 MENU button 30 MUTE button 31 DVD A button 32 POWER button NOTE The following remote control functions do not apply to this model A B and Program Source button Press this button to cycle between monitor A audio video sources and monitor B audio video sources Setup button Press this button to navigate the DVD OSD menu For additional information refer to How to use the DVD OSD menu in this section Eject button Press this button to eject the disc DVD B button Press this button to transmit the remote control codes and functions to operate monitor B PIX button Press this button to access the picture adjust ment menu and select between BRIGHTNESS CONTRAST SATURATION HUE SHARP NESS IR HEADPHONE LANGUAGE and RE SET Press the A r y adjust the screen REPEAT button Press this button to select between different repeat modes RIGHT button Press this button to navigate right when display ing a menu or file list AUDIO button Press this button to select and listen to different audio streams this function only applies to DVD titles
89. capacity 740 Ib 336 kg Remaining available cargo and luggage load capacity 1 040 Ib 472 kg Remaining available cargo and luggage load capacity 500 Ib 227 kg LT10152 Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX Ibs or XXX kg on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX lbs or XXX kg 4 The resulting figure equals the avail able amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1 400 lbs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of avail able cargo and luggage load capac ity is 650 Ibs 1 400 750 5 X 150 650 Ibs or 640 340 5 X 70 300 kg 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be trans ferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this re duces the available cargo and lug gage load capacity of your vehicle Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR for your vehicle For additional information refe
90. certain crash or near crash like situa tions such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understand ing how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as How various systems in your vehicle were operating Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and How fast the vehicle was traveling Sounds are not recorded These data can help provide a better understand ing of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situation occurs no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equip ment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manu facturer and NISSAN dealer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equip ment can read the informati
91. chosen that the equivalent isotropically radiated power e i r p is not more than that necessary for suc cessful communication WEEE NOTICE Disposal of Old Electrical amp Electronic Equip ment Applicable in the European Union and other European countries with separate collec tion systems This symbol on the product or on its packaging indicates that the device shall not be treated as household waste Instead it shall be handed over to the applicable collection point for the recycling of electrical and electronic equipment By ensur ing this device is disposed of correctly you will help prevent potential negative consequences for the environment and human health which could otherwise be caused by inappropriate waste handling of this device The recycling of material will help to conserve natural resources For additional information about recycling of this device please contact your local city office your household waste disposal service or the shop where you purchased the device Applicable ac cessory remote control MACROVISION NOTICE This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is protected by method claims of certain U S patents and other intellectual prop erty rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation and is intended for home and other limited viewing used only unless otherwis
92. climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 5 Settings gt Time Zone Pacific Mountain Central Eastern Atlantic 1 9 De Downl 2 Manually set the time zone Manually set the timezone zone HOW TO SELECT MENUS ON THE SCREEN Vehicle functions are viewed on the center dis play screen in menus Whenever a menu selec tion is made or menu item is highlighted different areas on the screen provide you with important information For additional information refer to the following for details 1 Header Shows the path used to get to the current screen for example press the SETTING button gt then select the Clock key then select the Time Zone key 2 Menu Selections Shows the options to choose within that menu screen for example Pacific time zone Mountain time zone etc 3 UP DOWN Movement Indicator Shows that the NISSAN controller may be used to move UP DOWN on the screen and select more options 4 Screen Count Shows the number of menu selections avail able for that screen for example 1 9 5 Footer Information Line Provides more information if available about the menu selection currently high lighted for example Manually set the time zone HOW TO USE THE STATUS BUTTON To display the status of the audio climate control system and fuel consumption press the STATUS button The following information will appear when the STATUS button is press
93. cold temperature starting The engine block heater should be used when the outside temperature is 20 F 7 C or lower AWARNING e Do not use your engine block heater with an ungrounded electrical system or a 2 pronged adapter You can be seri ously injured by an electrical shock if you use an ungrounded connection e Disconnect and properly store the en gine block heater cord before starting the engine Damage to the cord could result in an electrical shock and can cause serious injury Use a heavy duty 3 wire 3 pronged ex tension cord rated for at least 10 A Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 VAC outlet Failure to use the proper extension cord or a grounded outlet can result in a fire or electrical shock and cause serious personal injury To use the engine block heater 1 2 Turn the engine off Open the hood and unwrap the engine block heater cord Plug the engine block heater cord into a grounded 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 volt AC VAC outlet The engine block heater must be plugged in for at least 2 4 hours depending on outside temperatures to properly warm the engine coolant Use an appropriate timer to turn the engine block heater on Before starting the engine unplug and prop erly store the cord to keep it away from moving par
94. covered by the following emission warranties For USA 1 Emission Defects Warranty 2 Emissions Performance Warranty Details of this warranty may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a replace ment by writing to Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canada Emission Control System Warranty Details of this warranty may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a replace ment by writing to Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 425 REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS For USA If you believe that your vehicle has a de fect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immedi ately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addi tion to notifying NISSAN If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot be come involved in individual problems be tween you your dealer or NISSAN To contact NHTSA you may call the Ve hicl
95. covered with finger prints may not work properly The following CDs may not work prop erly Copy control compact discs CCCD Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunc tion 3 1 in 8 cm discs with an adapter e CDs that are not round e CDs with a paper label e CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play pre recorded CDs It has no capability to record or burn CDs If the CD cannot be played one of the following messages will be displayed CHECK DISC Confirm that the CD is inserted cor rectly the label side is facing up etc e Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches PRESS EJECT This is an error due to excessive tem perature inside the player Remove the CD by pressing the EJECT button After a short time reinsert the CD The CD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal UNPLAYABLE The file is unplayable in this audio sys tem only MP3 or WMA if so equipped CD Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 35 CD DVD combination player models with Navigation System Do not force a disc into the CD DVD insert slot This could damage the CD DVD player During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the hu midity If this occurs r
96. deep as the wheel hub more frequent maintenance may be required For additional infor mation refer to Periodic maintenance in the NISSAN Service and Mainte nance Guide IGNITION SWITCH AWARNING Never remove or turn the key to the LOCK position while driving The steer ing wheel will lock for models with a steering lock mechanism This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious ve hicle damage or personal injury e Never place the ignition switch in the LOCK position while driving The steer ing wheel will lock for models with a steering lock mechanism This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious ve hicle damage or personal injury NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY if so equipped The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch cannot be turned to LOCK until the shift lever is moved to the P Park position When turning the ignition switch make sure the shift lever is in the P Park position If the shift lever is not returned to the P Park position the ignition switch cannot be moved toward LOCK When the ignition switch cannot be turned to ward the LOCK position when the Intelligent Key is in range proceed as follows 1 Move the shift lever into the P Park posi tion 2 Turn the ignition switch slightly in the ON direction 3 Turn the switch toward the LOCK position The shift lever can be moved
97. driver s door unlocks The hazard warning lights flash once if all doors are completely closed with the ignition switch in any position except the ON posi tion The interior lights and puddle lights if so equipped turn on and the light timer acti vates for a period of time when the interior light switch is in the DOOR position with the ignition switch in any position except the ON position Press the if within 5 seconds button on the key fob again All doors unlock The hazard warning lights flash once if all doors are completely closed The interior lights can be turned off without wait ing by inserting the key into the ignition switch and placing it in the ON or START position locking the doors with the key fob or pushing the interior light switch to the OFF position Auto relock When the f button on the key fob is pressed all doors will lock automatically within 1 minute unless one of the following operations is performed Any door is opened A key is inserted into the ignition switch and the switch is cycled from OFF to ON Opening windows The keyfob allows you to open windows equipped with automatic operation simultane ously To open the windows press the ff but ton on the keyfob for longer than three seconds after all doors are unlocked Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 The door windows will open while pressing the button on the keyfob The door windows cannot be cl
98. driving checks and adjustments Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion Close all doors Press the button on the Intelligent Key The hazard indicator lights flash twice and the horn beeps once All doors will be locked A CAUTION After locking the doors using the Intelli gent Key be sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles Unlocking doors WPD0360 1 Press the if Key button on the Intelligent 2 The hazard warning lights flash once 3 Press the button again within 5 sec onds to unlock all doors All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pressing the button Opening any doors Pushing the ignition switch The interior light illuminates for a period of time when a door is unlocked and the room light switch is in the DOOR position The light can be turned off without waiting by performing one of the following operations Placing the ignition switch in the ON posi tion Locking the doors with the Intelligent Key Switching the room light switch to the OFF position Opening windows The Intelligent Key allows you to simultaneously open windows equipped with automatic opera tion To open the windows press the but ton on the Intelligent Key for longer than 3 seconds after all doors are unlocked The door windows will open while pressing the
99. driving checks and adjustments 3 23 OPERATING THE MANUAL LIFTGATE if so equipped The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors including the liftgate simultane ously To open the liftgate pull up on the handle To close lower and push the liftgate down se curely 3 24 Pre driving checks and adjustments LPD0247 Rear pillar switch OPERATING THE POWER LIFTGATE if so equipped NOTE To open close or reverse the power liftgate the shift lever must be in P Park Also the power liftgate will not operate if battery voltage is low Additionally the glass hatch must be fully closed in order to open close or reverse the power liftgate Power Open The power liftgate automatically moves from the fully closed position to the fully open position in LPD0283 Instrument panel switch approximately five to eight seconds The power open feature can be activated by the switch on the keyfob the instrument panel switch and by the outside opener handle The hazard lights flash and a chime sounds to indicate the power open sequence has been started The liftgate can be opened by the instrument panel switch and the keyfob even if the ve hicle is locked The liftgate will individually unlock and open Once the liftgate is closed its lock will align to the vehicle s lock or unlock status The keyfob button must be held for 0 5 sec onds before the liftgate opens The liftgate must be u
100. ecer 3 23 LitGalCcesadcestedcdetten eee eheendedeeeeaneene eee 3 23 Operating the manual liftgate if so CQUIPNCO E E E ET 3 24 Operating the power liftgate if so equipped 3 24 Cancel SWIC taneceeceeeue aaveeewadet en sencus 3 26 Liftgate release 2 0 eee 3 27 Glas HOG ise eae E EE EE E T 3 28 Fucker dOr rerserrer iator EPER ERTIES TENTA 3 28 Fuelfiller Cab cis csssiseicrestvrrssste sini kenus 3 28 Steering WEE se wiv chectwnw ets set5aciecsasee ca 3 30 Tt OD e ee E E Ceeaees eee et 3 30 Pedal position adjustment 000 cece eee eee 3 31 SUM VISONG soe E Menor eee onsGeeeekeenemne 3 32 Vanity MITOS 2o22ncnedesweseaeseeeeuenetaaeaye 3 32 TEES e 25 cence teeerret becasue E Seaweeuseseane 3 33 Rearview mirror if so equipped 6065 3 33 Automatic anti glare rearview mirror if so equipped 2 i lt ccenuiecedeekestaniueeasices 3 33 Outside MIMOS conseseteniGctiewsnsesaataecuses 3 34 Automatic drive positioner if so equipped 3 36 Memory storage function 00 0 cee eee eee 3 36 Entry exit fUNCHON 2ccectcoseesieeseireeacers 3 37 System CDGANONsn22cacevennctsteucestiemedaned 3 38 KEYS A key number is only necessary when you have lost all your keys If you still have a key your NISSAN dealer can duplicate it 1 Two master keys black with transpon der chip and chrome NISSAN brand symbol on one side 2 Transponder chip 3 Key number plate 4 Valet key blac
101. engine and the system will operate normally For additional information refer to Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system in the Starting and driv ing section of this manual The VDC OFF light also comes on when you place the ignition switch in the ON position The light will turn off after about 2 seconds if the system is operational If the light stays on or comes on along with the SLIP indicator light while you are driving have the Vehicle Dynamic Control system checked by a NISSAN dealer While the VDC system is operating you might feel slight vibration or hear the system working when starting the vehicle or accelerating but this is normal AUDIBLE REMINDERS Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings When a disc brake pad requires replacement it makes a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard Key reminder chime A chime sounds if the driver s door is opened while the key is left in the ignition switch Remove the key and take it with you when leaving the vehicle Light reminder chime With the ignition switch placed in the OFF posi tion a chime sounds when the driver s door is opened if the headlights or parking lights are on Turn the headlight control switch off before leav ing the vehicle NISSAN Intelligent Key door buzzer if s
102. exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regula tions Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause unde sired operation of the device 4 110 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems IC Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two con ditions 1 this device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This Class B digital apparatus meets all re quirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Clarion USING THE SYSTEM The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows hands free operation of the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System amp Bluetooth If the vehicle is in motion some commands may not be available so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Initialization When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized which takes a few seconds If the l button is pressed before the initialization completes the system will announce Hands free phone
103. facing child restraint in the front seat An in flating front air bag could seriously in jure or kill your child For additional information refer to Child restraints in this section WRS0431 Do not lean against the door AWARNING Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bags and roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bags The side air bags and curtain air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact rear impact or lower severity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 59 AWARNING The seat belts the side air bags and curtain air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The side air bag and curtain air bag inflate with great force Do not al low anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear out board seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door WRS0365 SSS0162 Some examples of dangerous riding Do not lean against doors or windows Do not lean against doors or windows Sipe are shown in the previous illustrations 1 60 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING
104. from the P Park position if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the foot brake pedal is depressed There is an OFF position in between LOCK and ACC although it does not show on the ignition switch When the ignition switch is OFF the steering wheel is not locked for models with a steering wheel lock mechanism In order for the steering wheel to be locked it must be turned about 1 6 of a turn counterclock wise from the straight up position To lock the steering wheel turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position To unlock the steering wheel push the ignition switch in and turn it gently while rotating the steer ing wheel slightly right and left If the battery of the vehicle equipped with the Intelligent Key system is discharged the ignition switch cannot be turned from the LOCK position even using the me chanical key Starting and driving 5 9 The operating range of the engine start function is inside of the vehicle 4 The luggage area is not included in the op erating range but the Intelligent Key may function If the Intelligent Key is placed on the instru ment panel inside the glove box storage bin or door pocket the Intelligent Key may not function n B y 3 A ni ny i a 2J If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door or window outside the vehicle the Intelligent Key may function LSD2001 Operating range The Intelligent Key functions can only be used
105. function Disc will not play Disc plays but stops intermittently No picture Distorted picture Verify that the batteries in the remote control are good Verify that the remote sensor lens is not obstructed Insert the disc with label side facing the rear of the vehicle Check if the disc is defective by try ing another disc Check the type of disc being played This unit only plays DVD Single Dual Layer DVD R R DVD R Dual layer DVD RW RW CD CD R and CD RW Both the unit and DVD discs are coded by region If the region codes don t match the DVD can t be played The disc is dirty and needs cleaning Condensation has formed inside the unit Remove the disc and allow unit to dry out Check the signal source is connected Check the menu source setting Match your monitor mode with the source correctly Check the disc for fingerprints and clean with a soft cloths wiping from center to edge Cannot advance through a DVD movie No sound or distorted sound You cannot advance through the opening credits and warning infor mation that appears at the beginning of DVDs because the disc is pro grammed to prohibit these actions Make sure that the external media device is connected properly and all cables are securely inserted into the appropriate jacks Verify that the batteries in the head phones are good If you are using the wireless headphones make sure you turn on the p
106. give a command at once For additional information refer to List of voice commands and During a call in this section a PHONE END While the voice recognition system is active press and hold the button for 5 seconds to quit the voice recognition system at any time TUNING SWITCH While using the voice recognition system tilt the tuning switch up or down to manually control the phone system lt gt GETTING STARTED The following procedures will help you get started using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with NISSAN Voice Recognition For ad ditional information refer to List of voice com mands in this section Choosing a language You can interact with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System using English Spanish or French To change the language perform the following 1 Press and hold the l button for more than 5 seconds 2 The system announces Press the PHONE SEND button for the hands free phone system to enter the voice adaptation mode or press the PHONE END button to select a different lan guage 3 Press the button For additional information on voice adapta tion refer to Voice Adaptation VA mode in this section 4 The system announces the current language and gives you the option to change the lan guage to Spanish in Spanish or French in French To select the current language press the PHONE SEND _ button T
107. gt Shift without depressing brake pedal Shifting After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal and move the shift lever out of the P Park position AWARNING Apply the parking brake if the shift lever is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF or ACC position for any reason while the vehicle is in N Neutral or any D Drive position the ignition switch cannot be turned to the LOCK position Move the shift lever to the P Park position then the ignition switch can be turned to LOCK P Park A CAUTION To prevent transmission damage use the P Park position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use the P Park shift lever position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal should be depressed to move the shift lever from N Neutral or any drive position to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then move the shift lever into the P Park position R Reverse A CAUTION To prevent transmission damage use the R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped Use the R Reverse position to back up Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting t
108. guage of Language the moni tor OSD menu Resets the monitor OSD Reset menu set tings to default values English French Spanish English Portu guese Press Up or Down OK will be displayed 001 013 0 amp a Title No Text Artist No Text Album No Text PLAYING A CD Insert a disc into the unit with label facing the rear of vehicle and select monitor A mode if using monitor A or monitor B mode if using monitor B using the front controls or the remote control When playing an audio CD the information screen appears automatically It can display the current track number along with the amount of time the track has been playing the amount of time remaining for the track playing the total amount of time elapsed so far or the total amount of time remaining Display Press the DISPLAY button on the remote control to select the desired type of display setting The single elapsed time of the current track is dis played by default Press DISPLAY 1x Single Remain is displayed along with the cur rent track playing and the amount of time remain ing for the current track Press DISPLAY 2x Total Elapsed is displayed along with the cur rent track playing and the total amount of elapsed time Press DISPLAY 8x Total Remain is displayed along with the current track playing and the total amount of time remain ing Press the DISPLAY button again to display
109. in these areas are more likely to be seri ously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts e Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight including standard and optional equipment flu ids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not in clude passengers and cargo 9 14 Technical and consumer information GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rat ing maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle pas sengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment This information is lo cated on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum weight load limit specified for the front or rear axle This informa tion Is located on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label GCWR Gross Combined Weight rating The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle passengers cargo and trailer Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and cargo for the ve hicle This is the maximum c
110. indicator light blinks push the cruise control ON OFF switch off and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer The SET indicator light may blink when the cruise control ON OFF switch is pushed ON while pushing the ACCEL RES COAST SET or CANCEL switch To prop erly set the cruise control system use the following procedures AWARNING Do not use the cruise control when driving under the following conditions When it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed On winding or hilly roads On slippery roads rain snow ice etc In very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed be tween 25 89 mph 40 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal To turn on the cruise control push the ON OFF switch on The CRUISE indicator light in the vehicle information display will illuminate To set cruising speed accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it The SET indicator light in the vehicle information display will illuminate Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle maintains the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the ac celerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle returns to the previously set speed The vehicle may not mai
111. indicator light blinks whenever the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK OFF or ACC position This function indicates the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is opera tional If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is mal functioning the light will remain on while the ignition switch is placed in the ON position If the light still remains on and or the en gine will not start see a NISSAN dealer for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ser vice as soon as possible Please bring all registered keys that you have when visiting a NISSAN dealer for service Instruments and controls 2 31 WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH 2 32 Type A if so equipped Instruments and controls LIC2858 LICO965 Type B if so equipped SWITCH OPERATION The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed Q Intermittent INT intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob toward A Slower or Faster Also the inter mittent operation speed varies in accor dance with the vehicle speed For example when the vehicle speed is high the intermit tent operation speed will be faster NOTE You can turn on or turn off the driving speed dependent intermittent wiper func tion For additional information refer to Comfort amp convenience settings in the Monitor climate audio phone and voice recogni
112. infor mation refer to NISSAN Voice Recognition Sys tem in this section Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes Set up the wireless connection between a cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the hands free phone system Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module Please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or www nissan ca bluetooth for a recom mended phone list and connecting instruc tions You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the cellular ser vice area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive cellular signal such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage near a tall building or in a moun tainous area Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it from being dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice dur ing a call Immediately after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position it may be impos sible to receive a call for a short period of time Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth
113. interface Use the NISSAN controller and the BACK button to play the iPod with your favorite settings The following items can be chosen from the menu list screen For additional information refer to the iPod Owner s Manual regarding each item e Playlists Podcasts Songs Albums Artists Genres Composers Audiobooks The following keys shown on the screen are also available MENU returns to the previous screen e Pil plays pauses the music selected i44 Pl SEEK CAT and TRACK buttons When the 44 SEEK CAT button or gt gt TRACK button is pressed for less than 1 5 sec onds while the iPod is playing the next track or the beginning of the current track on the iPod will be played When the M4 SEEK CAT button or gt TRACK button is pressed for more than 1 5 sec onds while the iPod is playing the iPod will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the iPod will return to the normal play speed Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 73 iPod PLAYER OPERATION WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM Connecting iPod AWARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury A CAUTION e Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the por
114. is indicated by the front passenger air bag status light A which is located on the instrument panel After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the front passenger air bag status light on the instrument panel illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off or remains illumi nated depending on the front passenger seat occupied status The light operates as follows Unoccupied front passengers seat The light is OFF and the front passen ger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Front passenger seat occupied by a small adult child or child restraint as outlined in this section The 4 light illuminates to indicate that the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash Occupied front passenger seat and the pas senger meets the conditions as outlined in this section The 4 light is OFF to indi cate that the front passenger air bag Is op erational 1 64 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system In addition to the above certain objects placed on the front passenger seat may also cause the light to operate as described above depending on their weight For additional information related to the normal operation and troubleshooting of this occupant classification sensor system please refer to Normal operation and Troubleshooting in this section Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag is designed to auto matically turn OFF when the v
115. is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Have your tires replaced and or TPMS system reset as soon as possible It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for these services Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS e Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instructions be low Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic 2 Turn on the hazard warning flashers 3 Park ona level surface and apply the parking brake Move the shift lever to P Park 4 Turn off the engine 5 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance person nel that you need assistance 6 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle AWARNING Make sure the parking brake is securely applied and the shift lever is shifted into P Park Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait
116. is stolen 02 000e 2 67 INSTRUMENT PANEL 2 2 Instruments and controls 12 13 14 15 Vents P 4 28 Headlight fog light if so equipped turn signal switch P 2 34 Steering wheel switch for audio control Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System P 4 81 P 4 108 Instrument brightness control P 2 37 Driver supplemental air bag horn P 1 55 P 2 38 Meters gauges and warning indicator lights P 2 3 2 12 Cruise control main set switches P 5 20 Windshield wiper washer switch and rear window wiper washer switch P 2 32 P 2 33 Ignition switch P 5 9 Display screen Display screen with navigation system if so equipped P 4 4 P 4 10 Navigation system controls if so equipped P 4 10 Audio system controls P 4 33 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 55 Glove box P 2 47 Hazard lights P 6 2 16 Climate controls P 4 29 17 Power outlet P 2 44 18 Heated seat switch if so equipped P 2 39 19 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off switch P 2 41 20 Shift lever P 5 15 21 Front passenger air bag status light P 1 55 22 Power outlet P 2 44 23 4WD shift switch if so equipped P 5 27 24 Tilt steering wheel control P 3 30 25 Rear or front and rear sonar system off switch if so equipped P 5 36 26 Pedal position adjustment switch P 3 31 27 Power vent window if so equipped P 2 59 28 Liftgate op
117. malfunction VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF SWITCH OFF LIC1548 The vehicle should be driven with the VDC sys tem on for most driving conditions If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To turn off the VDC system push the VDC OFF switch The amp indicator will come on Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn on the system For additional infor mation refer to Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system in the Starting and driving section of this manual Instruments and controls 2 41 REAR SONAR SYSTEM OFF SWITCH if so equipped LICO471 AWARNING The rear sonar system is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper back ing Always turn and check that it is safe to do so before backing up Always back up slowly The rear sonar system Is active when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position and the shift lever is in R Reverse When sensors detect obstacles within 5 9 ft 1 8 m of the rear bumper a beeping tone is emitted 2 42 Instruments and controls The rear sonar system can be disabled by push ing the OFF switch When the system is disabled the indicator light on the switch will illuminate The system will autom
118. manufacturer Appearance and care 7 3 CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth damp ened in mild soap solution then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather Before using any fabric protector read the manu facturer s recommendations Some fabric pro tectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens AWARNING Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can dam age the seat or occupant classification sensor This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury A CAUTION Never use benzine thinner or any simi lar material 7 4 Appearance and care Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to leather surfaces and should be removed promptly Do not use saddle soap car waxes polishes oils cleaning fluids solvents detergents or ammonia based cleaners as they may damage the leather s natural finish Never use fabric protectors unless rec ommended by the manufacturer e Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may dam age the lens cover AIR FRESHENE
119. mounted step 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop erly attached to the lower anchors LRS0673 Rear facing step 3 3 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments LRS0674 Rear facing step 4 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path The child re straint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH at tachment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint or try installing by using the vehicle seat belt if applicable Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 39 5 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 1 through 4 REAR FACING
120. occur if E 85 is used in vehicles that are not designed to run on E 85 Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst Do not use E 15 or E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 15 or E 85 fuel Using E 15 or E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 15 or E 85 fuel can ad versely affect the emission control de vices and systems of the vehicle Dam age caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty 9 4 Technical and consumer information e U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identi fied by a small square orange and black label with the common abbrevia tion or the appropriate percentage for that region For additional information refer to Recom mended fluids lubricants and capacities in the Technical and consumer information section Gasoline specifications NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWFEC specifi cations where it is available Many of the automo bile manufacturers developed this specification to improve emission control system and vehicle performance Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the WWFC specifications Reformulated gasoline
121. of the last incoming call within the vehicle The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 115 If a call back number does not exist the system announces There is no number to call back and ends the NISSAN Voice Recognition System session During a call During a call there are several command options available Press the button on the steering wheel to mute the receiving voice and enter com mands Help The system announces the avail able commands Cancel Quit The system announces Cancel ends the Voice Recognition ses sion and returns to the call Send Use the Send command to enter numbers or during a call For ex ample if you were directed to dial an exten sion by an automated system Say Send one two three four The system acknowledges the command and sends the tones associated with the numbers The system then ends the Voice Recognition session and returns to the call Say star for Say pound for 4 Transfer call Use the Transfer Call com mand to transfer the call from the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to the cellular phone when privacy is desired The system announces Transfer call Call transferred to privacy mode The system then ends the Voice Recognition session To reconnect
122. oh 500 700 and 900 are also supported Examples 1 800 662 6200 One eight zero zero six six two six two zero zero One eight hundred six six two six two zero zero Improving Recognition of Phone numbers You can improve the recognition of phone num bers by saying the phone number in three groups of numbers For example when you try to call 800 662 6200 say eight zero zero first and the system will then ask you for the next 3 digits Then say six six two After recognition the system will then ask for the last 4 digits Say six two zero zero Using this method of phone digit entry can improve recognition performance NOTE When speaking a house number speak the number 0 as zero or oh If the letter O is included in the house number it will not be recognized as 0 even if you speak oh instead of zero Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 139 Standard Mode command list Category Commands COMMAND ACTION Displays Phone function commands Displays Navigation function commands Makes a call to a contact that is stored in either phonebook Please say Call followed by a stored name Phone Commands Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the handset phonebook Navigation Commands COMMAND ACTION Sets a route to your home that is stored in the Address Book Allows user to set destination address
123. or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve hicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 98 ft lb 133 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times It is recom mended that wheel nuts be tightened to specifications at each lubrication interval Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure After vehicle has been parked for 3 hours or more or driven less than 1 mi 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the driver side center pillar After adjusting tire pressure to the COLD tire pressure the display if so equipped of the tire pressure information may show higher pressure than the COLD tire pres sure after the vehicle has been driven more than 1 mi 1 6 km This is because the tire pressure increases as the tire temperature rises This does not indicate a system mal function 5 Securely store the jacking equipment in the vehicle and the flat tire under the vehicle For additional information about storing the flat tire refer to Getting the spare tire a
124. pressure on the gauge stem and compare to the specifica tion shown on the Tire and Loading Information label Add air to the tire as needed If too much air is added press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure Recheck the pressure and add or release air as needed Install the valve stem cap Check the pressure of all other tires including the spare Size Cold Tire Inflation Pressure 36 PSI 250 kPa Front Original Tire P265 70R18 P275 60R20 Rear Original Tire P265 70R18 P275 60R20 Spare Tire P265 70R18 P275 60R20 36 PSI 250 kPa 36 PSI 250 kPa WDI0394 Example TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information iden tifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also pro vides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall 1 P215 65R15 95H 65 t 3 R t 4 Example 1 Tire size example P215 65R15 95H P The P indicates the tire is de signed for passenger vehicles not all tires have this information Three digit number 215 This number gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge Two digit number 65 This number known as the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of hei
125. randomly CD gt Play Mode 8 00 1 Folder Repeat ON 1 Track Repeat ON 1 Disc Randem ON 1 Folder Random ON Normal Plays all tracks on the CD in sequential order until stopped CD gt Folder List 8 00 Folder List The folders on the disc are displayed Select the key of a folder name to begin playing tracks from that folder CD gt Track List XXXXXXXX mp3 XXXXXAXX mp3 Track List The tracks on the disc are displayed Select the key of a track name to begin playing that track 4 CD EJECT button When the amp CD EJECT button is pressed with the compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected When the amp CD EJECT button is pressed while the compact disc is being played the com pact disc will eject and the system will turn off Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 61 LHA2031 AUX auxiliary input jacks The auxiliary input jacks are located inside the center console 1 NTSC compatible devices such as video games camcorders and portable video players can be connected to the auxiliary input jacks Audio devices such as some MP3 players can also be connected to the system through the auxiliary input jacks The auxiliary input jacks are color coded for iden tification purposes Red right channel audio input White left channel audio input Yellow video input Before connecting a device to the auxiliary input jacks
126. receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly Do not allow children to play with the seat belts Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Re tractor ALR mode seat belts If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child s neck with the ALR mode activated the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight This can occur even if the vehicle is parked Unbuckle the seat belt to release the child If the seat belt cannot be unbuckled or is already unbuckled release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool such as a knife or scissors to release the seat belt Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 23 Front seat shown Fastening the seat belts 1 Adjust the seat For additional information refer to Seats in this section 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage The retractor is designed to lock dur ing a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion permits the seat belt to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat If the seat belt cannot be pulled from
127. request switch while carrying the Intelligent Key with you 4 All doors and the rear liftgate will lock 5 The hazard warning lights flash twice and the outside buzzer sounds twice Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 NOTE Doors lock with the door handle request switch while the ignition switch is not in the LOCK position Doors do not lock by pushing the door handle request switch while any door is open However doors lock with the me chanical key even if any door is open Doors do not lock with the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle and a beep sounds to warn you However when an Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle doors can be locked with an other Intelligent Key 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments A CAUTION After locking the doors using the re quest switch make sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles or the rear liftgate opener switch When locking the doors using the re quest switch make sure to have the Intelligent Key in your possession be fore operating the request switch to prevent the Intelligent Key from being left in the vehicle The request switch is operational only when the Intelligent Key has been de tected by the Intelligent Key system Lockout protection To prevent the Intelligent Key from being acci dentally locked in the vehicle lockout protection is equipped with the Intellig
128. seat cushion with his her feet comfortably extended to the floor A child restraint or other object pressing against the rear of the seatback A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of the front passenger seat Forcing the front seat or seatback against an object on the seat or floor behind it An object placed under the front passenger seat An object placed between the seat cushion and center console or between the seat cushion and the door If the vehicle is moving please come to a stop when it is safe to do so Check and correct any of the above conditions Restart the vehicle and wait 1 minute NOTE A system check will be performed during which the front passenger air bag status light will remain lit for about 7 seconds initially If the light is still ON after this the person should be advised not to ride in the front passenger seat and the vehicle should be checked as soon as possible It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service 3 If the light is OFF with a small adult child or child restraint occupying the front passen ger seat This may be due to the following conditions that may be interfering with the weight sen sors Small adult or child is not sitting upright leaning against the seatback and centered on the seat cushion with his her feet com fortably extended to the floor The child restraint is not properly installed as outlined in the Child restra
129. service to change the tire For additional information refer to Changing a flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING AWARNING Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs Alcohol in the bloodstream re duces coordination delays reaction time and impairs judgement Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Additionally if you are injured in an accident alcohol can increase the severity of the injury NISSAN is committed to safe driving However you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related collisions Al though the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving don t mix That is true for drugs over the counter prescription and illegal drugs too Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol drugs or some other physical condition DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Your NISSAN is designed for both normal and off road use However avoid driving in deep wa ter or mud as your NISSAN is mainly designed for leisure use unlike a conventional off road ve hicle Remember that 2 wheel drive models are les
130. still apply and must be followed The driver supplemental front impact air bag Is located in the center of the steering wheel The passenger supplemental front impact air bag is mounted in the dashboard above the glove box The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may in flate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper front air bag system opera tion The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System has dual stage inflators It also monitors information from the crash zone sensor the Air bag Control Unit ACU seat belt buckle sensors occupant clas sification sensor weight sensor and passenger seat belt tension sensor Inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver For the front passenger it additionally monitors the weight of an occupant or object on the seat and seat belt tension Based on information from the sensors only one front air bag may inflate in a crash depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted Additionally the front passenger air bag may be automatically turned off under some conditions depending on the weight detected on the passenger seat and how the seat belt is used If the front passenger air bag is
131. stops after the disc or USB device is played in its entirety Thumbnail Views 1 Press the STOP button on the remote con trol during the slideshow to display images in thumbnail mode Press the A or W andthe A or buttons on the remote control to select the desired language 2 Once the desired image is highlighted press the ENTER button on the remote con trol to select it Rotating Images During the slideshow pressthe button on the remote control to rotate the image 90 clockwise Press the lt button to rotate the image 90 counter clockwise Inverting Images During the slideshow press the A button on the remote control to invert the image Up Down Mirroring Images During the slideshow press the v button on the remote control to mirror the image Left Right Direct File Access Press the number keys on the remote control 0 9 to access a file directly For example to go to track 14 press 1 4 then ENTER on the remote control 4 102 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Wideo XXXXXXXXXXXXX AV XXXXXXXXXXX AvV XXXXXXXXXXXXNXXXXX Mpg XXXXXKXXXXAX MPpPg PLAYING VIDEO FILES Insert a disc or USB device into the unit and select monitor A mode if using monitor A or monitor B if using monitor B using the front panel controls or the remote control Using a USB Device Insert a USB device into the USB connection port When inserting a USB d
132. switch The ignition switch is placed in the ON po sition When the switch is in the OFF position the interior lights do not illuminate regardless of door position The puddle lights if so equipped come on when any front or rear passenger door is opened The lights will turn off automatically after a period of time while doors are open to prevent the bat tery from becoming discharged NOTE The footwell lights if so equipped and door step lights illuminate when the driver and passenger doors are open regardless of the interior light switch position These lights will turn off automatically after a period of time while doors are open to prevent the battery from becoming dis charged A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery PERSONAL LIGHTS MAP LIGHTS CONSOLE LIGHT The personal lights on the overhead console can To turn the map lights on press the switches To be swiveled 360 degrees To turn on the light turn them off press the switches again The console light will turn on whenever the press the button Press the button again to turn parking lights or headlights are illuminated off the light A CAUTION The console light brightness can be adjusted Do not use for extended periods of time with the illumination brightness control with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery Instruments and control
133. temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone char gers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health Brake fluid level Make sure that the brake fluid level is between the MIN and MAX lines on the reservoir Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure the drive belts are not frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level surface with the engine off Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes immediately have the exhaust system inspected by a NISSAN dealer For addi tional information refer to the carbon monoxide warning in the Starting and driving section of this manual Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle
134. the Technical and consumer information sec tion of this manual CZI USING 4 WHEEL DRIVE 4WD if so equipped AWARNING For 4WD equipped vehicles do not at tempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any drive or reverse position with the engine running Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected ve hicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury Do not attempt to test a 4WD equipped vehicle on a 2 wheel dynamometer such as the dynamometers used by some states provinces or territories for emissions testing or similar equip ment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground Make sure you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with 4WD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected ve hicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury A CAUTION e Do not drive the vehicle in the 4H or 4LO position on dry hard surface roads Driv ing on dry hard surfaces in 4H or 4LO may cause unnecessary noise tire wear and increased fuel consumption If the 4WD warning light turns on when you are driving on dry hard surface roads inthe 4H position shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD in the 4LO position stop the vehicle move the shift lever to the N position with the brake pedal depressed and shift the
135. the Special Number com mand and the Send command during a call For additional information refer to List of voice commands and Special number in this section Example 1 555 1212 123 One five five five one two one two star one two three Say plus for available only when using the Special Number command Say pause for a 2 second pause available only when storing a phonebook number NOTE For best results say phone numbers as single digits The voice command Help is available at any time Please use the Help command to get information on how to use the system Voice Prompt Interrupt In most cases you can interrupt the voice feed back to speak the next command by pressing the button on the steering wheel After interrupting the system wait for a beep before speaking your command One Shot Call To use the system faster you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu For example press the button and after the tone say Call Redial 4 112 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems CONTROL BUTTONS The control buttons for the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System are located on the steering wheel PHONE SEND Press the button to initiate a VR session or answer an incoming call l You can also use the button to interrupt the system feedback and
136. the bumper and may not show objects close to the bumper or on the ground Objects viewed in the RearView Moni tor differ from actual distance because a wide angle lens is used Objects in a RearView Monitor will ap pear visually opposite than when viewed in the rear view and outside mirrors Make sure that the trunk is securely closed when backing up Do not put anything on the rearview camera The rearview camera is in stalled above the license plate When washing the vehicle with high pressure water be sure not to spray it around the camera Otherwise water may enter the camera unit Causing wa ter condensation on the lens a mal function fire or an electric shock Do not strike the camera It is a preci sion instrument Otherwise it may mal function or cause damage resulting ina fire or an electric shock A CAUTION There is a plastic cover over the camera Do not scratch the cover when cleaning dirt or snow from the cover 4 22 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED LINES Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width and distances to objects with reference to the vehicle body line are displayed on the monitor Distance guide lines Indicate distances from the vehicle body Red line approx 1 5 ft 0 5 m Yellow line 2 approx 3 ft 1 m Green line 3 approx 7 ft 2 m Green line approx 10 ft 3 m Vehicle width guide line
137. the AUTO posi tion 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON 3 The autolight system automatically turns the headlights on and off Initially if the ignition switch is turned OFF and a door is opened and left open the headlights remain ON for a period of time If another door is opened while the headlights are on then the timer is reset To turn the autolight system off turn the switch to the OFF P4 or position Instruments and controls 2 35 Be sure you do not put anything on top of the autolight sensor C located in the top side of the instrument panel The autolight sensor controls the autolight if it is cov ered the autolight sensor reacts as if it is dark out and the headlights will illuminate If this occurs while parked with the engine off and the ignition switch placed in the ON position your vehicle s battery could be come discharged 2 36 Instruments and controls Headlight beam select To select the high beam function push the lever forward The high beam lights come on and the 20 light illuminates 2 Pull the lever back to select the low beam 3 Pulling and releasing the lever flashes the headlight high beams on and off Battery saver system If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position while the headlight switch is in the D or 2 position the headlights will turn off after a period of time After the headlights automatically turn off with the headlight switch i
138. the ON position and the foot brake pedal is depressed Starting and driving 5 11 There is an OFF position between the LOCK and ON positions The OFF position is indicated by a 1 on the ignition switch For models without NISSAN vehicle immo bilizer system when the ignition switch is in the OFF position the steering wheel is not locked In order for the steering wheel to be locked it must be turned about 1 8 of a turn clockwise from the straight up position To lock the steering wheel turn the ignition to the LOCK position Remove the key To unlock the steering wheel insert the key and turn it gently while rotating the steer ing wheel slightly right and left If the key will not turn from the LOCK posi tion turn the steering wheel to the left or right while turning the key to unlock the key cylinder KEY POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position 0 OFF Not used 1 ACC Accessories 2 This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine is not running 5 12 Starting and driving ON Normal operating position 3 This position turns on the ignition system and the electrical accessories START 4 This position starts the engine As soon as the engine has started release the key It automati cally returns to the ON position NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the regist
139. the chance of a col lision Be especially careful when driving If the vehicle cannot maintain a safe driv ing speed pull to the side of the road ina safe area Allow the engine to cool and return to normal operation For additional information refer to If your vehicle over heats in the In case of emergency sec tion of this manual A CAUTION Vehicle damage resulting from improper towing procedures is not covered by NISSAN warranties 9 20 Technical and consumer information Total trailer load Tongue load Tongue load x 100 10 to 15 Total trailer load Tongue load When using a weight carrying or a weight distrib uting hitch keep the tongue load between 10 15 of the total trailer load or use the trailer tongue load specified by the trailer manufacturer The tongue load must be within the maximum tongue load limits shown in the following Towing Load Specification chart If the tongue load be comes excessive rearrange cargo to allow for proper tongue load Gross vehicle weight Gross axle weight AT11025 Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight GVW maximum Gross Axle Weight GAW The GVW of the towing vehicle must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label The GVW equals the combined weight of the unloaded vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment In addition front or rear GAW must
140. the compass by driving the vehicle one and a half circles at a maximum speed of 6 MPH 10 km h After completing the circles the display should return to normal If the compass deviates from the correct indication soon after repeated adjustment have the compass checked at an authorized NISSAN dealer The compass may not indicate the correct compass point in tunnels or while driving up or down a steep hill The compass returns to the correct compass point when the ve hicle moves to an area where the geomag netism is stabilized If a magnet is located in or near the overhead console in the front of the vehicle or the vehicle is driven where the terrestrial mag netism is disturbed the compass display may not indicate the correct direction A CAUTION Do not install a ski rack antenna etc which are attached to the vehicle by means of a magnet They affect the op eration of the compass When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as it may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing Instruments and controls 2 11 WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS ABS o Anti lock Braking System ABS roy Low tire pressure warning light warning light AT Automatic Transmission check warning light CHECK ATP Automatic transmission park warning light CZJ model Brake or O Brake warning l
141. the digital music file such as song title artist encoding bit rate track time duration etc ID3 tag infor mation is displayed on the Artist song title line on the display Windows Windows Media and Windows FOLDER Vista are registered trademarks and trade marks in the United States of America and other countries of Microsoft Corporation of the USA Playback order chart 4 40 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems MP3 or WMA WHA1078 Playback order Music playback order of a CD with MP3 or WMA files is as illustrated The names of folders not containing MP3 or WMA files are not shown in the display If there is a file in the top level of the disc Root Folder is displayed The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order Specification chart Supported media CD CD R CD RW USB 2 0 CD CD R CD RW ISO9660 LEVEL1 ISO9660 LEVEL2 Romeo Joliet SO9660 Level 3 packet writing is not supported Files saved using the Live File System component on a Windows Vista operating system based Supported file systems computer are not supported UDF Bridge UDF 1 02 ISO9660 UDF 1 5 UDF 2 0 VDF 1 5 VDF 2 0 packet writing is not supported MPEG1 MPEGO MPEG2 5 Sampling frequency frequency 8 kHz 48 kHz Supported e rate 8 kbps 320 kbps VBR 2 versions W
142. the per formance of the headlight Aiming is not necessary after replacing the bulb When aiming adjustment is necessary contact a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 NOTE Use the same number and wattage as shown in the chart located in the Exterior and interior lights section of this manual Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash A temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog This is not a malfunction If large drops of water collect inside the lens contact a NISSAN dealer FOG LIGHTS if so equipped Replacing the fog light bulb A CAUTION High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped When handling the bulb do not touch the glass envelope e Use the same number and wattage as Originally installed as shown in the chart 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself e Do not leave the bulb out of the fog light for a long period of time as dust mois ture and smoke may enter the fog light body and affect the performance of the fog light Disconnect the negative battery cable The fog light is accessible in front of the front tire and behind the bumper 3 Disconnect the bulb connector 1 4 Rotate the bulb counterclockwise and re move Remove by pulling it straight out of
143. the remote control Using a USB Device Insert a USB device into the USB connection port When inserting a USB device the top side of the devices should face upwards When a disc or USB device with JPG files is inserted the slideshow will begin automatically When a disc or USB device with mixed audio video image files is inserted the file list screen may appear first Selecting Files 1 To select files during the slideshow press the MENU button remote control to access the file list Press the A or VO buttons on the remote control to select the desired file 2 Once the desired file is highlighted press the ENTER button on the remote control to select it Selecting Folders 1 To select folders during the slideshow press the MENU button on the remote control to access the list 2 Press the lt button to access the previous level go up one level or press the button to access the next level go down one level 3 Once the desired folder is highlighted press the ENTER button on the remote control to select it Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 101 Repeat Modes To access the repeat mode options press the REPEAT button on the remote control The re peat mode options are as follows e amp REPEAT ALL Repeat the entire disc or USB device default e 9 REPEAT FOLDER Repeat the cur rent folder e 2 REPEAT ONE Repeat the current file REPEAT OFF Playback
144. the seat base This will release the back of the seat so it may be tipped forward 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Then lift up on the lower corner of the seat base and tip the 2nd row captain s chair forward To exit the 3rd row bench seat lift up on the same seatback latch and fold the seatback forward onto the seat base Then lift up on the seat base and tip it forward FLEXIBLE SEATING AWARNING e Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seats when they are in the fold down position In a collision people riding in these areas without proper restraints are more likely to be seriously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly 3RD ROW BENCH SEAT ARMRESTS captain s chairs Do not allow more than one person to ADJUSTMENT E use the same seat belt A Stowed position The 3rd row bench seat is non adjustable How Restina position e Do not fold down the rear seats when ever the seats can be folded to lay flat for maxi g P occupants are in the rear seat area or mum cargo capacity For additional information To use the armrests pull them down to the rest any luggage is on the rear seats refer to Flexible seating in this section ing position Make sure that the seat path is clear before moving
145. the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 1 42 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 7 Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted the ALR mode child restraint mode is canceled FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH For additional information refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections of this manual before install ing a child restraint Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs 29 5 kg If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint in the 2nd row seats using the L
146. the system will announce the recognized command and perform the requested action If the command is not recognized the sys tem repeats the announcement Repeat the command in a clear voice after the tone Operating tips Say a command after the tone Voice com mands cannot be accepted when the icon is O lf the command is not recognized the sys tem repeats the announcement Repeat the command in a clear voice Say Back when prompted to return to the previous screen f you want to cancel the command press and hold the amp switch The message Voice recognition cancelled will be dis played f you want to adjust the volume of the sys tem feedback press the SETTING button on the control panel then select the Volume amp Beeps key on the touch screen Use the and keys to adjust the guidance vol ume to the desired level To minimize the amount of prompts spoken by the system in Alternate Command Mode use the Minimize Voice Feedback function To access the Minimize Voice Feedback function press the SETTING button then select the Others key Then select the Voice Recognition key How to speak numbers Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers when giving voice commands Refer to the following examples General rule Only single digits O zero to 9 can be used When saying the phone number 800 662 6200 the system will accept
147. the vehicle during winter e A scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades e A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support Ashovel to dig the vehicle out of snowadrifts Extra washer fluid to refill the windshield washer fluid reservoir DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE AWARNING e Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle will have much less traction or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded Whatever the condition drive with cau tion Accelerate and slow down with care If accelerating or downshifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction Allow more stopping distance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement Allow greater following distances on slippery roads Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reach ing it Try not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers Do not use the cruise control on slip pery roads Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle ENGINE BLOCK HEATER if so equipped Engine block heaters are used to assist with
148. to Speaker Adaptation Function in this section Otherwise it is recommended that Alternate Command Mode be turned off and Standard Mode be used for the best recognition perfor mance While using the NISSAN Voice Recognition sys tem for certain Phone and Navigation features you can switch to using manual controls touch screen NISSAN controller steering wheel con trols and the information you have already en tered by voice control will be retained To switch to manual controls select the Manual Controls key on the display when it appears The system will respond by speaking Changing to manual operation Please use manual controls to con tinue For the voice commands for the navigation sys tem refer to the Navigation System Owner s Manual of your vehicle For vehicles in the U S the factory default setting is the Standard Mode For additional information refer to NISSAN Voice Recognition Standard Mode in this section For vehicles in Canada the factory default setting is the Alternate Command Mode For additional information refer to Alter nate Command Mode in this section NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION STANDARD MODE The Standard Mode enables control of naviga tion phone and vehicle information With this setting active commands that are available are always shown on the display and announced by the system Displaying user guide If you use the NISSAN Voice Recognition system f
149. to increase or decrease the preset station Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to go to the next or previous category Press the ENTER button to show the XM Menu iPod Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the track number Press the ENTER button to show the iPod Menu CD Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the track number Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the folder number if playing compressed audio files Press the ENTER button to show the CD Menu DVD if so equipped Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the track number Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the title number Press the ENTER button to select an item from the DVD display When the transparent operation menu ap pears the switch will control the menu USB Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the track number Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the folder number Press the ENTER button to show the USB Menu 4 82 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Bluetooth Audio if so equipped Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the track number AUX Press the ENTER button to show the AUX Menu ANTENNA Window antenna The antenna pattern is printed
150. to adjust Fade and Balance modes Fade adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers and Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level press the AUDIO button repeatedly until the radio or CD display reappears If the AUDIO button is not pressed for approximately 10 seconds the radio or CD display will auto matically reappear 4 56 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Speed Sensitive Volume SSV To change the SSV mode from OFF to 5 press the SETTING button Then select the Audio key using the NISSAN controller the audio settings screen will be displayed Select the key or key to change the SSV While in this screen you can also adjust the other audio settings by selecting the corresponding key Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level press the BACK button For additional information refer to How to use the NISSAN controller in this section regarding how to use the NISSAN controller Settings gt Audio 8 00 Display album cover art When an audio source encoded with album cover art is played the album cover art can be displayed on the screen To toggle this feature on or off touch the Display Album Cover Art key When the feature is activated the amber indica tor next to the word ON will illuminate Artist XXXAXXXXX Album XXXXAXXX Track
151. to do so may result in a circumference difference between tires on the front and rear axles which will cause excessive tire wear and may damage the transmission transfer case and differen tial gears If excessive tire wear is found it is recommended that all four tires be replaced with tires of the same size brand construction and tread pattern The tire pressure and wheel alignment should also be checked and corrected as necessary Contact a NISSAN dealer Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should be bal anced as required Wheel balance service should be per formed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Infor mation Canada in the Warranty In formation Booklet Care of wheels Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead NISSAN recommends waxing the road wheels to protect against road salt in areas where it is
152. to fold the outboard seat backs flat To fold the center seatback flat pull up on the strap on the edge of the center seat cushion and fold the seatback toward the front of the vehicle 4 There is a carpet panel flap on the back of each seat that can be folded toward the back of the vehicle 5 The carpet panel flap provides a level cargo floor when the 3rd row seats are also folded flat 6 To return the outboard 2nd row bench seats to a seating position reverse the process for the outboard seats 7 To return the center seat to a seating posi tion lift up on the pull strap on the back of the seat base while lifting on the seatback Then push the seat cushion back into place Make sure to hold the seat belts above the seat cushion and properly raise the seatback to an upright position Then push the seat cushion down into place Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 8 Rotate the head restraint headrest forward to return it to the normal seating position A WARNING When the seat is returned to the normal seating position the head restraint headrest must be returned to the upright position to properly protect ve hicle occupants Folding the 2nd row captain s chairs if so equipped To fold the 2nd row captain s chairs flat for maxi mum cargo hauling Q Raise the armrest to the stowed position Remove the 2nd row center console refer to 2nd row center console in the
153. turn off the power of the portable device With a compatible device connected to the aux iliary input jacks press the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the AUX mode appears in the display The output from the device will be played through the display when the vehicle is in the P Park position and the parking brake engaged and audio system 4 62 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems AUX settings Select the Settings key using the NISSAN con troller The display mode can be set to Normal Wide or Cinema The volume setting can be set to Low Medium or High Additional features For additional information refer to iPod player operation with Navigation System regarding the iPod player available with this system in this section For additional information refer to USB Univer sal Serial Bus Connection Port models with Navigation System regarding the USB interface available with this system in this section For additional information refer to Bluetooth streaming audio in this section regarding the Bluetooth streaming audio feature available with this system DIGITAL VERSATILE DISC DVD PLAYER OPERATION models with Navigation System Precautions Start the engine when using the DVD entertain ment system Movies will not be shown on the front display while the vehicle is in any drive position to reduce driver distraction Audio is available wh
154. unit measures terrestrial magnetism and in dicates the heading direction of the vehicle With the ignition switch in the ON position press the or button as described in the charts below to activate various features of the automatic anti glare rearview mirror Type A if so equipped Push and hold the D Feature Push button again for about 1 sec button for about ond to change settings Compass display toggles on off Automatic anti glare indicator light 8 seconds toggles on off Compass zone can be changed to 11 seconds i correct false compass readings Compass enters calibration mode Type B if so equipped Push and hold Feature the Push button again for about 1 sec button for about ond to change settings Compass display toggles on off Compass zone can be changed to 8 seconds correct false compass readings Compass enters calibration mode For additional information about the automatic anti glare feature refer to Automatic anti glare rearview mirror in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section of this manual t WIC0904 Type A if so equipped COMPASS DISPLAY Pushthe or button for about 1 sec ond when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position to toggle the compass direction display Q on or off The display will indicate the direction that the vehicle is heading N North E East S South W West If the display reads C calibr
155. upward for easy exit when the ignition switch is in the OFF position and the driver s door is Wheel on Exit opened After getting into the vehicle and placing the ignition switch in the ACC position the steering wheel moves to the previous position Slide Driver Seat Select to turn on or turn off the driver s seat moving backward for easy exit when the ignition switch is in the OFF position and the driver s door is Back on Exit opened After getting into the vehicle and placing the ignition switch in the ACC position the steering wheel moves to the previous position Return All Set Select to change all the comfort systems to their default settings tings to Default Changes the units used to US mi F MPG or Metric km C L 100km Touching the Camera key will bring up the Camera settings screen image Viewer 4 18 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 12 OFF BUTTON To change the display brightness press the 4 2 OFF button Pressing the button again will change the display to the day or the night display The brightness can then be adjusted using the NISSAN controller If no operation is performed within 5 seconds the display will return to the previous display Press and hold the 2 OFF button for more than 2 seconds to turn the display off Press the button again to turn the display on IMAGE VIEWER if so equipped USING THE IMAGE VIEWER When a compatible portable s
156. use follow the break in procedure recommenda tions for the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle For additional information refer to Break in schedule in the Starting and driving section of this manual Failure to follow these recommendations may result in vehicle damage or shortened engine life Printing October 2015 21 Publication No OM15EA TAGOU1 Printed in U S A d D TAGO D
157. used during winter Maintenance and do it yourself 8 47 MEMO 8 48 Maintenance and do it yourself 9 Technical and consumer information Recommended fluids lubricants and capacities 9 2 Recommended fuel without Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Option 62s 2242s0eeee sts edueewns 9 4 Flexible fuel vehicle FFV fuel recommendation if so equipped n nanna 9 6 Engine oil and oil filter recommendations 9 7 Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations cess neaneteserigeseen ense as 9 8 SDECIICAUONS 2read E E ter eweeseeen ean 9 9 PACING sensecceceawe cance unseen EAT 9 9 Wheels and tires lt sic iwedwicnteriatactwad erect 9 10 Dimensions and weights 9 10 When traveling or registering your vehicle in ahother COUN eicte ce ote eee ntevasedtep ern bene ER 9 11 Vehicle identification ccc nherede ve eitecnwncdewemes 9 11 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 11 Vehicle identification number chassis number 0000 cece eee e eee eees 9 11 Engine serial number ors ccessecaeeeeqeedeeed ade 9 12 F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 12 Emission control information label 9 12 Tire and loading information label 9 13 Air conditioner specification label 9 13 Installing front license plate 9 13 Vehicle loading information 000 0e eae 9 14 TCIM Sic 6sc6 0rGicec
158. when the engine is not running it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control system inspection maintenance test For additional infor mation refer to Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test in the Tech nical and consumer information section of this manual Operation The MIL will come on in one of two ways MIL on steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected Check the fuel filler cap if the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears in the vehicle information display If the fuel filler cap is loose or miss ing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The 7 light should turn off after a few driving trips If the E light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer MIL blinking An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system To reduce or avoid emission control system damage do not drive at speeds above 45 mph 72 km h avoid hard acceleration or deceleration avoid steep uphill grades if possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed The MIL may stop blinking and come on steady Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer Instruments and controls 2 19 A CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without hav ing the emissi
159. when the Intelligent Key is within the specified Operating range When the Intelligent Key battery is almost dis charged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location the Intelligent Key sys tem s operating range becomes narrower and may not function properly If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range itis possible for anyone even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to turn the ignition switch to start the engine 5 10 Starting and driving IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS Push in the ignition switch to the position when you turn it LOCK Normal parking position The ignition switch can only be locked in the LOCK position The ignition switch will be unlocked when it is pushed in and turned to the ACC position while carrying the Intelligent Key ACC Accessories This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine is not running ON Normal operating position This position turns on the ignition system and the electrical accessories START This position starts the engine As soon as the engine has started release the ignition switch immediately It will automatically return to the ON position The ignition switch cannot be turned back to the LOCK position unless the shift lever is in the P Park position It can be turned only to the position A CAUTION Do not leave the vehicle with the ignition switch in
160. while shifting from one drive mode to the other 4WD shift indicator Z5 3 model While the engine is running the 4WD shift indi cator will illuminate the position selected by the AWD shift switch The 4WD shift indicator may blink while shifting from one drive mode to the other Automatic transmission position indicator When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position this indicator shows the shift lever posi tion For additional information refer to Driving the vehicle in the Starting and driving section of this manual Loose fuel cap warning This warning appears when the fuel filler cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle is refu eled For additional information refer to Fuel filler cap in the Pre driving checks and adjust ments section of this manual Check tire pressure warning This warning appears when the low tire pressure warning light in the meter illuminates and low tire pressure is detected If this warning appears stop the vehicle and adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label For addi tional information refer to Low tire pressure warning light in this section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section Outside temperature indicator This displays the temperature reading outside the vehicle at the present time SECURITY SYSTEMS
161. will not show the current mode and cannot be used to change the mode Use the Intelligent Key to return to the previous mode and re enable the display screen control To deactivate Press and hold the and amp buttons for at least two seconds The hazard warning lights will flash three times to confirm that the horn beep feature deactivated To activate Press and hold the and 2 buttons for at least two seconds once more The hazard warning lights will flash once and the horn will sound once to confirm that the horn beep feature is reactivated Deactivating the horn beep feature does not si lence the horn if the alarm is triggered WARNING SIGNALS To help prevent the vehicle from moving unex pectedly by erroneous operation of the Intelligent Key or to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen a chime or buzzer sounds from inside and outside the vehicle and a warning is displayed in the instrument panel When a chime or beep sounds or a warning is displayed be sure to check the vehicle and the Intelligent Key For additional information refer to the Trouble shooting guide in this section and Vehicle infor mation display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 21 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Verify the location of all Intelligent Keys that are programmed for the vehicle If another Intelligent Key is in range or inside the vehicle the vehicle syste
162. will soon recover Bluetooth streaming audio if so equipped Some Bluetooth audio devices may not be recognized by the in vehicle audio system It is necessary to set up the wireless con nection between a compatible Bluetooth audio device and the in vehicle Bluetooth module before using the Bluetooth audio Operating procedure of the Bluetooth au dio will vary depending on the devices Make sure how to operate your audio device be fore using it with this system The Bluetooth audio may be stopped un der the following conditions Receiving a call on the Hands Free Phone System Checking the connection to the hands free phone Do not place the Bluetooth audio device in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle Bluetooth module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless con nection disruption While an audio device is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the device may discharge quicker than usual This system supports the Bluetooth Audio Distribution Profile A2DP AVRCP BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Clarion Co Ltd CD or USB with Compressed Audio Files models without Navigation System The file types supported by this system are MP3 and WMA amp Bluetooth Explanation of terms MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is th
163. with switches to open or close the front and rear passenger windows To open a window push the switch and hold it down To close a window pull the switch and hold it up To stop the opening or closing function at any time simply release the switch Front passenger s power window switch The passenger s window switch operates only the corresponding passenger s window To open the window push the switch and hold it down 4 To close the window pull the switch up Instruments and controls 2 57 WIC1255 Rear power window switch The rear power window switches open or close only the corresponding windows To open the window push the switch and hold it down Q To close the window pull the switch up 2 Locking passengers windows When the window lock switch is depressed only the driver s side window can be opened or closed Push it again to cancel the window lock function 2 58 Instruments and controls of N LIC0410 Automatic operation To fully open a window equipped with automatic operation press the window switch down to the second detent and release it it need not be held The window automatically opens all the way To stop the window lift the switch up while the window is opening To fully close a window equipped with automatic operation pull the switch up to the second detent and release it it need not be held To stop the window press the switch down while the window is closing
164. with anything imme diately flush the contacted area with water Keep battery out of the reach of children The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle Whenever working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye protectors for example goggles or industrial safety spectacles and remove rings metal bands or any other jewelry Do not lean over the battery when jump starting Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause se rious injury Your vehicle has an automatic engine cooling fan It could come on at any time Keep hands and other objects away from it AWARNING Always follow the instructions below Fail ure to do so could result in damage to the charging system and cause personal injury 1 If the booster battery is in another vehicle position the two vehicles to bring their bat teries near each other Do not allow the two vehicles to touch 2 Apply the parking brake Move the shift lever to P Park Switch off all unnecessary elec trical systems lights heater air conditioner etc 3 Ensure the vent caps are on level and tight 4 Connect the jumper cables in the sequence illustrated A CAUTION e Always connect positive to positive and negative to body ground for example strut mounting bolt engine lift bracket etc not to the battery e Make
165. you For additional information refer to Precautions on seat belt usage in this section To adjust pull out the adjustment button and move the shoulder belt anchor to the desired position so the belt passes over the center of the shoulder The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Release the adjustment button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into posi tion AWARNING e After adjustment release the adjust ment button and try to move the shoul der belt anchor up and down to make sure it is securely fixed in position The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you Failure to do so may reduce the effec tiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten it an extender that is compatible with the installed seat belts is available for purchase The extender adds approximately 8 in 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position It is recom mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for assistance with purchasing an extender if an extender is required Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING Only NISSAN seat belt extenders made by the same company which made the Original equipment seat
166. you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never ex ceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you install snow tires they must be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires Maintenance and do it yourself 8 43 TIRE CHAINS A CAUTION Tire chains cables should not be installed on P275 60R20 size tires Installation of the tire chains cables on P275 60R20 size tires will cause damage to the vehicle If you plan to use tire chains cables you should install P265 70R18 size tires on your vehicle Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location Check the local laws before installing tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use only SAE class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance Vehicles that can use C
167. 003 or via e mail at nnaconsumeraffairs nissan usa com For Canadian customers Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 or via e mail at information centre nissancanada com If you prefer visit us at www nissanusa com for U S customers or www nissan ca for Canadian customers We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information 0 illustrated table of contents Air bags seat belts and child restraints 0 2 Instrument Panel 2 tolasserdeneetacatedresredeks 0 6 EXIGrOr MONT e owe e ohn nee see AAE EEA ANNE 0 3 Engine compartment check locations 5 0 8 iee EE E A E E T 0 4 Warning IndiCatorliGhtSs sc0s2occndo0ngesaeuseses 0 9 Passenger compartment cece eee e ees 0 5 AIR BAGS SEAT BELTS AND CHILD RESTRAINTS 0 2 Illustrated table of contents 3rd row bench seat belts P 1 20 2nd row seat belts P 1 20 Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag P 1 55 Front seat belt with pretensioner s and shoulder
168. 1 7 Armrests captain s chairs nana sennc2e 1 7 Flexible seating suususessnrrunnnnrrrrrrannnnnno 1 7 Head restraints headrests unana uee 1 14 Adjustable head restraint headrest COMPONCUIS sstiirees x iiras nEaN rece ENA 1 15 Non adjustable head restraint headrest COMPONEN i icnnuecteaceeweesd unseen w howe nds 1 15 REMOVE seprei enun nni E EE E 1 16 Removable without Dual head restraint headrest DVD system only 0000eeee ees 1 16 ISAM ETE P ae det E E EE E E 1 17 e E E T EE T E T E T TT 1 17 Folding head restraint headrest 1 18 Front seat active head restraints 1 19 Deal DENS a retceedca prays cas ee seu ESE e aes 1 20 Precautions on seat belt usage 1 20 Seat belt warning light sis lt ssere0ng ens eeweeweess 1 23 Pregnant women o2e58002 bod acteteeeSedeeeredua mured persos eeens oe eee eee ae eee Three point type seat belt with retractor Seat belt extenders 0 00 c eee Seat belt maintenance 00 ccc eee ees Child Sale oee 222av een bn eeaveageenetaddneae tends NM NAS gas oe nee peo seas cepa eee eee eae OMG MOKA tccc0de ccaakd eenesacuacew ew enes Larger Ci Wectesueatesteaieuesceceauecuenn Child restraints ssns Soteoy men teeaesieck ost eos Precautions on child restraints 5 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children System 2 0 200s ceeceud needs een ac Rear facing child restraint installation u
169. 30 Operating NDS acess cers dataevaestrseresieouenes 4 31 Rear seat air conditioner 0 0c eee e eee ees 4 31 WON Olsect sion dct ecaceaseees seas costeeecenes 4 32 Servicing air CONCINONEN lt isasec tenes cede eeeencand 4 33 PUGIO SYSTEM avuceer seston i pairar EEEE AEN oi 4 33 IRACIO E E ES E EE L ET T eons ws 4 33 FM radio reception sssaassunrrrarrnnsnnn 4 33 AM radio reception 2202202e eee eee 4 34 Satellite radio reception 2 0e ee eee 4 34 Audio operation precautions 00 00ee 4 34 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player if so equipped cece cece eee ee 4 49 FM AM SAT radio with CD DVD player if so equipped o2 ccscentewitggeurendaresawad 4 55 Digital Versatile Disc DVD Player Operation models with Navigation System 4 63 USB Universal Serial Bus Connection Port models without Navigation System 4 66 USB Universal Serial Bus CONNECTION PORT models with Navigation System 4 67 iPod player operation without Navigation OVS ed eeue re Enara anes eceneceeeeae se cee 4 71 iPod player operation with Navigation DVcMellseestcceanacsitecensecunecseeetcecer aad 4 74 Bluetooth streaming audio if so equipped 4 77 CD care and cleaning 02 eeee eee 4 80 Steering wheel switch for audio control 4 81 PAIRS ON Oise nraven eeu A E E E T ees one 4 82 NISSAN Mobile Entertainment System MES f S
170. 50 4 56 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 81 USB interface 4 66 4 67 USB Universal Serial Bus Connection Port 4 a e a a eR 4 66 4 67 Autolight switch 04 2 35 Automatic Automatic drive positioner 3 36 3 36 Automatic power window switch 2 58 Automatic transmission position indicator IO Gow CE oe os eee eee 2 28 Driving with automatic transmission 5 15 Automatic anti glare inside mirror 3 33 Automatic door locks 3 6 Automatic drive positioner 3 36 3 36 Automatic transmission fluid temperature gag ck dk dewh it boa ee Se Geek eax 2 8 B Battery cae Se we ae we Swe 5 37 8 15 Charge warning light 2 15 Battery replacement Key fob so 5b as eo oe ee ee 8 28 8 29 NISSAN Intelligent Key 8 30 Before starting the engine 5 13 Belt See drive belt 8 17 Block heater ENGIN 2 6 a8 2 6 Mtn ae a 5 39 Bluetooth audio 4 77 Bluetooth hands free phone system 4 108 4 122 Booster seatS 4 nd amp ew eA Oe 1 52 Brake Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 32 Brake Tiuid o 4 a4 62d gid aw ee 4 8 13 Brake light See stop light 8 33 Brake system 205 Brake warning light Brake wear indicators Parking brake operation Self adjusting brakes Brake fluid ok em Be oe ee Se a are Br
171. 9 11 ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER F M V S S C M V S S EMISSION CONTROL CERTIFICATION LABEL INFORMATION LABEL The number is stamped on the engine as shown The Federal Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety The emission control information label is at Standard F M V S S C M V S S certification la tached to the underside of the hood as shown bel is affixed as shown This label contains valu able vehicle information such as GVWR GAWR month and year of manufacture VIN etc Review it carefully 9 12 Technical and consumer information INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION LABEL The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and Loading Information Label The label is located as shown AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION Use the following steps to mount the front license LABEL plate The air conditioner specification label is affixed to 1 Make holes on the plastic finisher at the the underside of the hood as shown location mark small dimple using a 0 20 in 5 mm drill Apply light pressure to the drill Install the license plate holder using the two screws provided with the holder 2 Mount the license plate using two M6 14 mm bolts License plate bolt tightening torque 3 8 4 7 ft lb 5 10 6 37 N m Technical and consumer information 9 13 VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION AWARNING It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside a vehicle In a collision people riding
172. A R D ES ABS Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the ABS warning light illuminates and then turns off This indicates the ABS is opera tional If the ABS warning light illuminates while the engine is running or while driving it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer If an ABS malfunction occurs the anti lock func tion is turned off The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance For additional information refer to Brake system in the Starting and driving section of this manual Automatic Transmission check CHECK warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the light comes on for about 2 seconds If the light comes on at any other time it may indicate the automatic transmission system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer ATP Automatic transmission park warning light e343 model AWARNING If the ATP light is ON this indicates that the automatic transmission P Park po sition will not function and the transfer case is in neutral When parking always make sure that the 4WD shift indicator light illuminates and the parking brake is set Failure to engage the transfer position in 2WD AUTO 4H or 4LO could result in the vehicle moving unexpectedly resulting in serious personal inj
173. ACC or ON positions when the engine is not running for an extended pe riod This can discharge the battery AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION The ignition lock is designed so the ignition switch cannot be placed in the LOCK position and the key cannot be removed until the shift lever is moved to the P Park position When removing the key from the ignition switch make sure the shift lever is in the P Park posi tion If the shift lever is not returned to P Park posi tion the ignition switch cannot be placed in the LOCK position To remove the key from the ignition switch 1 Shift the shift lever to the P Park position with the ignition switch in the ON position 2 Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion 3 Remove the key from the ignition switch If the shift lever is shifted to the P Park position after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position or when the ignition switch cannot be placed in the LOCK position proceed as follows to remove the key 1 Move the shift lever into the P Park posi tion 2 Place the ignition switch slightly toward the ON position 3 Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion 4 Remove the key The shift lever is designed so it cannot move out of P Park and into any of the other gear posi tions if the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position or if the key is removed from the switch The shift lever can be moved if the ignition switch is in
174. AGE A FROW Spare tire size FOR ADDITIONAL PXXX XXRXX XXX kPa XX PSI INFORMATION POUR D AUTRES PXXX XXRXX XXX kPa XX PSI Wale sa SPARE TIRE AU MANUEL DU OUE DE SECOURS PXXX XXRXX XXX kPa XX PSI CONDUCTEUR Tire and loading information label 4 Cold tire pressure Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile Q Seating capacity The maximum num ber of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle 2 Vehicle load limit Refer to Vehicle 1 6 km at moderate speeds The loading information in the Technical recommended cold tire inflation is set and consumer information section by the manufacturer to provide the i o best balance of tire wear vehicle 3 Original tire size The size of the tires handling driveability tire noise etc originally installed on the vehicle at up to the vehicle s GVWR the factory Maintenance and do it yourself 8 39 Checking tire pressure 1 Remove the valve stem cap from the tire Press the pressure gauge squarely onto the valve stem Do not press too hard or force the valve stem side ways or air will escape If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure reposition the gauge to eliminate this leakage 8 40 Maintenance and do it yourself Remove the gauge Read the tire
175. ATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions LRS2398 Forward facing webbing mounted step 2 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is prop erly attached to the lower anchors If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point For additional information refer to In stalling top tether strap in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor LRS2399 Forward facing rigid mounted step 2 3 The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child restraint is removed For additional information about head restraint headrest adjustment refer to Head restraints headrests in this section If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint Safety Seats
176. ATOR LIGHTS Anti lock Braking Engine oil pressure Seat belt warning 2 18 System ABS warn low engine coolant light and chime ing light temperature high warning light Supplemental air 2 18 bag warning light 4WD warning light Automatic Transmis EZZ model Indicator Name Page sion check warning light Front passenger air Automatic transmis bag status light ee Low windshield Brake warning light washer fluid warning Cruise set switch indicator light NISSAN Intelligent High beam indicator Key warning light light Blue if so equipped Charae warnin 9 15 Malfunction Indica 2 19 light i tor Light MIL sion park warning Low tire pressure light ES warning light Cruise main switch 2 19 model indicator light 2 19 illustrated table of contents 0 9 Security indicator light Side light and head light indicator light if so equipped Slip indicator light Turn signal hazard indicator lights Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF indicator light 0 10 Illustrated table of contents MEMO Illustrated table of contents O 11 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system DOS curheneanisacene sen eee E E E 1 2 Front power seat adjustment 0005 1 3 2nd row bench seat adjustment So GOUID DEG suman cecueeubed de parara 1 4 2nd row captain s chair adjustment if SO equipped 1 kee cece cece eee eees 1 6 3rd row bench seat adjustment
177. Always stop the engine and do not tional information refer to Exhaust gas smoke or allow open flames or sparks carbon monoxide in the Starting and near the vehicle when refueling driving section of this manual Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow resulting in fuel To open pull up on the smaller outside handle to spray and possibly a fire release the glass hatch then pull up on the glass Use only an original equipment type hatch To close lower and push the glass hatch fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a down securely built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emis sion control system An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury It could also cause the L Malfunction Indicator Light MIL to come on Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle 3 28 Pre driving checks and adjustments Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Do not use electronic devices when filling Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while yo
178. Audio system controls P 4 33 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 55 Glove box P 2 47 Hazard lights P 6 2 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Climate controls P 4 29 Power outlet P 2 44 Heated seat switch if so equipped P 2 39 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off switch P 2 41 Shift lever P 5 15 Front passenger air bag status light P 1 55 Power outlet P 2 44 AWD shift switch if so equipped P 5 27 Tilt steering wheel control P 3 30 Rear or front and rear sonar system off switch if so equipped P 5 36 Pedal position adjustment switch P 3 31 Power vent window if so equipped P 2 59 Liftgate open close switch if so equipped P 3 23 Refer to the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual if so equipped See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 7 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS 0 8 Illustrated table of contents Battery P 8 15 Fuse fusible link box P 8 24 Engine oil filler cap P 8 9 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 13 Windshield washer fluid reservoir P 8 14 Air cleaner P 8 19 Drive belt location P 8 1 7 Radiator cap P 8 7 Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 13 Engine oil dipstick P 8 9 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 7 Refer to the page number indicated in pa rentheses for operating details WARNING INDIC
179. C Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation Note Changes or modifications not ex pressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s au thority to operate the equipment For Canada This device complies with Industry Canada licence exempt RSS standard s Opera tion is subject to the following two condi tions 1 this device may not cause inter ference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice LIGHTS HEADLIGHTS Replacing the halogen headlight bulb The headlight is a semi sealed beam type which uses a replaceable headlight halogen bulb Be cause the headlight assembly must be removed from the vehicle for bulb replacement see your NISSAN dealer A CAUTION High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped When handling the bulb do not touch the glass envelope e DO NOT TOUCH THE BULB WITH BARE HANDS Do not leave the bulb out of the head light reflector for a long period of time as dust moisture and smoke may enter the headlight body and affect
180. CAN button is not pressed within 5 seconds scan tuning moves to the next station 1 to 6 Station memory operations Six stations can be set for the AM band Twelve stations can be set for the FM band six for FM1 six for FM2 Eighteen channels can be set for the SAT radio six for XM1 six for XM2 six for XM3 if so equipped 4 58 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the AM FM button or choose the sat ellite band XM1 XM2 or XM3 using the SAT button 2 Tune to the desired station using manual SEEK or SCAN tuning Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until the preset number is updated on the display and the sound is briefly muted 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations List AM and FM Select the List key using the NISSAN controller or touch screen to see a list of the presets in the AM FM1 or FM2 preset banks XM3 gt Favorite Artists None Add Current Artist None Add Current Artist 1 8 Menu SiriusXM Satellite Radio Select the Menu key using the NISSAN control ler or touch screen to see a list of options Preset List Displays the li
181. CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS AWARNING The three point seat belt with Auto matic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child ina sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front pas senger air bag For additional informa tion refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section When installing a child restraint system in the rear center position both the center seat belt connector tongue and buckle tongue must be secured For ad ditional information refer to Attaching the 3rd row center seat belt in this section WRS0256 Rear facing step 1 For additional information refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child Safety and Child Restraint sections of this manual before install ing a child restraint Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs 29 5 kg If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 Ibs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation 1 40 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system
182. D Repeat All gt 1 Track Repeat CD with compressed audio files Repeat All 1 Folder Repeat 1 Track Repeat Repeat All Repeat All Normal play mode All tracks will constantly play in sequential order 1 Folder Repeat The folder that is currently being accessed will be repeated 1 Track Repeat The track that is currently playing will be repeated RDM random button Press the RDM button to change the play pattern as follows CD Repeat All 1 Disc Random CD with compressed audio files Repeat All 1 Disc Random 1 Folder Ran dom gt Repeat All Repeat All Normal play mode All tracks will constantly play in sequential order 1 Disc Random The tracks on the disc that is currently playing will be played in a mixed order 1 Folder Random The tracks in the folder that is currently playing will be played in a mixed order Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 53 A CD EJECT button When the amp CD EJECT button is pressed with the compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected When the amp CD EJECT button is pressed while the compact disc is being played the com pact disc will eject and the system will turn off AUX auxiliary input jacks The auxiliary input jacks are located inside the center console 2 NTSC compatible devices such as video games camcorders and portable video players can be connected to the auxiliary input jacks Audio
183. GAUGE The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank The gauge may move slightly during braking turning acceleration or going up or down hills The gauge needle returns to E Empty after the ignition key is turned to OFF The low fuel warning light comes on when the amount of fuel in the tank is getting low Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis ters E Empty The ib indicates that the fuel filler door is located on the driver s side of the vehicle A CAUTION If the vehicle runs out of fuel the C7 Malfunction Indicator Light MIL may come on Refuel as soon as possible After a few driving trips the O light should turn off If the light remains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer For additional information refer to Malfunction Indicator Light MIL in this section ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine lubrication sys tem oil pressure while the engine is running The needle should be in the middle of the gauge when the engine is running A CAUTION This gauge is not designed to indicate low engine oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level For additional infor mation refer to Engine oil in the Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion of this manual If the gauge needle does not move with the proper amount of engine oil have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Continued v
184. ING ENGINE OIL FILTER Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 A CAUTION Be sure to remove any old gasket material remaining on the sealing surface of the engine Failure to do so could lead to engine damage A CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself The engine oil may be hot A used engine oil filter should be disposed of ata rubbish tip having proper facilities We recom mend having your oil filter changed by a NISSAN dealer 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Turn the engine off 3 Place a large drain pan under the oil filter 4 Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench by turning it counterclockwise Then remove the oil filter by turning it by hand 5 Wipe the engine oil filter sealing surface with a clean rag 6 Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself Screw on the oil filter until a slight resistance is felt then tighten an additional 2 3 turn Start the engine and check for leakage around the oil filter Correct as required Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level Add engine oil by removing oil filler cap if necessary 5 SPEED AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID When checking or replacement is required we recommend your NISSAN dealer for servicing A CAUTION e Use Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF If Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF is not available Genuine NISSA
185. Intelligent Key e Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key e Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet im mediately wipe until it is completely dry Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where tem peratures exceed 140 F 60 C Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal computers If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent Key from the vehicle This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure contact a NISSAN dealer Sy SPA1951 Mechanical key The Intelligent Key contains the mechanical key which can be used in case of a discharged bat tery To remove the mechanical key release the lock knob on the back of the Intelligent Key To install the mechanical key firmly insert it into the Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to the lock position The mechanical key can be used for operation in the same way as an ordinary key Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 A CAUTION Always carry the mechanical key installed in the Intelligent Key slot For additional
186. LL To finish the call perform one of the following procedures Hang up key on the Call in Finish the call Progress Display C button on the steer Finish the call ing wheel Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 131 PHONE SETTINGS To set up the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to your preferred settings press the SET TING button on the control panel and select the Phone key on the display Edit Vehicle Phonebook For additional information on adding editing and deleting contacts in the vehicle phonebook refer to Vehicle Phonebook in this section Delete Phonebook Delete a phonebook stored on the system Download Handset Phonebook For additional information on adding editing and deleting contacts in the handset phonebook refer to Handset Phonebook in this section Volume and Ringtone Adjust the volume level of the ringtone incoming call sound and outgoing call sound oe Automatic Hold When this option is turned on an incoming call will be placed on hold automatically after several rings Vehicle Ringtone When this option is turned on a specific ringtone that is different than the cellular phone s will sound when receiving a call Auto Downloaded For additional information refer to Handset Phonebook in this section 4 132 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems BLUETOOTH SETTINGS To set up the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone
187. Laboratories Inc DTS and DTS Digital Surround E amp are registered trademarks of Digital Theater Systems Inc Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 37 USB Universal Serial Bus Connection Port if so equipped AWARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury A CAUTION Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port The vehicle is not equipped with a USB device USB devices should be purchased separately as necessary This system cannot be used to format USB de vices To format a USB device use a personal computer In some jurisdictions the USB device for the front seats plays only sound without images for regu latory reasons even when the vehicle is parked This system supports various USB connection port devices USB hard drives and iPod play ers Some USB devices may not be supported by this system
188. M band select Press the XM button to change the band as follows XM1 XM2 XM3 XM1 When the XM button is pressed with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the station last played The last station played will also come on when the ON OFF button is pressed ON When the XM button is pressed the satellite radio mode will not be available unless an op tional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and a SiriusXM Satellite Radio service sub scription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If a compact disc is playing when the XM button is pressed the compact disc will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on Manual tuning To manually tune the radio turn the TUNE FLDR knob to the right or left or use the TUNE andFLDR P buttons 44 gt gt SEEK CAT and TRACK tuning buttons For AM or FM Press the SEEK CAT M4 button or the TRACK PP button to tune from high to low or low to high frequencies and stop at the next broadcasting station For XM Press the SEEK CAT M4 button or the TRACK P gt button to go to the first channel of the previous or next category SCAN tuning Press the SCAN button to stop at each broad casting station for 5 seconds Pressing the SCAN button again during this 5 second period will stop scan tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the S
189. MA7 WMA8 8 kHz 48 kHe 8 kbps 320 kbps VBR 2 E E Folder levels Folder levels 8 Folders 255 including root folder Files 512 Max 255 files for one folder Text character number limitation 64 characters 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 LE 04 UNICODE UTF 16 BE Displayable character codes 3 05 UNICODE UTF 8 1 Protected WMA files DRM cannot be played 2 When VBR files are played the playback time may not be displayed correctly 3 Available codes depend on what kind of media versions and information are going to be displayed Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 41 Troubleshooting guide Symptom Cause and Countermeasure Check if the CD USB device was inserted correctly Check if the CD is scratched or dirty Check if there is condensation inside the player If there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player If there is a temperature increase error the player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature If there is a mixture of music CD files CD DA data and compressed audio files on a CD only the music CD files CD DA data will be played Cannot play Files with extensions other than MP3 or WMA cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications Check if the disc or file is generated in
190. N Matic J ATF may also be used Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF or Matic J ATF will cause deteriora tion in driveability and automatic trans mission durability and may damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle lim ited warranty The specified automatic transmission fluid is also described on caution labels located in the engine compartment POWER STEERING FLUID The fluid level should be checked using the HOT MAX range on the power steering fluid reservoir at fluid temperatures of 122 176 F 50 80 C or using the COLD MAX range on the power steering fluid reservoir at fluid tempera tures of 32 86 F 0 30 C If the fluid is at or below the MIN line add Genu ine NISSAN PSF to HOT MAX or COLD MAX depending on system fluid temperature Remove the cap and fill through the opening A CAUTION DO NOT OVERFILL e Recommended fluid is NISSAN PSF or equivalent Genuine BRAKE FLUID For additional brake fluid specification informa tion refer to Recommended fluids lubricants and capacities in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual A WARNING Use only new fluid from a sealed con tainer Old inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the brake system The use of improper fluids can damage the brake system and affect the vehi cle s stopping ability Clean the fille
191. NE Repeat the current file REPEAT OFF Playback stops after the disc or USB device is played in its entirety Direct File Access Press the number keys on the remote control 0 9 to access a file directly For example to go to track 14 press 1 4 then ENTER on the remote control CHARGING A USB DEVICE Plug the USB cable not supplied into the USB connection port and then connect the other end to the USB device NOTE Depending on the device it may or may not charge when connected to the USB port Not all devices are able to charge when connected to the USB port CONNECTING AN EXTERNAL AUXILIARY A V SOURCE INPUT An external A V source such as a media player video game or other audio video device may be connected to the RCA type jacks on the front of the monitor Connect the external audio video source to the RCA type input jacks on the front of the monitor using RCA type connectors sold separately Yellow Video input Red Audio right channel input White Audio left channel input The system will automatically select the auxiliary input mode when the RCA type connectors are inserted into the input jacks The auxiliary input connection overrides disc and USB playback Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 103 The system provides priority for each of the fol lowing device inputs 1 External RCA A V input 2 USB port 3 Disc playback For example if a disc is
192. NG Do not disassemble the horn Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tam pering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury HEATED SEATS if so equipped A WARNING If any malfunctions are found or the heated seat does not operate turn the ae eae a ae aes viata aR switch off and have the system checked y p by your NISSAN dealer monitor elevated seat temperatures or have an inability to feel pain in body parts The battery could run down if the seat that contact the seat Use of the seat heater is operated while the engine is heater by such people could result in seri not running Ous injury A CAUTION Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat such as a blanket cush 1 Start the engine 2 Push the LO or HI position of the switch as ion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat desired depending on the temperature The may become overheated indicator light in the switch will illuminate Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar The heater i troll h e heater is controlled by a thermostat object This may result in damage to the automatically turning the heater on and off The indicator light will remain on as long as neater the switch is on Any liquid spilled on the heated seat
193. O CQUID DEO s stss riisssriossiinrerenus issii iis 4 83 Front panel DUMONSs o2c occ bnecddeted ose ennn 4 85 Front panel buttons operation 4 4 86 Wireless Headphone Operation 4 86 Remote control operation 5 4 88 Remote Control Buttons 0 4 89 General operating instructions 00008 4 91 How to use the DVD OSD Menu How to use the Monitor OSD Menu HEERE D cee setauye E E E T Playing Audio Files lt lt sexsse ee getwe vig annede Playing Image Files 2 0020e ee eee Playing ViGSO FilCScaccccea cue tedece hese sheers Charging a USB Devices ivssiaiweeegiv ener nee Connecting an External Auxiliary A V Source Connecting an External A V Monitor Sieti PoE E E et ay canted Selecting Monitor A or B as the Source Troubleshooting Guides s ca0ce06sce ence venes DPSCHICMIONS win Gadenrerest deneeecesemee sees POC NGUCe nccascabcaveketareateceriersesce PCC Vanna agveend ontarasaweveeaeeekanes EA on a E tice sca be Sacnmen aes eaa WEEE NOUCE iisscanter enaure E EAE DAN Macrovision Notice ccc sccedse etewen eedaee need Dolby Digitale ctc eceeheceteedeeseeeedzaaeed Car phone or CB radio n saasaa nanen Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System without Navigation System if so equipped 08 Regulatory Information 00 0 eee eee Using the SVSiCM iadcducescteweretecedereewes 4 110
194. OFF by using a special tool However until you have confirmed with your dealer that your air bag Is working properly reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System and front passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the front passen ger seat status For example if a large adult who is sitting in the front passenger seat exits the vehicle the front passenger air bag status light will go from OFF to ON for a few seconds and then to OFF This is normal system operation and does not indicate a malfunction 1 65 If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag system the supplemental air bag warning light AF located in the meter and gauges area of the instrument panel will blink Have the sys tem checked It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service Normal operation In order for the occupant classification sensor system to classify the front passenger based on weight please follow the precautions and steps outlined below Precautions Make sure that there are no objects weigh ing over 2 2 lbs 1 kg hanging on the seat or placed in the seatback pocket Make sure that a child restraint or other object is not pressing against the rear of the seatback Make sure that a rear passenger is not push ing or pulling on the back of the front pas senger seat Make sure that the front passenger seat or seatback is
195. ON Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start turn the key off and wait 10 sec onds before cranking again otherwise the starter could be damaged 4 Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 sec onds after starting Do not race the engine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather In cold weather keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 3 minutes before shutting it off Starting and stopping the engine over a short period of time may make the vehicle more difficult to start Starting and driving 5 13 NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone char gers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health 5 14 Starting and driving DRIVING THE VEHICLE ENGINE PROTECTION MODE The engine has an engine protection mode to reduce the chance of damage if the coolant tem perature becomes too high for example when climbing steep grades in high temperature with heavy loads such as when towing a trailer When the engine temperature reaches a certain level The engine coolan
196. OTE If the amount of fuel added while the ignition switch is OFF is small the display just before the ignition switch is turned OFF may continue to be displayed NOTE When driving uphill or rounding curves the fuel in the tank shifts which may momentarily change the display Displays the average fuel economy since the last reset The display is updated every 30 seconds or 500 m 1 3 mi After a reset or con necting the battery cables the display might show Select Reset Fuel Eco to reset the fuel economy calculation to O Fuel Fuel Economy History History Touch the View key to display the average fuel consumption history in a graph form Reminder keys Touch a key to display the maintenance interval for engine oil oil filter tire or other reminder Reset Distance Resets the distance for the selected reminder to O km mi Displays the interval for the selected reminder Select the or keys to adjust the distance up or down 4 14 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Interval Re Displays status of the selected interval reminder Select to toggle on or off If set to On the maintenance notice screen will be displayed minder once the interval is met and the ignition switch is placed in the OFF and then ON position For additional information refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual regarding this item Traffic Info For additional information refer to the
197. PMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not de tect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving For additional information refer to Low tire pressure warning light in the Instru ments and controls section Tire Pres Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 sure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and Flat tire in the In case of emergency section Tire inflation pressure Check the tire pressures including the spare often and always prior to long dis tance trips The recommended tire pres sure specifications are shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label or the Tire and Loading Information label under the Cold Tire Pressure heading The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because Most tires naturally lose air over time Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds Incorrect tire pressure including un der inflation may adversely affect tire life
198. R MOONROOF The moonroof will only operate when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The power moonroof is operational for a period of time even if the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or OFF position If the driver s door or the front passen ger s door is opened during this period of time the power to the moonroof is canceled Sliding the moonroof To fully open the moonroof push the switch to ward the open position To fully close the moonroof push the switch toward the close position To open or close the moonroof part way push the switch in any direction while the moonroof is sliding open or closed to stop it in the desired position Tilting the moonroof To tilt the moonroof up push the tilt switch to ward the up position When the moonroof is open It will automatically close and then tilt up To tilt the moonroof down push the tilt switch toward the down position Restarting the moonroof sliding switch The sliding switch will become inoperable after the battery terminal is disconnected the electri cal supply interrupted and or some abnormality detected Use the following reset procedure to return moonroof operation to normal 1 If the moonroof lid is open push the tilting switch repeatedly toward the down position 2 to fully close the lid 2 Push and hold the tilting switch for more than 2 seconds toward the down position 2 to reestablish the lid s home p
199. RNING Overheating can result in reduced engine power and vehicle speed The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a col lision Be especially careful when driving If the vehicle cannot maintain a safe driv ing speed pull to the side of the road ina safe area Allow the engine to cool and return to normal operation For additional information refer to If your vehicle over heats in the In case of emergency sec tion of this manual A CAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause se rious damage to the engine almost imme diately Such damage is not covered by warranty Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION AWARNING e Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neu tral to R Reverse or 1 Low Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up Never shift to either the P Park or R Reverse position while the vehicle is moving forward and P Park or D Drive position while the vehicle is re versing This could cause an accident or damage the transmission Except in an emergency do not shift to the N Neutral position while driving Co
200. RS Most air fresheners use a solvent that could affect the vehicle interior If you use an air freshener take the following precautions Hanging type air fresheners can cause per manent discoloration when they contact ve hicle interior surfaces Place the air fresh ener in a location that allows it to hang free and not contact an interior surface Liquid type air fresheners typically clip on the vents These products can cause imme diate damage and discoloration when spilled on interior surfaces Carefully read and follow the manufacturer s in structions before using the air fresheners FLOOR MATS AWARNING To avoid potential pedal interference that may result in a collision or injury NEVER place a floor mat on top of an other floor mat in the driver front position e Use only Genuine NISSAN floor mats specifically designed for use in your ve hicle model For additional information see a NISSAN dealer Properly position the mats in the floor well using the floor mat positioning aid For additional information refer to Floor mat positioning aid in this section The use of Genuine NISSAN floor mats can extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior Mats should be main tained with regular cleaning and replaced if they become excessively worn Floor mat positioning aid This vehicle includes two driver s side front floor mat brackets and one passenger s s
201. RTH AMERICA INC All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan North America Inc NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM NISSAN CARES Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However if there is something that your NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide NISSAN directly with comments or questions please contact the NISSAN Con sumer Affairs Department using our toll free number For U S customers 1 800 NISSAN 1 1 800 647 7261 For Canadian customers 1 800 387 0122 The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information Your name address and telephone number Vehicle identification number attached to the top of the instrument panel on the driver s side Date of purchase Current odometer reading Your NISSAN dealer s name Your comments or questions OR You can write to NISSAN with the information at For U S customers Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5
202. Re Oa 3 28 Glove box oie aa ae a eh a Ea eS 2 47 Glove DOXIOCK 2 s s s 4 0 2 4 OS ae RE ORE 2 47 H Hands free phone system Bluetooth 4 108 4 122 Hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Headlight and turn signal switch a 2 34 Headlight control switch 2 35 Headlighis s sioa sasa egik mikan 8 31 Head restraints a oaaae 1 14 Heated seats aoaaa aa 2 39 2 40 Heated steering wheel 2 41 Heater Heater and air conditioner controls 4 29 Heater operation 4 4 30 Rear seat air conditioner 4 31 HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 64 2 65 2 66 2 67 Hood ge can ele oar che eo ah ie Gos oss ch eo a wee 3 23 Hook Luggage hook 4 2 53 HOrn lt c Bae amp doe ds ae a eR oh esa we aod Se 2 38 l Ignition switch aaa ae a eh we 5 9 Image viewer aoaaa ee 4 19 Immobilizer system 2 30 3 4 5 12 Important vehicle information label 9 12 In cabin microfilter 00 8 19 Increasing fuel economy 5 23 Indicator lights and audible reminders See warning indicator lights and audible reminders 9 12 2 13 2 18 Information display 4 0 4 oe amp w ome 5 2 21 Inside automatic anti glare mirror 3 33 Instrument brightness control 2 37 Instrument panel 0 6 2 2 Instrument panel dimmer switch 2 37 Intelligent Key system Key op
203. System to your preferred settings press the SET TING button on the control panel and select the Bluetooth key on the display Bluetooth Turn the Bluetooth system on or off Connect Bluetooth For additional information refer to Connecting Procedure in this section Display a list of the Bluetooth devices connected to the system Edit Bluetooth Info Check information about the device name device address and device PIN Replace Connected Replace the phone currently connected to the system Phone Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 133 CALL VOLUME Adjusting the incoming or outgoing call volume may improve clarity if reception between callers is unclear To access the volume settings press the SETTING button then select Volume and Beeps You can also adjust the volume of an incoming voice during a call by pushing the vol ume control switch on the steering wheel or by turning the volume control knob on the control panel Adjusting this setting allows ringer volume to be set at a desired level Incoming Call Adjusting this setting allows you to hear a difference in volume You can also adjust the volume of an incoming voice during a call by pushing the volume control switch on the steering wheel or by turning the volume control knob on the control panel Outgoing Call Adjusting this setting allows the person you are talking with to hear a difference in volume 4 134 Monitor climate
204. The rear bumper should be no higher than the reference height measured in step 2 AWARNING Properly adjust the weight distributing hitch so the rear of the bumper is no higher than the measured reference height when the trailer is attached If the rear bumper is higher than the measured reference height when loaded the vehicle may handle unpredictably which could cause a loss of vehicle control and cause serious personal injury or property damage Sway control device Sudden maneuvers wind gusts and buffeting caused by other vehicles can affect trailer han dling Sway control devices may be used to help control these affects If you choose to use one contact a reputable trailer hitch supplier to make sure the sway control device will work with the vehicle hitch trailer and the trailer s brake sys tem Follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer for installing and using the sway control device Class hitch Class trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 2 000 Ib 907 kg Class Il hitch Class Il trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 3 500 Ib 1 587 kg Class Ill hitch Class Ill trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 5 000 Ib 2 268 kg Class IV hitch Class IV trailer hitch equ
205. VEHICLE DEPRESSED THE H Illuminated quired for example on BRAKE PEDAL AND MOVED THE SHIFT LE steep grades or rocky VER TO NEUTRAL 3 sandy muddy roads 5 24 Starting and driving 1 The transfer 4LO position indicator light may blink Stop the vehicle Be sure to shift the 4WD shift switch after the shift lever has been moved to the N position If the indicator light keeps blinking after the 4WD shift procedure in the previous page drive slowly without abrupt maneuvers for a while Then the light will turn on or off Avoid making a turn or abrupt starts while shifting to 4LO Otherwise gears may grind damaging the drive system 2 While changing in and out of 4LO the ignition switch must be ON and the vehicle s engine must be running for a shift to take place and for the indicator lights 4WD shift and 4LO position indicator to be operable Otherwise the shift will not take place and no indicator lights will be on or flashing 3 Make sure the transfer 4LO position indicator light turns on when you shift the 4WD shift switch to 4LO The indicator light will also turn on when 4LO is selected For additional information refer to Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system in this section The transfer case 4WD shift switch is used to select either 2WD or 4WD depending on the driving conditions There are four types of drive modes available AUTO 2WD 4H and 4LO Starting and driving 5 25 The 4WD shift switch electronicall
206. Wheels of a different off set could cause premature tire wear degrade ve hicle handling characteristics affect the VDC system and or interference with the brake discs drums Such interfer ence can lead to decreased braking ef ficiency and or early brake pad shoe wear For additional information on wheel off set dimensions refer to Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not install a damaged or deformed wheel or tire even if it has been re paired Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail with out warning The use of retread tires is not recommended For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet esy Four wheel drive models A CAUTION Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Failure
207. Your vehicle has two types of security systems Vehicle security system NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM The vehicle security system provides visual and audible alarm signals if someone opens the doors when the system is armed It is not however a motion detection type system that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle components in all situations Al ways secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period Never leave your keys in the ignition and always lock the vehicle when unattended Be aware of your surroundings and park in secure well lit areas whenever possible Many devices offering additional protection such as component locks identification markers and tracking systems are available at auto supply stores and specialty shops Your NISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment Check with your insurance company to see if you may be eligible for discounts for various theft protection features How to arm the vehicle security system 1 Close all windows The system can be armed even if the windows are open 2 Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion and remove the key 3 Close all doors Lock all doors The doors can be locked with the power door lock switch if the door is opened locked and then closed the key
208. a head restraint headrest that may be integrated adjustable or non adjustable Adjustable head restraints headrests have multiple notches along the stalk s to lock them in a desired adjustment position The non adjustable head restraints headrests have a single locking notch to secure them to the seat frame Proper Adjustment For the adjustable type align the head restraint headrest so the center of your ear is approximately level with the center of the head restraint headrest If your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment place the head restraint headrest at the highest position If the head restraint headrest has been re moved ensure that it is reinstalled and locked in place before riding in that desig nated seating position ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT NON ADJUSTABLE HEAD HEADREST COMPONENTS RESTRAINT HEADREST 1 Removable head restraint headrest COMPONENTS 2 Multiple notches 1 Removable head restraint headrest 3 Lock knob 2 Single notch 4 Stalks 3 Lock knob 4 Stalks Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 15 5 Reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint headrest before an occupant uses the seating position REMOVE REMOVABLE without Dual head Use the following procedure to remove the head restraint headrest DVD system only restraint headrest A CAUTION Do not remove head restraint headrest from vehicles equipped with Dual h
209. a standing wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body For additional information refer to a NISSAN dealer Do not ground electrical accessories di rectly to the battery terminal Doing so will bypass the variable voltage control system and the vehicle battery may not charge completely Refer to Variable voltage control system in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section in this manual Use electrical accessories with the en gine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery 4 108 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle A CAUTION To avoid discharging the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine STIS SSH Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you have a com patible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireles
210. acking up course 4 26 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Backing up behind a projecting object The position is shown farther than the position in the display However the position is actually at the same distance as the position The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to the position if the object projects over the actual backing up course HOW TO ADJUST THE SCREEN To adjust the Display ON OFF Brightness Tint Color Contrast and Black Level of the RearView Monitor press the SETTING button with the RearView Monitor on and select the Display key Select one of the items and change the value by touching the or key or by turning the NISSAN controller Do not adjust the Brightness Tint Color Con trast and Black Level of the RearView Monitor while the vehicle is moving Make sure the park ing brake is firmly applied OPERATING TIPS A CAUTION e Do not use alcohol benzine or thinner to clean the camera This will cause discoloration To clean the camera wipe with a cloth dampened with di luted mild cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry cloth e Do not damage the camera as the moni tor screen may be adversely affected When the shift lever is shifted to the R Re verse position the display screen automati cally changes to the RearView Monitor mode However the radio can be heard It may take some time until the RearView Monitor or
211. ailer and tire manufacturer s specifications Safety chains Always use suitable safety chains between your vehicle and the trailer The safety chains should be crossed and should be attached to the hitch not to the vehicle bumper or axle The safety chains can be attached to the bumper if the hitch ball is mounted to the bumper Be sure to leave enough slack in the chains to permit turning corners Trailer lights A CAUTION When splicing into the vehicle electrical system a commercially available power type module converter must be used to provide power for all trailer lighting This unit uses the vehicle battery as a direct power source for all trailer lights while using the vehicle tail light stoplight and turn signal circuits as a signal source The module converter must draw no more that 15 milliamps from the stop and tail lamp circuits Using a module converter that exceeds these power requirements may damage the vehicle s electrical system See a reputable trailer dealer to obtain the proper equipment and to have it installed Trailer lights should comply with federal and or local regulations For assistance in hooking up trailer lights contact a NISSAN dealer or repu table trailer dealer Vehicles equipped with the optional trailer tow package are equipped with a 7 pin trailer harness connector If your trailer is equipped with a flat 4 pin connector an adapter will be needed to connect the trailer lights to the v
212. air cleaner filter 3 Wipe the inside of the air cleaner filter hous ing and the cover with a damp cloth NOTE After installing a new air cleaner filter make sure the air cleaner cover is seated in the housing and latch the clips AWARNING e Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or oth ers to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops the flame if the engine backfires If it isn t there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner removed and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury IN CABIN MICROFILTER if so equipped The in cabin microfilter restricts the entry of air borne dust and pollen particles and reduces some objectionable outside odors The filter is located behind the glove box Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for change intervals To replace the filter perform the following proce dure 1 Remove the 2 lower glove box screws Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 2 Open the glove box then remove the 3 up per glove box screws Remove the glove box assembly from the instrument panel to ac cess the in cabin microfilter cover 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself 3 Remove the filter cover bolt and remove the filt
213. ake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary For additional information re fer to Brake fluid in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by a NISSAN dealer AWARNING Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is on Driv ing could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed because driv ing it could be dangerous Pressing the brake pedal with the en gine stopped and or a low brake fluid level may increase your stopping dis tance and braking will require greater pedal effort and pedal travel If the brake fluid level is below the MINIMUM or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked at a NISSAN dealer Anti lock Braking System ABS warning indicator When the parking brake is released and the brake fluid level is sufficient if both the brake warning light and the ABS warning light illumi nates It may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the brake system checked and if necessary repaired by a NISSAN dealer promptly Avoid high speed driving and abrupt braking For additional information refer to Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light in this section Charge warning light If this light comes on while the engi
214. ake system bac be oe G ee ee Break in schedule Brightness contrast button Brightness control Instrument panel Bulb check instrument panel Bulb replacement 4 8 33 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Captain s chair adjustment 2nd row 1 6 1 7 Cargo light cae anee 205 based as 2 64 Cargo See vehicle loading information 9 14 Car phone or CB radio 4 108 CD care andcleaning 4 80 CD player See audio system 4 53 4 59 Check tire pressure 1 2 ee eee 2 28 Child restraints 1 30 1 31 1 32 1 34 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System 0 1 34 Precautions on child restraints 1 32 1 40 1 46 1 52 Top tether strap anchor point locations 1 38 Child restraint with top tether strap 1 37 Child safety rear doorlock 3 7 Chimes audible reminders 2 20 Cleaning exterior and interior 7 2 7 4 Cockers e oda e bee epee eRe eS 4 50 Clock setting models with Navigation System 4 16 Clock setting models without Navigation System 4 8 C M V S S certification label 9 12 Cold weather driving 5 37 Compact disc CD player 4 53 4 59 Console box 00048 2 46 2 51 Control panel buttons 4 10 Brightness contrast button 4 10 4 19 Enter button
215. al tuning To manually tune the radio turn the TUNE FLDR knob to the right or left or use the TUNE andFLDR P buttons 44 gt SEEK CAT and TRACK tuning buttons Press the SEEK CAT 44 button or the TRACK PP button to tune from high to low or low to high frequencies and stop at the next broadcasting station SCAN tuning Press the SCAN button to stop at each broad casting station for 5 seconds Pressing the SCAN button again during this 5 second period will stop scan tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN button is not pressed within 5 seconds scan tuning moves to the next station 1 to 6 Station memory operations Six stations can be set for the AM band Twelve stations can be set for the FM band six for FM1 six for FM2 Eighteen stations can be set for the XM band six for XM1 six for XM2 six for XM3 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the AM or FM buttons or choose the satellite band XM1 XM2 or XM3 using the XM button 2 Tune to the desired station using manual SEEK or SCAN tuning Press and hold any of the desired station memory buttons 1 6 until a beep sound is heard 3 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Programming is now complete 4 Other buttons can be set in the same man ner 4 52 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens th
216. all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light Is lit 1 or more of your tires is significantly under inflated If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light This system will acti vate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 mph 25 km h For additional informa tion refer to Warning indicator lights and au dible reminders in the Instruments and con trols section AWARNING e Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac turer for the possible influences before use If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal in jury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire
217. alt is used If not removed road salt can discolor the wheels A CAUTION Follow the directions below to avoid staining or discoloring the wheels Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels e Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot The wheel temperature should be the same as am bient temperature Rinse the wheel to completely remove the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied CHROME PARTS Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish TIRE DRESSINGS NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire dressings Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rub ber If a tire dressing is applied to the tires it may react with the coating and form a compound This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint If you choose to use a tire dressing take the following precautions Use a water based tire dressing The coat ing on the tire dissolves more easily than with an oil based tire dressing Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread grooves where it would be difficult to remove Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel Make sure the tire dressing is com pletely removed from the tire tread grooves Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom mended by the tire dressing
218. alyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants AWARNING The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys tem are very hot Keep people animals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system components e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire A CAUTION Do not use leaded gasoline Deposits from leaded gasoline will seriously re duce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants Keep your engine tuned up Malfunc tions in the ignition fuel injection or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driv ing if the engine misfires or if notice able loss of performance or other un usual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle inspected promptly by a NISSAN dealer Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the three way catalyst Do not race the engine while warming it up Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and in flated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than t
219. anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle With this sys tem you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Check your child re straint for a label stating that it is compatible with LATCH This information may also be in the in structions provided by the child restraint manu facturer 1 36 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Top tether anchor AWARNING If the cargo cover if so equipped con tacts the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor re move the cargo cover from the vehicle or secure it on the cargo floor below its attachment location If the cargo cover is not removed it may damage the top tether strap during a collision A child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint top tether strap Is damaged LRS2100 LRS2069 Do not allow cargo to contact the top 2nd row captain s chairs if so equipped 2nd row bench seat if so equipped tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor Properly secure the cargo so it does not contact the top 2 Anchor point 2 Anchor point tether strap Cargo that is not properly secured or cargo that contacts the top tether strap may damage it during a collision A child could be seriously in jured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged 1 Top tether strap ig Top tether strap Safety Seats seat belts and supplem
220. and direct it toward the spare tire winch located directly above the spare tire A CAUTION Do not insert the jack rod straight as it is designed to be inserted at an angle as shown Fit the square end of the jack rod into the square hole of the wheel nut wrench to form a handle Seat the T shaped end of the jack rod into the T shaped opening of the tire winch Ap ply pressure to keep the jack rod engaged in the spare tire winch and turn the jack rod counterclockwise to lower the spare tire Once the spare tire is completely lowered reach under the vehicle remove the retainer chain and carefully slide the tire from under the rear of the vehicle In case of emergency 6 5 9 10 6 6 To reinstall the wheel insert the tire chain through the wheel Be sure the rubber spacer is centered on the wheel before lift ing Use the assembled jack rod and slowly rotate the winch clockwise to raise the wheel to the vehicle To reinstall the jack and tools reverse steps 1 through 4 In case of emergency NOTE Inspect the spacer every six years and re place as necessary It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for replacement parts if necessary A CAUTION Be sure to center the spare tire sus pending plate on the wheel and then lift the spare tire e Failure to use the spacer may allow the chain to get stuck on the wheel nut Jacking up vehicle and removing the damaged tire AWARNING
221. and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Seat belt with pretensioner s front seats AWARNING The pretensioner s cannot be reused after activation They must be replaced together with the retractor and buckle as a unit e If the vehicle becomes involved in a collision but pretensioner s are not ac tivated be sure to have the preten sioner system checked and if neces sary replaced It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service e No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pretensioner system This is to pre vent damage to or accidental activation of the pretensioner s Tampering with the pretensioner system may result in serious personal injury It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for work on and around the pre tensioner system It is also recom mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for installation of electrical equipment Un authorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pretensioner system If you need to dispose of the preten sioner s or scrap the vehicle it is rec ommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service Incorrect disposal pro cedures could cause personal injury The pretensioner system may activate with the supplemental air bag system in certain types of collisions Working with the seat belt retractor the pretensioner s help tighten the seat belt when the v
222. ands This can be especially helpful if the noise of driving makes it difficult for the voice recognition system to accurately interpret com mands The manual control mode does not allow dialing a phone number by digits The user may select an entry from the Phonebook or Recent Calls lists To re activate voice recognition exit 4 120 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems the manual control mode by pressing and holding the PHONE END 4 button At that time pressing the PHONE SEND C button will start the Hands Free Phone System Operating tips To enter manual control mode start the voice recognition system and tilt the tuning switch up or down The system will speak Showing Manual Options when manual controls are initially activated To browse the menu options tilt the tuning switch up or down The system will always speak the current menu option De pending on the audio display it will also show the current menu option To select the current menu option press the PHONE SEND button To go back to the previous menu press the PHONE END _ button If the current menu is the Main Menu pressing the PHONE END 4 button will exit the Phone system To exit the manual control mode press and hold the PHONE END 4 button for 5 seconds TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn startin
223. ansceiver with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and re verse features as required by federal safety standards These standards be came effective for opener models manufactured after April 1 1982 A ga rage door opener which cannot detect an object in the path of a closing garage door and then automatically stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety standards Using a garage door opener without these features in creases the risk of serious injury or death During the programming procedure your garage door or security gate will open and close if the transmitter is within range Make sure that people or objects are clear of the garage door gate etc that you are programming Your vehicle s engine should be turned off while programming the HomeLink Universal Transceiver PROGRAMMING HOMELINK If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 NOTE Place the ignition switch in the ACC posi tion when programming HomeLink It is also recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand held transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink for quicker programming and accurate transmission of the radio frequency 1 Position the end of your hand held transmit ter 1 3 in 2 8 cm away from the HomeLink surface keeping the HomeLink indicator light in view 2
224. ar ser vice area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive a cellular signal such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage near a tall building or in a moun tainous area Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it from being dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice dur ing a call Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption While acellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the cellular phone may dis charge quicker than usual The Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System cannot charge cellular phones lf the hands free phone system seems to be malfunctioning refer to Troubleshooting guide in this section You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for trouble shooting help Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Stor ing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual regarding the telephone charges cellular phone antenna and body etc REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF
225. arning light 1 72 2 18 Supplemental front impact air bag system 1 62 Supplemental restraint system Information and warning labels I 72 Precautions on supplemental restraint SySteM 62 44 8 ame oe ae ee ee 1 55 Supplemental restraint system Supplemental airbag system 1 55 Switch Autolight switch 2 35 Automatic power window switch 2 58 Fog ght SWICK ss s 2 bs ee ke a ee we SS 2 38 Hazard warning flasher switch 6 2 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 34 Headlight control switch 2 35 IGHINON SWIC aces amp me oa a a wk we a 5 9 Instrument brightness control 2 37 Pedal position adjustment switch 3 31 Power door lock switch 3 6 Rear sonar system off switch 2 42 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWIG au aop ae eR POR ee a 2 34 Rear window wiper and washer switches 2 42 0 wee eo we ee oR 2 33 Tow mode switch 2 44 Turn signalswitch 2 37 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off SWO De sc Bai ae 24 8 6 oe wm Bo he a 2 41 Wiper and washer switch 2 32 T Tachometer s oe eas Pie ew eae ee ew Sd 2 5 Temperature gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Engine oil pressure low engine coolant temperature high warning light 2 15 Theft NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System engine start 2 30 3 4 5 12 Third row power folding seats 1 12 Three way catalyst 0
226. asks you to say a name for the phone If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if more than one phone is connected and the name sounds too much like a name already used the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Making a call by entering a phone number Main Menu Call Phone Number Speak the digits Dial D 1 Press the button on the steering wheel A tone will sound 2 Say Call The system acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands 3 Say Phone Number The system ac knowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands 4 Say the number you wish to call starting with the area code in single digit format If the system has trouble recognizing the correct phone number try entering the number in the following groups 3 digit area code 3 digit prefix and the last 4 digits For ex ample 555 121 3354 can be said as five five five as the 1st group then one two one as the 2nd group and three three five four as the 3rd group For dialing more than 10 digits or any special characters say 4 114 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Special Number For additional informa tion refer to How to say numbers in this section 5 When you have finished speaking the phone number the syste
227. asting with the transmission in the N Neutral position may cause serious damage to the transmission A CAUTION When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by de pressing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose e Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control The automatic transmission in your vehicle is electronically controlled to produce maximum power and smooth operation The recommended operating procedures for this transmission are shown on the following pages Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment Starting the vehicle 1 After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal before moving the shift lever out of the P Park position 2 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and move the shift lever into a driving gear 3 Release the foot brake then gradually start the vehicle in motion Starting and driving 5 15 The automatic transmission is designed so the foot brake pedal MUST be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch is in the ON position The shift lever cannot be moved out of the P Park position and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK or OFF position 5 16 Starting and driving eI Q EJ To move the shift lever Shift while depressing the brake pedal
228. ate the compass by driving the vehicle in three complete circles at less than 5 MPH 8 km h LIC1487 Type B if so equipped You can also calibrate the compass by driving your vehicle on your everyday route The com pass will be calibrated once it has tracked three complete circles Instruments and controls 2 9 2 10 Instruments and controls Zone variation change procedure The difference between magnetic north and geo graphical north is known as variance In some areas this difference can sometimes be great enough to cause false compass readings Follow these instructions to set the variance for your particular location if this happens 1 Press and hold the button for about 5 seconds The current zone number will appear in the display Release the button 2 Find your current location on the zone map Refer to the illustration t 3 Press the N button repeatedly to toggle through the zone numbers until the desired number appears in the display Once you have selected a zone number the display will show a compass direction within a few seconds NOTE Use zone number 5 for Hawaii Inaccurate compass direction The compass display is equipped with automatic correction function If the correct direction is not shown follow this procedure With the display turned on press and hold the button for about 10 seconds The CAL icon in the compass display will illu minate Calibrate
229. atically reset the next time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position For additional information refer to Rear sonar system in the Starting and driving section of this manual FRONT AND REAR SONAR SYSTEM OFF SWITCH if so equipped AWARNING The front sonar system is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper driving The rear sonar system is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper back ing Always turn and check that it is safe to do so before backing up Always back up slowly The front sonar system is active when the ignition is in the ON position and the shift lever is in a forward gear position a beeping tone is emitted when the sensors detect obstacles within 3 ft 1 0 m of the front bumper The rear sonar system is active when the ignition is in the ON position and the shift lever is in R Reverse a beeping tone is emitted when the sensors detect obstacles within 5 9 ft 1 8 m of the rear bumper The front and rear sonar system can be disabled by pushing the OFF switch When the system is disabled the indicator light on the switch will illuminate Push the switch again to enable the system The indicator light will go off The system will automatically reset the next time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position For additional information refer to Front and rear sonar system in the Starting and driving sec tion
230. ation Do not use with accessories that exceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory Use power outlets with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Avoid using power outlets when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open When not in use be sure to close the cap Do not allow water or any other liquid to contact the outlet STORAGE MAP POCKETS LICO575 SEATBACK POCKET The seatback pocket is located on the back of the driver seat The pocket can be used to store maps Instruments and controls 2 45 OF EOY LIC1183 Center stack storage INSTRUMENT PANEL STORAGE TRAYS AWARNING Do not place sharp objects in the trays to help prevent injury in an accident or sud den stop 2 46 Instruments and controls CONSOLE BOX Console box storage trays care A Aoh N i C7 tem Console box storage Pull up on the lever 4 to open the console box lid Console box lock Use the master key to lock or unlock 2 the GLOVE BOX Open the glove box by pulling the handle Use the master key when locking 4 or unlocking the glove
231. ation refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section AWARNING When fastening the seat belts be certain that the seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the seat belt press the button on the buckle 4 The seat belt automatically retracts Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods When the seat belt is pulled quickly from the retractor When the vehicle slows down rapidly 1 25 To increase your confidence in the seat belts check the operation as follows Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly The retractor should lock and re strict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check get the system checked It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service or to learn more about seat belt operation Center of the 3rd row bench seat The 3rd row center seat belt has a connector tongue 1 and a seat belt tongue Both the connector tongue and the seat belt tongue must be securely latched for proper seat belt opera tion 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING Always fasten the connector tongue and the seat
232. battery is almost discharged For additional information refer to NISSAN In telligent Key in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section Kh Seat belt warning light and chime The light and chime remind you to fasten your seat belts The light illuminates whenever the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position and remains illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened At the same time the chime sounds for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened The seat belt warning light may also illuminate if the front passenger s seat belt is not fastened when the front passenger s seat is occupied For 7 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in 2 18 Instruments and controls the ON position the system does not activate the warning light for the front passenger For additional information refer to Seat belts in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual a Supplemental air bag warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position the supplemental air bag warn ing light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag front seat mounted side impact air bag roof mounted curtain air bag and pretensioner systems need servicing and your vehicle must be taken to a NISSAN dealer
233. belt in the order shown Always make sure both the connector tongue and the seat belt tongue are secured when using the seat belt or installing a child restraint Do not use the seat belt or child restraint with only the seat belt tongue attached This could result in serious personal injury in case of an accident or a sudden stop Stowing the 3rd row center seat belt if the rear center seat belt connector When folding down the 3rd row seat the 3rd row and the seatbacks are not secured in center seat belt can be retracted into a stowed the correct position serious personal position as follows injury may result in an accident or sud den stop Q Hold the connector tongue so that the seat belt does not retract suddenly when the tongue is released from the connector buckle Release the connector tongue by inserting a suitable tool such as a key into the connector buckle Retract the seat belt up to the retractor base Insert the seat belt tongue into the fabric sleeve so it will lay flat Then secure the connector tongue into the retractor base A WARNING e Do not unfasten the rear center seat belt connector except when folding down the rear seat When attaching the rear center seat belt connector be certain that the seat backs are completely secured in the latched position and the rear center seat belt connector is completely secured Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system
234. bject If the glass screen breaks do not touch it Doing so could result in an injury To clean the display never use a rough cloth alcohol benzine thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent They will scratch or deteriorate the panel Do not splash any liquid such as water or car fragrance on the display Contact with liquid will cause the system to malfunction When you use this system make sure the engine is running If you use the system with the engine not running ignition ON or ACC for a long time it will discharge the battery and the engine will not start Reference symbols ENTER button This is a button on the control panel Example Words marked in quotes refer to a key shown on the display These keys can only be selected using the NISSAN controller HOW TO USE THE NISSAN CONTROLLER Use the NISSAN controller to choose an item on the display screen Highlight an item on the dis play using the main directional buttons 2 or the center dial Then press the ENTER button to select the item or perform the action The BACK button s 3 has two functions e Go back to the previous display cancel If you press the BACK button s during setup the setup will be canceled and or the display will return to the previous screen Finish setup In some screens pressing the BACK button s accepts the changes made during setup Monitor
235. book to the vehicle manually follow these steps 1 Press the SETTING button on the control panel 2 Select the Phone key 3 Select the Add New Contacts to the Phonebook key Once the handset phonebook is transferred to the vehicle it can be accessed by pressing the button on the steering wheel then selecting the Handset Memory key Whether the handset phonebook is transferred manually or automatically the process can take up to 5 minutes to complete depending on the size of the handset phonebook For additional information refer to the cellular phone s owner s manual MAKING A CALL Go Hl Fu 8 00 Press the button on the steering wheel Vehicle Phonebook volume a Ringtone Seer eee en Vehicle Ph k Vol Ringt P renee CUMAE Select one of the following options to make a call Call History Connect Phone Handset Phonebook Connected Phones Calls a phonebook entry saved to the vehicle LHA1322 Vehicle Phonebook Select the name from an entry stored in the vehicle phonebook Dialing commences immediately Call History Select the name from the incoming or outgoing call history Dialing commences immediately Handset Phonebook Select the name from an entry stored in the handset phonebook Dialing commences immediately Dial Number Input the phone number manually using the keypad on the screen It will be necessary to select OK when finished for dialing to commence For additional info
236. box AWARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop SUNGLASSES HOLDER To open the sunglasses holder push and release Only store one pair of sunglasses in the holder AWARNING Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driving to prevent an accident Instruments and controls 2 47 A CAUTION e Do not use for anything other than sunglasses e Do not leave sunglasses in the sun glasses holder while parking in direct sunlight The heat may damage the sunglasses LICO568 LICO569 Small bin Medium bin if so equipped OVERHEAD CONSOLE Storage bins AWARNING Keep storage bins closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop Push the button to open a storage bin Push the lid up to close 2 48 Instruments and controls LICO570 WIC1507 Large bin Front CUP HOLDERS A CAUTION Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your passenger Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an accident LIC1373 Adjustable Position the arm on the adjustable cup holder so that the cup is held securely Instruments and controls 2 49 2nd row rear of front console To open the 2nd row cup holders rear of the front console lower the lid To close raise the lid 2 50 Instruments a
237. c present in the unit Disc Compartment Slot Insert a disc to play IR Sensor Transmitter The IR sensor allows the remote control to oper ate the monitor The IR transmitter provides audio to IR wireless headphones Monitor Adjustment The monitor is hinged to allow the user to manu ally adjust the viewing angle of the LCD panel TFT LCD Panel 7 inch TFT LCD Panel USB Port Play videos music and images stored on most USB devices It also allows for charging some USB devices Audio Video Output Jack Connect to an external audio video monitor using a 3 5mm A V connector sold separately Headphone Output Jack Connect wired headphones using a 3 5mm ste reo connector Headphones must include in line volume control in order to adjust the volume level Audio Video Input Jacks Connect to an external audio video source using RCA type connectors sold separately I O Port Covers Gently pull down on the I O covers to expose the ports Keep the ports covered when not in use Lever Lock amp Release Latch The lever lock and release latch located behind the monitor limits the monitor angle normal view ing A Sliding the latch to the left will allow the monitor to open to the service position Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 85 oS eee YS POWER button UP DOWN LEFT RIGHT buttons PLAY button STOP button PAUSE button PLAY button MENU SELECT button EJECT b
238. cation If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle A CAUTION To avoid discharging the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you have a com patible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can 4 122 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems E3 Bluetooth make or receive a hands free telephone call with your cellular phone in the vehicle Once your cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle phone module no other phone con necting procedure is required Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position with the connected cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle You can register up to five different Bluetooth cellular phones to the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time NISSAN Voice Recognition system supports the phone commands so dialing a phone number using your voice is possible For additional
239. ccurs maintain control of the vehicle by follow ing the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the con ditions of the vehicle road and traffic 1 Remain calm and do not overreact 2 Do not apply the brakes 3 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 4 When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 5 If there is nothing in the way steer the ve hicle to follow the road while vehicle speed is reduced Do not attempt to drive the ve hicle back onto the road surface until vehicle speed is reduced 6 When it is safe to do so gradually turn the steering wheel until both tires return to the road surface When all tires are on the road surface steer the vehicle to stay in the ap propriate driving lane 5 6 Starting and driving lf you decide that it is not safe to return the vehicle to the road surface based on vehicle road or traffic conditions gradually slow the vehicle to a stop in a safe place off the road RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS Rapid air pressure loss or a blow out can occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due to hitting a curb or pothole Rapid air pressure loss can also be caused by driving on under inflated tires Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling and stability of the vehicle especially at highway
240. ce the desired folder is highlighted press the ENTER button on the remote control to select it Skipping Files Press the NEXT button on the remote control to select to the next file Press the PREV button one time to select the beginning of the current file Press the PREV button two times to select the previous file Repeat Modes To access the repeat mode options press the REPEAT button on the remote control The re peat mode options are as follows e amp REPEAT ALL Repeat the entire disc or USB device default e 9 REPEAT FOLDER Repeat the cur rent folder e 6 REPEAT ONE Repeat the current file REPEAT OFF Playback stops after the disc or USB device is played in its entirety Random Mode You can choose what order the files will be played To access the random play mode press the RANDOM button on the remote control The files in the current folder will playback in random order Press RANDOM again to cancel random mode Direct File Access Press the number keys on the remote control 0 9 to access a file directly For example to go to track 14 press 1 4 then ENTER on the remote control 004 051 E SG S amp S Image JPEG 001_050 m FD011 JPG FD012 JPG FD013 JPG FD014 JPG FD015 JPG FD016 JPG PLAYING IMAGE FILES Insert a disc or USB device into the unit and select monitor A mode if using monitor A or monitor B if using monitor B using the front panel controls or
241. centage for that region Aftermarket fuel additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives for example fuel injec tor cleaner octane booster intake valve deposit removers etc which are sold commercially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvents or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If se vere this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads have a NISSAN dealer correct the condition Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which NISSAN is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing may result in spark knock after run and or overheating which may cause excessive fuel Consumption or engine damage If any of the above symptoms are en countered have your vehicle checked at a NISSAN dealer However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is nota cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine l
242. ch pins rollers and links as necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts lug nuts When checking the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires should be rotated every 5 000 miles 8 000 km Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If neces sary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS transmitter components Replace the TPMS transmitter grommet seal valve core and cap when the tires are replaced due to wear or age Wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed For additional information regarding tires refer to Important
243. ches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents LOCKING WITH KEY To lock or unlock the vehicle turn the key as shown WPD0311 Driver s side Manual To lock a door turn the key toward the front of the vehicle 1 To unlock turn the key toward the rear LPDO240 Driver s side Power The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors at the same time Turning the key toward the front of the vehicle locks all doors Turning the key one time toward the rear 2 of the vehicle unlocks that door From that position returning the key to neutral 3 where the key can only be removed and inserted and turning it toward the rear again within 5 seconds un locks all doors Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 LPD2092 Inside lock LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the lock position then close the door To unlock the door without the key move the inside lock knob to the unlock position 2 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH To lock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to the lock position When locking the door this way be certain not to leave the key inside the vehicle To unlock all the doors without a key push the door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side to t
244. cified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Oil additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not neces sary when the proper oil type is used and main tenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Technical and consumer information 9 7 Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is important to select the engine oil viscosity based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be oper ated before the next oil change Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause serious engine damage Selecting the correct oil filter Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with a high quality Genuine NISSAN oil filter When replacing use a Genuine NISSAN oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in Change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Using engine oil and filters that are not of the specified quality or exceeding recommended oil and filter change intervals could reduce engine life Damage to the engine caused by improper maintenance or use of incor rect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the NISSAN New Vehicle Limited Warranty 9 8 Technical and consumer inf
245. cing up etc Confirm that the CD DVD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches Please Eject Disc This error may be due to the tempera ture inside the player getting too high Remove the CD DVD by pressing the EJECT button and after a short time reinsert the CD DVD The CD DVD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal If the error persists consult your local retailer Unplayable File The file may be copy protected The file is not MP3 WMA AAC M4A or DIVX type Region Invalid The DVD is not for region 1 or all regions e Use DVDs with a region code 1 ALL or 1 included for your DVD entertainment system The region code A is displayed as a small sym bol printed on the top of the DVD B This vehicle installed DVD player cannot play DVDs with a re gion code other than 1 or ALL Copyright and trademark The technology protected by the U S patent and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other right holders is adopted for this system This copyright protected technology cannot be used without a permit from Macrovision Corporation It is limited to personal use etc as long as the permit from Macrovision Corporation is not issued Modifying or disassembling is prohib ited Dolby digital is manufactured under li cense from Dolby Laboratories Inc are trademarks of Dolby
246. circumstances are they to be used to at tach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision FORWARD FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS AWARNING The three point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front passenger air bag For addi tional information refer to Front passen ger air bag and status light in this section 1 46 When installing a child restraint system in the rear center position both the center seat belt connector tongue and buckle tongue must be secured For additional information refer to Attaching the 3rd row center seat belt in this section Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Ae WRS0699 Forward facing front passenger seat step 1 For additional information refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child Safety and Child Restraint sections of this manual before install ing a child restraint Do not use the lower anchors if the co
247. combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played 2 Protected WMA files DRM cannot be played 3 Available codes depend on what kind of media versions and information are going to be displayed 4 When VBR files are played the playback time may not be displayed correctly Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 45 Troubleshooting guide Symptom Cause and Countermeasure Check if the CD USB device was inserted correctly Check if the CD is scratched or dirty Check if there is condensation inside the player If there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player If there is a temperature increase error the player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature If there is a mixture of music CD files CD DA data and compressed audio files on a CD only the music CD files CD DA data will be played Cannot play Files with extensions other than MP3 or WMA cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications Check if the disc or file is generated in an irregular format This may occur depending on the variation or the setting of the compressed audio file writ ing application or other text editing applications Check if the finalization process such as session close and disc close is done for the disc Check if th
248. commands in the category are displayed Select a voice command to train The Voice Recognition system starts The system requests that you repeat a com mand after a tone This command is also displayed on the screen After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from C to B Speak the command that the system requested When the system has recognized the voice command the voice of the user is learned 4 150 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Press the switch or the BACK button to return to the previous screen If the system has learned the command correctly the voice command indicator on the screen turns on Speaker Adaptation function settings Edit Name Edit the user name using the keypad displayed on the screen Reset Result Resets the user s voice that the Voice Recogni tion system has learned Continuous Learning When this item is turned to ON you can have the system learn the voice commands in succession without selecting commands one by one TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number one The system should respond correctly to all voice until the problem is resolved commands without difficulty If problems are en countered follow the solutions given in this guide for the appropriate error Displays COMMAND NOT RECOG Ensure that the command format is valid refer to
249. computer The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction If the computer senses a malfunc tion it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self test or while driving have the vehicle checked It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service Normal operation The ABS operates at speeds above 3 6 mph 5 10 km h The speed varies according to road conditions When the ABS senses that one or more wheels are close to locking up the actuator rapidly ap plies and releases hydraulic pressure This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly However the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is re quired while driving VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM The Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs and
250. conditioner the engine must be running If the rear seat fan control dial is set to 0 the air conditioner is turned off If it is set to any of the fan speed positions air is discharged from the rear vents at the corresponding speed Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 31 Temperature control dial The temperature control dial allows rear passen gers to adjust the temperature of the outlet air LHA3118 LHA3119 Front seat overhead console controls Rear seat overhead console controls 1 Rear fan speed control dial 2 Rear airflow mode buttons 3 Rear temperature control dial CONTROLS Fan control dial The fan control dial turns the rear vent fan on and off and controls fan speed Airflow mode buttons The airflow mode buttons select where the air flow is directed from 4 32 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER The air conditioner system in your NISSAN ve hicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant does not harm the earth s ozone layer Special charging equipment and lubricant is re quired when servicing your NISSAN air condi tioner Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your air conditioner system For additional information refer to Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommen dations in the Technical and consumer informa tion
251. cted Press and hold the key to fast for ward the chapter key to stop playing the 4 70 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems jd Previous Chapter Rewind Select the M4 key to skip the chapter s of the disc backward The chapters will go back the number of times the key is selected Press and hold the key to rewind the chap ter List Select the List key on the movie file operation screen to display the file list USB gt Settings Settings Select the Settings key to adjust the following settings e Audio File Playback Switch to the audio playback mode This item is displayed only when the USB memory contains audio files e Play Mode Choose between the Normal or 1 Track Repeat play modes 10 Key Search Select the 10 Key Search key to open the number entry screen Input the number you want to search for and the specified file or folder will be played Display Adjust the image quality of the screen DRC DRC Dynamic Range Compression auto matically adjusts the soundtrack volume level to maintain a more even sound to the speakers Audio Choose the preferred language of the audio Subtitle Choose the preferred language of the sub titles Display Mode Choose between the Normal Wide Cinema or Full display modes iIPod PLAYER OPERATION WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM Connecting iPod AWARNING Do not c
252. cuit and electric terminals as it could cause a malfunction When changing the battery do not let dust or oil get on the keyfob There is danger of explosion if a lithium bat tery Is incorrectly replaced Replace only with the same or equivalent type Recommended battery CR2025 or equivalent 4 Close the lid securely 5 Press the button then the Bi button two or three times to check the key fob operation If the battery is removed for any reason other than replacement perform step 5 e An improperly disposed battery can hurt the environment Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal e The keyfob is water resistant how ever if it does get wet immediately wipe completely dry KEYFOB if so equipped Install a new battery with the facing The operational range of the keyfob Be piecerne desiree a e a down extends to approximately 33 ft 10 m eplace the battery in the keyfob as follows j 2 d Hold the battery by the edges Holding the Ben heli This range may vary Open the lid using a coin battery across the contact points will seri 2 Remove the battery ously deplete the storage capacity Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference r
253. cupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit For additional information refer to Precautions on seat belt usage in this section Also the seat back can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the shift lever is in P Park AWARNING After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back and upright in the seat and adjust the seat belt properly For additional informa tion refer to Precautions on seat belt usage in this section Tip up for easy entry exit of the 3rd row The outboard seating positions on the 2nd row bench seat can be tipped forward for easy entry or exit from the 3rd row bench seat To enter the 3rd row 1 lift up on the seatback latch located on the upper corner of the seatback on the 2nd row bench seat and fold the seatback forward at an angle over the seat base This will release the back of the seat so it may be tipped forward Then 2 lift up on the lower corner of the seat
254. d warning light This light comes on when the windshield washer fluid is at a low level Add windshield washer fluid as necessary For additional information refer to Windshield washer fluid in the Mainte nance and do it yourself section of this manual Master warning light When the ignition is in the ON position the master warning light illuminates if any of the fol lowing are displayed on the vehicle information display No key warning Low fuel warning Low windshield washer fluid warning Parking brake release warning e Door liftgate open warning Loose fuel cap NISSAN Intelligent Key warning light if so equipped The Intelligent Key warning light illuminates green when the ignition switch can be turned The Intelligent Key warning light illuminates red when the ignition switch cannot be turned The Intelligent Key warning light blinks red if the Intelligent Key is taken outside of the vehicle while the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ON position Instruments and controls 2 17 f the Intelligent Key warning light blinks make sure of the location of the Intelligent Key as soon as possible The Intelligent Key should be carried by the driver while operat ing the vehicle The Intelligent Key warning light turns off about ten seconds after the Intelligent Key is brought inside the vehicle The Intelligent Key warning light blinks green indicating that the Intelligent Key
255. d or accessory It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for details concerning the par ticular accessories with which your vehicle is equipped READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle please read this Owner s Manual carefully This will ensure famil larity with controls and maintenance require ments assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle AWARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION REMINDERS Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers e NEVER drive under the influence of al cohol or drugs e ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions e ALWAYS give your full attention to driving and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that could distract you ALWAYS use your seat belts and appropri ate child restraint systems Pre teen chil dren should be seated in the rear seat e ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle e ALWAYS review this Owner s Manual for important safety information For descriptions specified for 4 wheel drive models a 33 mark is placed at the begin ning of the applicable sections items As with other vehicles with features for off road use failure to operate 4 wheel drive models correctly may result in loss of control or a collision For additional infor mation refer to Driv
256. d release the learn or smart but ton 6 Return to the vehicle and firmly press and hold the trained HomeLink button for 2 seconds and release Repeat the oress hold release sequence up to three times to complete the training process HomeLink should now activate your rolling code equipped device 7 If you have any questions or are having diffi culty programming your HomeLink buttons refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 2 66 Instruments and controls PROGRAMMING HOMELINK FOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERS AND GATE OPENERS Canadian radio frequency laws require transmit ter signals to time out or quit after several seconds of transmission which may not be long enough for HomeLink to pick up the signal during training Similar to this Canadian law some U S gate operators are designed to tim eout in the same manner If you live in Canada or you are having difficulties training a gate operator or garage door opener by using the Training procedures replace Programming HomeLink Step 2 with the fol lowing NOTE When programming a garage door opener etc unplug the device during the cycling process to prevent possible damage to the garage door opener components 1 For additional information refer to Pro gramming HomeLink step 1 in this sec tion 2 Using both hands simultaneously press and hold the desired Hom
257. d seatback Such objects may interfere with the proper operation of the occupant classification sensor weight sensor No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system This may affect the front air bag system Tampering with the seat belt system may result in seri ous personal injury It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for work on and around the front air bag It is also recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for installation of elec trical equipment The Supplemental Re straint System SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or discon nected Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system e A cracked windshield should be re placed immediately by a qualified repair facility A cracked windshield could af fect the function of the supplemental air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag and roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag systems The side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The curtain air bags are located in the side roof rails in all three rows All of the info
258. d you visit a NISSAN dealer for more information VEHICLE RECOVERY freeing a stuck vehicle There are two options to recover a stuck vehicle pulling and rocking For additional information regarding these options please refer to the fol lowing sections Pulling a stuck vehicle AWARNING To avoid vehicle damage serious personal injury or death when recovering a stuck vehicle Contact a professional towing service to recover the vehicle if you have any questions regarding the recovery procedure e Attach recovery devices only to main structural members of the vehicle or the recovery hooks e Do not use the vehicle tie downs to tow or free a stuck vehicle Only use devices specifically designed for vehicle recovery and follow the manufacturer s instructions Always pull the recovery device straight out from the front of the vehicle Never pull at an angle e Route recovery devices so they do not touch any part of the vehicle except the attachment point If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use a tow strap or other device designed specifi cally for vehicle recovery Always follow the manufacturer s instructions for the recovery de vice Rocking a stuck vehicle A WARNING e Stand clear of a stuck vehicle e Do not spin your tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged If your ve
259. deo discs it is recommended that the vehicle is not in motion and that you do not allow children to unfasten safety belts to change discs or make any ad justments to the system System adjust ments can be accomplished using the remote control unit while safety belts remain fastened A CAUTION Be sure to run the vehicle engine while using the system Using this system without running the engine can result in a battery drain To avoid the risk of battery drain please remember to turn off the system when the vehicle is not in use Do not touch the inner pins of the jacks on the front panel Electrostatic discharge may cause permanent dam age to the system NOTE Depending on the USB device it may or may not charge when connected to the USB connection port Not all devices are able to charge when connected to the USB connec tion port Each monitor includes a built in dual channel infrared transmitter for use with wireless head phones The wireless headphones must be used within a line of sight from the transmitter as infra red transmission like visible light travels only ina straight line When placing the headphones on your head make sure to observe the Left and Right orienta tion The headphones must be oriented correctly facing forward in order to receive the audio signal Press the power button on the head phones then select channel A to listen to moni tor A or channel B to listen to monitor B A
260. devices such as some MP3 players can also be connected to the system through the auxiliary input jacks The auxiliary input jacks are color coded for iden tification purposes Red right channel audio input White left channel audio input Yellow video input 4 54 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Before connecting a device to the auxiliary input jacks turn off the power of the portable device With a compatible device connected to the aux iliary input jacks press the AUX button repeat edly until the AUX mode appears in the display The output from the device will be played through the display when the vehicle is in the P Park position and the parking brake engaged and audio system Additional features For additional information refer to iPod player operation without Navigation System regarding the iPod player available with this system in this section For additional information refer to about the USB connection port available with this system refer to USB Universal Serial Bus Connection Port models without Navigation System in this sec tion FM AM SAT RADIO WITH CD DVD PLAYER if so equipped For additional information refer to Audio opera tion precautions regarding all operation precau tions in this section XM button M4 SEEK CAT button gt gt I TRACK button AM FM button SCAN button RPT repeat button RDM
261. ditioner button is pressed the display will resume until that operation is finished To turn the display back on press and hold the EID OFF button for approximately 2 seconds or return to the display setting screen and adjust the setting Background Color Adjusts the display screen between day and night mode Switch Beeps Toggles on and off the beep sound that is heard when a control panel button is pressed Toggles the predictive course lines on or off when the rearview camera is displayed on screen For additional information refer to RearView Moni tor in this section 4 8 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems a a ee Toggles on or off the clock in the upper right corner of the display Clock Format Format Toggles between a 12 hour and 24 hour clock Daylight Savings Time e O Time Toggles on or off the daylight savings time ae Zone Adjusts the time zone Choose a time zone from the available list Adjust Clock aree m Adjust Clock Manually adjusts the hours and minutes of the clock Select to adjust the comfort settings Auto Interior Illumination Select to turn on or off the illumination of the interior lights when any door is unlocked Auto Headlights Sensitiv Select to adjust the sensitivity of the automatic headlights higher right or lower left ity i Headlights Off De Select to change the duration of the automatic headlight off timer After selecting the item turn t
262. djust the audio level using the volume control on each headphone There is a 3 5mm stereo headphone output jack on each monitor which can be used with any standard stereo headphone with an in line vol ume control wired headphones sold separately Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 83 The system includes a built in infrared receiver for use with the included wireless remote control For additional information refer to Remote con trol operation in this section 1 Status lights 7 Audio Video Output Jack 2 Disc Compartment Slot 8 Headphone Output Jack 3 IR Sensor Transmitter 9 Audio Video Input Jacks 4 Monitor Adjustment 10 I O Port Covers 5 TFT LCD Panel 11 Lever Lock and Release Latch 6 USB Port 4 84 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems FRONT PANEL BUTTONS AWARNING Do not use any harsh solvents or chemi cals when cleaning the unit e Do not use any abrasive cleaners that may scratch the screen Use only a lightly dampened lint free cloth to wipe the screen if it is dirty Position LCD monitor in the fully closed position when not in use Before using the monitor ensure lever lock and release latch is engaged in the normal viewing position e Do not put pressure on the screen Caution children to avoid touching the screen as it may become dirty or damaged Status lights The status lights illuminate if there is no dis
263. drive belt breaks you will still have control of the vehicle However much greater steering effort is needed especially in sharp turns and at low speeds AWARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate BRAKE SYSTEM The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking at two wheels BRAKE PRECAUTIONS Vacuum assisted brakes The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal However greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and stopping dis tance will be longer Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will overheat the brakes wear out the brake pads faster and reduce gas mileage To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control AWARNING While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerating or downshifting Abrupt braking or accel erating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist
264. driver s and passenger s side vents open or close by using the dial Move the dial toward the position to open the vents or toward the amp position to close them 4 28 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER automatic Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to aft fog up MODE 0 w 9 NOTE pe Odors from inside and outside the vehicle AUTO OFF s 0 Gy 0 lt buat l can build up in the air conditioner unit Odor can enter the passenger compartment through the vents When parking set the heater and air condi tioner controls to turn off air recirculation to allow fresh air into the passenger compart ment This should help reduce odors inside Ais sie temperature control dial AUTO A WARNING eah de u ape 2 A C ON OFF button e The air conditioner cooling function OP Start the engine and operate the controls to 3 ke Eapcspesd contolnecace erates only when the engine is running activate the air conditioner 4 G l e Do not leave children or adults who k eal defroster button Solano a e e he aa an AUTOMATIC OPERATION i l of others alone in your vehicle Pets 6 Passenger s temperature control dial should also not be left alone They Cooling or heating auto DUAL button could accidentally injure themselves or This mode may be normally used all year round as 7 lt
265. ds or by care less or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully 5 34 Starting and driving Do not modify the vehicle s suspension If suspension parts such as shock ab sorbers struts springs stabilizer bars bushings and wheels are not NISSAN recommended for your vehicle or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly This could adversely affect vehicle handling per formance and the indicator may flash or the ft indicator light may illuminate If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly and the ft indica tor light may illuminate If engine control related parts are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated the ft indicator light may illuminate When driving on extremely inclined sur faces such as higher banked corners the VDC system may not operate prop erly and the R indicator may flash or the indicator light may illuminate Do not drive on these types of roads When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the indicator may flash or the ft indicator light may illuminate This is not a malfunction Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface If wheels or tires other than the NISSAN recomm
266. e 3 To extend the sun visor slide in or out as needed A CAUTION e Do not store the sun visor before return ing the extension to its original position Do not pull the extension sun visor forcedly downward VANITY MIRRORS To access the vanity mirror pull the sun visor down and flip open the mirror cover The vanity mirror will illuminate when the mirror cover is open MIRRORS REARVIEW MIRROR if so equipped Use the night position T to reduce glare from the headlights of vehicles behind you at night Use the day position when driving in daylight hours A WARNING Use the night position only when neces sary because it reduces rear view Clarity AUTOMATIC ANTI GLARE REARVIEW MIRROR if so equipped The inside mirror is designed so that it automati cally dims during night time conditions and ac cording to the intensity of the headlights of the vehicle following you The automatic anti glare feature is activated when the ignition switch is in the ON position The indicator light will illuminate when the auto matic anti glare feature is operating NOTE Do not hang any objects over the sensors 1 or apply glass cleaner to the sensors Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensors resulting in improper operation The indicator light will illuminate when the automatic anti glare feature is operating To turn off the automatic anti glare feature press the but
267. e ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation Note Changes or modifications not ex pressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s au thority to operate the equipment For Canada This device complies with Industry Canada licence exempt RSS standards s Opera tion is subject to the following two condi tions 1 this device may not cause inter ference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY if so equipped Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key as fol lows 1 Remove the mechanical key from the Intelli gent Key 2 Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the corner and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part Use a cloth to protect the casing 3 Replace the battery with a new one Recommended battery CR2025 or equiva lent Do not touch the internal circuit and elec tric terminals as doing so could cause a malfunction Hold the battery by the edges Holding the battery across the contact points will seriously deplete the storage capacity Make sure that the side faces the bot tom of the case 4 Close the lid securely as illustrated 5 Operate the buttons to check the operation See a NISSAN dealer if you need assistance for replacement FC
268. e sired menu option within the selected mode Press the INFO button Q to enter the high MPG The icons at the bottom of the display screen show the options available 0 20 40 60 ENTER Press the INFO button to select a highlighted option d NEXT Rotate the INFO button to high light an option Fuel economy mode Average driving information The fuel economy mode can be selected to dis play the instant fuel economy The average speed mode can be selected to display the average miles per gallon and miles per hour since the last reset 2 22 Instruments and controls TIME MILES Current trip information The time miles km mode can be selected to show the time and distance driven since the last reset Range mode The range mode can be selected to give you an estimation of the distance that can be driven before refueling The range is constantly calcu lated based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption OUTSIDE TEMP 68 F Exterior temperature mode The exterior temperature mode can be selected to provide you with the temperature outside of your vehicle Instruments and controls 2 23 gt SKIP gt MAINTENANCE gt ALERT gt DISPLAY ENTER NEXT Settings mode The settings mode allows you to set reminders and preferences for alerts maintenance intervals language and units In the settings mode screen rotate the INFO button to move to A
269. e most well known compressed digital audio file format This format allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track from CD ROM can reduce the file size by approximately a 10 1 ratio with virtually no perceptible loss in quality MP3 compression removes the redundant and irrelevant parts of a sound signal that the human ear doesn t hear WMA Windows Media Audio WMA is a compressed audio format created by Micro soft as an alternative to MP3 The WMA codec offers greater file compression than the MP3 codec enabling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music file The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 39 Sampling frequency Sampling frequency is the rate at which the samples of a signal are converted from analog to digital A D conversion per second Multisession Multisession is one of the methods for writing data to media Writing data once to the media is called a single session and writing more than once Is called a multisession e ID3 WMA Tag The ID3 WMA tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that contains information about
270. e CD USB device is protected by copyright Poor sound quality Check if the CD is scratched or dirty It takes a relatively long time If there are many folders or file levels on the CD USB device or if it is a multisession disc some time may be required before the music starts playing before the music starts playing The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not match the Music cuts off or skips a a specifications Try using the slowest writing speed Skipping with high bit rate Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data files Moves immediately to the If an unsupported compressed audio file has been given a supported extension like MP3 or when play is prohibited by copyright protection the next song when playing player will skip to the next song Songs do not play back in The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software Therefore the files might not play in the desired order the desired order Random Shuffle may be active on the audio system or on the USB connection port 4 46 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Compressed Video Files models with Navigation System Explanation of terms e DivX DivX refers to the DivX codec owned by Div Inc used for a lossy compres sion of video based on MPEG 4 AVI AVI stands for Audi
271. e Mark __ General a Select Setup Page__tttt F Enter Set Angle Mark The angle mark is an option for different viewing angles on the DVD When the Angle Mark option is highlighted press the p gt button once and then usethe lt Q or buttons on the remote control to turn the angle mark setting on or off Press ENTER to select and then the lt q button to return to the sub menu 2 ee a n Downmix Stereo gt Setup Page __ F Set _ Speaker a Select Speaker Setup Page Downmix When the Downmix option is high lighted press the button once and then use the lt or buttons on the remote control to select between Stereo or LT RT Press ENTER to select and then the lt button to return to the sub menu 4 94 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems D B e Quality __Video Setup Page __ Select gt Enter Set a Previous Video Setup Page Video Quality When the Quality option is high lighted press ENTER and then use the A or W andthe lt Q or PB but tons on the remote control to select between the various video quality settings Press ENTER to select and then the lt button to return to the sub menu aR B S Sharpness Brightness Contrast Low 00 00 00 00 1 Hue Saturation Luma Delay lt 4 4 i Gamma None al 4 t __ Video Quality Setup__ tt t lt gt Select Set Video Quality Setu
272. e Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov You may notify NISSAN by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll free at 1 800 NISSAN 1 For Canada If you believe that your vehicle has a de fect which could cause a crash or could Cause injury or death you should immedi ately inform Transport Canada in addition to notifying NISSAN lf Transport Canada receives complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may request that NISSAN con duct a recall campaign However Trans port Canada cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or NISSAN You may contact Transport Canada s De fect Investigations and Recalls Division toll free at 1 800 333 0510 You may also report safety defects online at https wwwapps tc gc ca Saf Sec Sur 7 PCDB BDPP fc cp aspx lang eng English speakers or https wwwapps tc gc ca Saf Sec Sur 7 PCDB BDPP fc cp aspx lang fra French speakers Additional information concerning motor vehicle safety may be obtained from Trans port Canada s Road Safety Information Centre at 1 800 333 0371 or online at www tc gc ca roadsafety English speak ers or www tc gc ca secu
273. e VOL volume control knob to adjust the volume This vehicle has Speed Sensitive Volume SSV for audio The audio volume changes as the driv ing speed changes AUDIO button TUNE FLDR folder knob Press the AUDIO button to change the mode as follows Bass Treble Balance Fade To adjust Bass Treble Balance and Fade press the AUDIO button until the desired mode ap pears in the display Turn the TUNE FLDR folder knob to adjust Bass and Treble to the desired level You can also use the TUNE FLDR folder knob to adjust Fade and Balance modes Fade adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers and Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level press the AUDIO button repeatedly until the radio or CD display reappears If the AUDIO button is not pressed for approximately 10 seconds the radio or CD display will auto matically reappear 4 50 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Speed Sensitive Volume SSV To change the SSV mode from OFF to 5 press the SETTING button Then select the Audio key using the NISSAN controller the audio settings screen will be displayed Select the key or key to change the SSV While in this screen you can also adjust the other audio settings by selecting the corresponding key Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level
274. e authorized by Macrovision Corporation Reverse engineering or disassem bly is prohibited poesy DIGITAL CE DOLBY DIGITAL Manufactured under license from Dolby Labora tories Dolby and the double D symbol are registered trademarks of Dolby Laboratories Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 107 CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a CB ham radio or car phone in your vehicle be sure to observe the following precautions otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the engine control system and other electronic parts AWARNING A cellular phone should not be used for any purpose while driving so full atten tion may be given to vehicle operation Some jurisdictions prohibit the use of cellular phones while driving If you must make a call while your ve hicle is in motion the hands free cellu lar phone operational mode if so equipped is highly recommended Ex ercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle A CAUTION Keep the antenna as far away as pos sible from the electronic control modules Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in 20 cm away from the electronic control system harnesses Do not route the an tenna wire next to any harness Adjust the antenn
275. e control panel Select the Others key on the display Select the Voice Recognition key Select the Alternate Command Mode key The confirmation message is displayed on the screen Select the OK key to activate the Alternate Command Mode Alternate Command Mode is activated and the setting menu is expanded to include the Alternate Command Mode options For ad ditional information refer to Voice Recogni tion Settings in this section for an explana tion of the options Displaying the command list If you are controlling the system by voice com mands for the first time or do not know the appropriate voice command perform the follow ing procedure for displaying the voice command list available only in Alternate Command Mode Press the switch listen for the tone and say Help The system will respond by display ing the command list main menu Only manual controls such as the touch screen can navigate the command list menu As an alternative to the voice command Help you may access the command list using the fol lowing steps 1 Press the SETTING button on the control panel 2 Select the Others key using the NISSAN controller 3 Select the Voice Recognition key using the NISSAN controller 4 144 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems NOTE You can skip steps 1 to 3 if you say Help 4 Select the Command List
276. e no obstructions over the anchors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material The child restraint will not be secured properly if the lower an chors are obstructed Child restraint anchorages are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchor age and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision LRSO748 LRS0344 LATCH lower anchor location LATCH label locations 2nd row captain s LATCH lower anchor point locations chairs if so equipped The LATCH lower anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH lower anchors Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 35 LRS0382 LRSO661 LRS0662 LATCH label locations 2nd row bench if so LATCH webbing mounted attachment LATCH rigid mounted attachment equipped Installing child restraint LATCH lower When installing a child restraint carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and anchor attachments those supplied with the child restraint LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to two
277. e radio memory will be canceled In that case reset the desired stations Radio data system RDS RDS stands for Radio Data System and is a data information service transmitted by some radio stations on the FM band not AM band Cur rently most RDS stations are in large cities but many stations are now considering broadcasting RDS data RDS can display Station call sign such as WHFR 98 3 Station name such as The Groove Music or programming type such as Clas sical Country or Rock When the Text key is selected with the NISSAN controller on the display while the radio is playing additional information is displayed on the screen If the station broadcasts RDS information the RDS icon is displayed Compact disc CD player operation Place the ignition in the ACC or ON position and insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side facing up The compact disc will be guided automatically into the slot and start playing If the radio is already operating it will automati cally turn off and the compact disc will play If the system has been turned off while the com pact disc was playing pressing the ON OFF button will start the compact disc DISC button When the DISC button is pressed with the sys tem off and a compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the DISC button is pressed with a com pact disc loaded w
278. e re mote control to select the desired language The user can select English French Spanish Chi nese Japanese German Portuguese Italian Ko rean Russian or Thai for the audio stream lan guage Press ENTER to select and then the lt lt button to return to the sub menu The DVD title must include the desired audio stream in order for it to be heard during playback 2 BP x9 Audio English Emp E OFF gt Disc Menu English 4 a Parental 8 ADULT Default Reset __ Preference Page _ t lt gt Select Enter Set Subtitle The Subtitle sub menu allows the user to select the subtitle in the desired language for playback When the Subtitle option is highlighted press the j button once and then use the lt or buttons on the re mote control to select the desired language The user can select English French Spanish Chi nese Japanese German Portuguese Italian Ko rean Russian Thai or OFF for the subtitle lan guage Press ENTER to select and then the lt button to return to the sub menu The DVD title must include the desired audio stream in order for it to be heard during playback 4 96 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Subtitle B Disc Meru Engiah gt Parental 8 ADULT Default Reset t __ Preference Page _ _ lt gt Select Enter Set Disc Menu The Disc Menu sub menu allows the user to select the desired language of
279. e the fuel filler cap 1 Turn the fuel filler cap counterclockwise to remove 2 Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder while refueling To install the fuel filler cap 1 Insert the fuel filler cap straight into the fuel filler tube 2 Turn the fuel filler cap clockwise until a single click is heard Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 29 STEERING WHEEL 3 Push the INFO button on the instrument panel located behind the steering wheel for w Re about 1 second to turn off the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning after tightening the fuel filler cap WARNING par n For additional information refer to Fuel recom mendation and Flexible fuel vehicle FFV fuel recommendation in the Technical and con sumer information section in this manual Loose Fuel Cap warning TILT OPERATION The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears in the vehicle information display when the fuel filler WARNING cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has Do not adjust the steering wheel while been refueled It may take a few driving trips for driving You could lose control of your the message to be displayed To turn off the vehicle and cause an accident warning perform the following 1 Remove and install the fuel filler cap as pre viously described as soon as possible 2 Tighten the fuel filler cap until it clicks 3 30 Pre driving checks and adjustments e Do not adjust the steering wheel any closer
280. e the option of skipping the warning or viewing it in detail Warnings can be present for issues such as an open door or low fuel For additional information about potential warnings refer to Vehicle infor mation display warnings and indicators in this section Instruments and controls 2 25 Vn OPEN LOCK WARNING O WARNING RANGE 000 MILES amp WARNING ak LOW Vi WASHER Vehicle information display warnings and indicators 1 Door and liftgate open warning 2 Lock warning NISSAN Intelligent Key model 2 26 Instruments and controls RELEASE PARKING BRAKE 3 Low fuel warning 4 Low windshield washer fluid warning 5 No key warning NISSAN Intelligent Key model Parking brake warning WARNING Loose FUEL gp us R WARNING CHECK TIRE PRESSURE Shift P warning NISSAN Intelligent Key model 8 Cruise main switch indicator Cruise set switch indicator 10 NISSAN Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator NISSAN Intelligent Key model 11 Transfer 4LO position indicator PYZ model 12 4WD shift indicator E3 y model 13 Automatic transmission position indicator 14 Loose fuel cap warning 15 Check tire pressure warning 16 Outside temperature indicator Door and liftgate open warning This warning illuminates when a door the liftgate or the liftgate glass is opened when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position Lock warnin
281. e the systems checked and corrected by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN technicians are well trained specialists who are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletins service tips and in dealership training programs They are completely qualified to work on NISSAN ve hicles before they work on your vehicle rather than after they have worked on it You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle in a reliable and economical way GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be per formed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smells be sure to check for the cause or have a NISSAN dealer do it promptly In addition you should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that repairs are required When performing any checks or maintenance work closely observe the Maintenance precau tions in this section EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that the doors and engine hood operate properly Also ensure that all latches lock securely Lubricate hinges latches lat
282. e top middle portion of the shoulder The shoulder belt should not cross the neck or face and should not fall off the shoul der The lap belt should lie snugly across the lower hips or upper thighs not the abdomen A booster seat can only be used in seating posi tions that have a three point type seat belt The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Mo tor Vehicle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck and the lap belt can be posi tioned properly across the lower hips or upper thighs use the seat belt without the booster seat AWARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo area The child could be seriously injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision 1 31 CHILD RESTRAINTS PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS AWARNING Failure to follow the warnings and in structions for proper use and installa tion of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision The child restraint must be used and installed properly Always follow all of the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Infants and children should never be held on anyone s lap Even the stron gest adult cannot resist the forces of a collisi
283. e treble response Multipath reception Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signals direct and reflected signals reach the receiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other resulting in mo mentary flutter or loss of sound AM RADIO RECEPTION AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also sub ject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION When the satellite radio is used for the first time or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a mal function Wait more than 10 minutes with satellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of any metal or large building for satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data The satellite radio mode will be skipped unless an optional satellite receiver and antenna are in stalled and a SirilusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not avail able in Alaska
284. eLink button and the hand held transmitter button During train ing your hand held transmitter may auto matically stop transmitting Continue to press and hold the desired HomeLink but ton while you press and re press cycle your hand held transmitter every 2 seconds until the frequency signal has been learned The HomeLink indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly after several seconds upon successful training DO NOT release until the HomeLink indicator light flashes slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light flashes rapidly both buttons may be released The rapid flashing indicates suc cessful training Proceed with Programming HomeLink step 3 to complete If the device was unplugged during the pro gramming procedure remember to plug it back in when programming is completed OPERATING THE HOMELINK UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER The HomeLink Universal Transceiver after it is programmed can be used to activate the pro grammed device To operate simply press and release the appropriate programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver button The amber indicator light will illuminate while the sig nal is being transmitted For convenience the hand held transmitter of the device may also be used at any time PROGRAMMING TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS If the HomeLink does not quickly learn the hand held transmitter information replace the hand held transmitter batteries with new batteries
285. ead 2 Push and hold the lock knob restraint headrest DVD system Removal may damage the system wiring 1 Pull the head restraint headrest up to the highest position 3 Remove the head restraint headrest from the seat 4 Store the head restraint headrest properly in a secure place so it Is not loose in the vehicle 1 16 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system INSTALL 1 Align the head restraint headrest stalks with the holes in the seat Make sure that the head restraint headrest is facing the correct direction The stalk with the notch notches 4 must be installed in the hole with the lock knob 2 2 Push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint headrest down 3 Properly adjust the head restraint headrest before an occupant uses the seating posi tion ADJUST For non adjustable head restraint headrest For adjustable head restraint headrest Make sure the head restraint headrest is posi l tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch Adjust the head restraint headrest so the center before riding in that designated seating position is level with the center of your ears If your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment place the head restraint headrest at the highest position Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 17 Raise To raise the head restraint headrest pull it up Make sure the head restraint headrest is posi
286. ecording soft ware used directory structure and or the type of audio video encoding used HOW TO USE THE DVD OSD MENU This section describes how to set and adjust settings using On Screen Display OSD Menu You can use the OSD menu to adjust all the settings Follow the steps outlined below to se lect the desired function Yer o g OSD Lang English gt Angle Mark gt 4 On __ General a Select Setup Page t F Enter Set General Setup Page Press the SETUP button on the remote control Use the A or and the or buttons to navigate the Setup Page Press ENTER to select and then to return to the sub menu To cancel the Setup Display press the SETUP button on the remote Nr o y OSD Lang Angle Mark 4 English P 4 On e t __ General a Select Setup Page__tttt F Enter Set OSD Language The OSD Lang sub menu allows the user to select the language for the on screen display When the OSD Lang option is highlighted press the gt button once and then use the lt or buttons on the re mote control to select the desired language The user can select English Simplified Traditional Chinese French German Italian Spanish Por tuguese or Korean for the OSD language Press ENTER to select and then the lt button to return the sub menu Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 93 a er C 4 English he On OSD Lang Angl
287. ed In case of emergency 6 13 Four wheel drive models NISSAN recommends that towing dollies be used when towing your vehicle or place the ve hicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated A CAUTION Never tow 4WD models with any of the wheels on the ground as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transfer case and transmission 6 14 Incase of emergency Two wheel drive models NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving rear wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated A CAUTION e Never tow automatic transmission models with the rear wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission If it is necessary to tow the vehicle with the front wheels raised always use towing dollies under the rear wheels e When towing automatic transmission models with the front wheels on the ground or on towing dollies Place the ignition switch in the OFF position and secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a rope or similar device Never secure the steering wheel by placing the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion This may cause damage to the lock mechanism for models with a steering lock mechanism When towing long distances or speeds in excess of 60 mph remove the propeller shaft before towing to prevent damage to the transmission It is recommende
288. ed tire pressure will not be indicated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors A CAUTION Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the windows This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors and the TPMS will not function properly Some devices and transmitters may temporarily interfere with the operation of the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illu minate Some examples are Facilities or electric devices using similar radio frequencies are near the vehicle If a transmitter set to similar frequencies is being used in or near the vehicle lf a computer or similar equipment or a DC AC converter is being used in or near the vehicle FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interfe
289. ed multiple times Audio Audio and climate control system Audio and fuel consumption Audio 4 6 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Information 2 00 Fuel Economy Maintenance HOW TO USE THE INFO BUTTON Press the INFO button This screen sets or dis plays various information that is helpful for using the vehicle Available items include fuel economy and maintenance information Fuel Economy Displays Fuel Economy menu Distance to Empty DTE Displays an estimation of the distance that the vehicle can be driven before refueling The DTE is constantly calculated based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and actual fuel consumption The display is updated every 30 seconds When the fuel level is low the DTE display will change to NOTE If the amount of fuel added while the ignition switch is OFF is small the display just before the ignition switch is turned OFF may continue to be displayed NOTE When driving uphill or rounding curves the fuel in the tank shifts which may momentarily change the display Average Fuel Economy Displays the average fuel economy since the last reset The display is updated every 30 seconds or 500 m 1 3 mi After a reset or con necting the battery cables the display might show Fuel Economy Record Fuel Economy Record Record Select the View key to display the average fuel consumption history in a graph form Displays maintenance re
290. ed to the system Use the regis tered Intelligent Key You do not have an Intelligent Key with you Carry an Intelligent Key with you 2 When the door is closed with the Intelligent Key left outside the vehicle and the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position A chime will also sound Parking brake warning This warning illuminates when the parking brake is set and the vehicle is driven SHIFT P warning NISSAN Intelligent Key model This warning illuminates when the ignition switch is in the ACC or OFF position and the shift lever is in any position other than Park position Also a chime sounds when the ignition switch is in the OFF position If this warning illuminates move the shift lever to the P Park position or start the engine If the shift lever is moved to the P Park position the lock warning will appear For additional infor mation refer to Lock warning in this section For additional information about Intelligent Key refer to NISSAN Intelligent Key in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section Instruments and controls 2 27 Cruise main switch indicator This indicator illuminates when the cruise control main switch is pushed The indicator turns off when the main switch is pushed again When the cruise main switch indicator illuminates the cruise control system is operational Cruise set switch indicator light The light comes on while the vehicle speed is
291. edn se aeewee tes aeae 7 3 COMOSION vs gece area dan demeneeue sates 7 5 Tire Ar SSINGS 6 6 cece eee eee tenet eee 7 3 Protect your vehicle from corrosion 7 6 Cleaning INteriO unit iresnern ereraa nne eae rea 7 4 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your ve hicle it is important to take proper care of it To protect the paint surfaces please wash your vehicle as soon as you can after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain after driving on coastal roads when contaminants such as soot bird drop pings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover WASHING Wash dirt off with a wet sponge and plenty of water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water 7 2 Appearance and care A CAUTION e Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent Some car washes espe cially brushless ones use some acid for cleaning The acid may react with some plastic vehicle components causing them to crack This could affect t
292. eee 5 7 IGHINION SWOR cu2 resen perintis Ar EEEE ENTE Ri 5 9 NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped 5 9 Ignition switch positions s s s s sssaaa 5 10 Automatic transmission s sanasana 5 11 Key POSIIONS isisissiscsreisidrirsrissareudss 5 12 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System 5 12 Before starting the engine sssssssssraransesren 5 13 Starting the engine lt lt sectestaseesaeawaw er aerdaes 5 13 Driving the VENICIGs c i ceceras bdesecuneteasaneeet 5 14 Engine protection mode 5 14 Automatic transmission cecesechcnseeeseededacen 5 15 PalkiiiGublak Ge veds0e2etewacn rE AEE EER ER 5 19 Cue CONG iektusacs r eai una AEA ERa eet 5 20 Precautions on cruise control 5 20 Cruise control operations s s sssaaa aaaea 5 20 Break in schedule 0220ee eee eee eee 5 21 Fuel efficient driving tipS 2 02ee eee 5 22 Increasing fuel CCONOMY 22 2 4 a222s20s4 eeee yee es 5 23 E35z3 Using 4 wheel drive 4WD U So G0 Ib CG prea caceoences tenenan 5 23 Transfer case shifting procedures 5 24 Parking parking on hills en tac Geceve ese sedeueence 5 30 Power SICCIIN G svicuecsewcde cease seared decom e cere 5 31 Brake CYS Clie ctiwee cteees niir er Enna 5 31 Brake precautions 0 0 cece eee ees 5 31 Anti lock Braking System ABS 05 5 32 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system 5 33 Rea
293. ehicle Adapters are available at NISSAN deal ers auto parts stores and hitch retailers Technical and consumer information 9 25 Trailer brakes When towing a trailer load of 3 500 Ibs 1 587 kg or more trailers with a brake system MUST be used However most states require a separate braking system on trailers with a loaded weight above a specific amount Make sure the trailer meets the local regulations and the regulations where you plan to tow Several types of braking systems are available Surge Brakes The surge brake actuator Is mounted on the trailer tongue with a hydraulic line running to each trailer wheel Surge brakes are activated by the trailer pushing against the hitch ball when the tow vehicle is braking Hydraulic surge brakes are common on rental trailers and some boat trailers In this type of system there is no hydraulic or electric connection for brake op eration between the tow vehicle and the trailer Electric Trailer Brakes Electric braking sys tems are activated by an electronic signal sent from a trailer brake controller special brake sensing module For additional information refer to Electric trailer brake controller in this section Have a professional supplier of towing equip ment make sure the trailer brakes are properly installed and demonstrate proper brake function testing 9 26 Technical and consumer information AWARNING Never connect a trailer brake system di rectly
294. ehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occupants The pretensioner s are encased within the seat belt retractor and to the seat belt anchor affixed to the floor of the vehicle These seat belts are used the same way as conventional seat belts Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system When pretensioner s activate smoke is re leased and a loud noise may be heard This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly After the pretensioner s activation load limiters allow the seat belt to release webbing if neces sary to reduce forces against the chest The supplemental air bag warning light Af is used to indicate malfunctions in the pretensioner system For additional information refer to Supplemental air bag warning light in this sec tion If the operation of the supplemental air bag warning light indicates there is a malfunction have the system checked It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the pretensioner system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual 1 71 AWARNING Do not use a rear facing child restraint on a seat protected by an air bag in front of it
295. ehicle is operated under some conditions as described below in accordance with U S regulations If the front passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants such as children by requiring the air bag to be auto matically turned OFF Certain sensors are used to meet the requirements The occupant classification sensor in this vehicle is a weight sensor It is designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat by weight For example if a child is in the front passenger seat the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System is de signed to turn the front passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations Also if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat its weight and the child s weight can be detected and cause the air bag to turn OFF Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as out lined in this manual should not cause the front passenger air bag to be automatically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF however if the occupant takes his her weight off the seat cushion for example by not sitting up right by sitting on an edge of the seat or by otherwise being out of position this could cause the sensor to
296. ehicle operation in such a condition could cause serious damage to the engine VOLTMETER When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the voltmeter indicates the battery volt age When the engine is running It indicates the generator voltage While cranking the engine the volts drop below the normal range If the needle is not in the normal range 11 15 volts while the engine is running it may indicate that the charging system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Instruments and controls 2 7 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE GAUGE This gauge indicates the temperature of the au tomatic transmission fluid The automatic trans mission fluid temperature is in the normal range C when the gauge needle points within the zone shown in the illustration 2 8 Instruments and controls A CAUTION This gauge is not designed to indicate low automatic transmission fluid level Use the dipstick to check the fluid level For additional information refer to 5 speed automatic transmission fluid in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual If the gauge indicates automatic trans mission fluid temperature over the nor mal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible Have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Continued operation of the vehicle may seriously damage the transmission COMPASS DISPLAY if so equipped This
297. ei 8 16 Variable voltage control system 0 05 8 17 ONO Dell sapossedetetaereaceess ENESA Ur EE ENEE A 8 17 Spaik plUS esr rosier ssir i bei pN eee 8 18 Replacing spark plugs 02 0005 8 18 PAP CIGANG siarane ra nbin Enak pn EONA ee ee 8 19 In cabin microfilter if so equipped 8 19 Windshield wiper blades 2 0 005 8 21 CICAUING 44 565 005 25 e6844608000 28 Vie ARENE GRRE 8 21 REDIQCING Jidepcagtennetateneee caer eceocenes 8 21 PAN eS cre edie ot ou eae ore ee eee gee eee ence 8 24 PUCCSenece see E E E E E T LT TEE 8 24 Engine compartment sssssssasesrrrrarrnu 8 25 Passenger compartment 00 eee eee 8 26 Battery replacement 2 424 c2eeeversaseevateweesen 8 28 Keyfob if so equipped 0 cece eee e ees 8 29 NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped 8 30 LIGMIS E E E A TE orsesekeedeeueadwees 8 31 PICAGNONIS encbecbx neyrex a EE E 8 31 Fog lights if so equipped onanan nananana 8 32 Exterior and interior lights 8 33 Wheels and tilbes cocctece cee etee sie idei skws terai 8 37 Tire hess Cs ues tac ct ceeteteeeteceeeseteserat 8 37 TING IaD UNG se2ctnceeaeeeccorerceateenece genes 8 41 Types Ol NCS oacen oth csecewes ct egarteee heer 8 43 Tre CHAINS we ee trad oe cece Er e eee ae net 8 44 Changing wheels and tires 0 5 8 44 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS Your NISSAN is designed to have minimum main
298. eight hundred in addition to eight zero zero or eight oh oh 500 700 and 900 are also supported Examples 1 800 662 6200 One eight zero zero six six two six two zero zero One eight hundred six six two six two zero zero Improving Recognition of Phone numbers You can improve the recognition of phone num bers by saying the phone number in three groups of numbers For example when you try to call 800 662 6200 say eight zero zero first and the system will then ask you for the next 3 digits Then say six six two After recognition the system will then ask for the last 4 digits Say six two zero zero Using this method of phone digit entry can improve recognition performance NOTE When speaking a house number speak the number 0 as zero or oh If the letter OQ is included in the house number it will not be recognized as 0 even if you speak oh instead of zero Settings menu The content of the Settings Menu differs when the system is in the Alternate Command Mode Command List Displays the command list for Alternate Com mand Mode User Guide The user guide provides basic instructions for using Voice Recognition and accessing some voice commands NOTE The user guide can also be accessed from within the INFO menu after pressing the INFO button Speaker Adaptation Starts a system training procedure to lea
299. elf section of this manual A CAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause serious damage to the engine almost immediately Such damage is not cov ered by warranty Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so e If the gauge indicates engine coolant temperature over the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible If the engine is overheated continued op eration of the vehicle may seriously dam age the engine For additional informa tion refer to If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section for immediate action required AND AWD warning light esz7y model The 4WD warning light comes on when the igni tion switch is placed in the ON position It turns off soon after the engine is started If the engine or vehicle is not functioning properly the warning light will either remain illuminated or blink For additional information refer to 4WD warning light in the Starting and driving section of this manual A CAUTION If the warning light comes on or blinks during operation have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Do not drive on dry hard surface roads in the 4H or 4LO position If the 4WD warning light turns on when you are driving on dry hard surface roads in the AUTO or 4H position shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD in the 4LO position stop the vehicle move
300. els will be closer to the inside of the turn than your vehicle wheels To compensate for this make a larger than normal turning radius during the turn Crosswinds and rough roads will adversely affect vehicle trailer handling possibly caus ing vehicle sway When being passed by larger vehicles be prepared for possible changes in crosswinds that could affect ve hicle handling Technical and consumer information 9 29 Do the following if the trailer begins to sway 1 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal to allow the vehicle to coast and steer as straight ahead as the road conditions allow This combination will help stabilize the ve hicle Do not correct trailer sway by steering or applying the brakes 2 When the trailer sway stops gently apply the brakes and pull to the side of the road ina safe area 3 Try to rearrange the trailer load so it is bal anced as described in this section Be careful when passing other vehicles Passing while towing a trailer requires con siderably more distance than normal pass ing Remember the length of the trailer must also pass the other vehicle before you can safely change lanes Downshift the transmission to a lower gear for engine braking when driving down steep or long hills This will help slow the vehicle without applying the brakes Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently This could cause the brakes to overheat resulting in reduced
301. elt system Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system lf the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that is designed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recommended procedures fthe combined weight of the child and child restraint is less than 65 Ibs 29 5 kg you may use either the LATCH anchors or the seat belt to install the child restraint not both at the same time fthe combined weight of the child and child restraint is greater than 65 Ibs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower an chors to install the child restraint Besure to follow the child restraint manufac turer s instructions for installation All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated Canadian law requires the top tether strap on forward facing child re straints be secured to the designated an chor point on the vehicle 1 33 WRS0364 LATCH system lower anchor locations captain s chairs LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SYSTEM Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with LATCH system compat ible child restraints This system ma
302. em Reception conditions will constantly change be cause of vehicle movement Buildings terrain signal distance and interference from other ve hicles can work against ideal reception De scribed below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the de vice in a different location may reduce or elimi nate the noise FM RADIO RECEPTION Range FM range Is normally limited to 25 30 mi 40 48 km with monaural single channel FM having slightly more range than stereo FM Exter nal influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 mi 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibiting many of the same char acteristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 33 Static and flutter During signal interference from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by adjusting the treble control to reduc
303. em is displayed only when the USB memory contains movie files The shift lever must be in Park P with the parking brake engaged to watch movies from a USB device Folder List Track List Displays the folder or track list The Movie Playback key is also displayed in this list screen and enables you to switch to the movie playback mode Play Mode Choose the preferred play mode using the NISSAN controller or the touch screen Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 69 Movie file operation Park the vehicle in a safe location for the front seat occupants to operate the USB memory while watching the images DISC AUX button When the DISC AUX button is pushed with the system off and the USB port inserted the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and the USB port is inserted press the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the center display changes to the USB memory mode Operation keys To operate the USB memory select the desired key displayed on the display screen gt Ca P Selectthe Il key to pause the movie file To resume playing the movie file use the gt key DM Select the key to start playing the movie file or resume the movie file if it has been paused a0 i Select the E movie file ppl Next Chapter Fast Forward Select the PP key to skip the chapter s of the disc forward The chapters will ad vance the number of times the key is se le
304. emove the CD DVD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD DVD player sometimes cannot function when the passenger compart ment temperature is extremely high Decrease the temperature before use Only use high quality 4 7 in 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO or DVD Video logo on the disc or packaging Do not expose the CD DVD to direct sunlight CDs DVDs that are of poor quality dirty scratched covered with finger prints or that have pinholes may not work properly The following CDs DVDs are not guar anteed to play e Copy control compact discs CCCD Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW Recordable compact discs DVDER DVD R DL Rewritable compact discs DVD RW DVD RW DL Do not use the following CDs DVDs as they may cause the CD DVD player to malfunction 3 1 in 8 cm discs e CDs DVDs that are not round e CDs DVDs with a paper label CDs DVDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play pre recorded CDs DVDs It has no capa bilities to record or burn CDs DVDs If the CD DVD cannot be played one of the following messages will be dis played 4 36 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Disc Read Error Confirm that the CD DVD is inserted correctly the label side is fa
305. en a movie is played To view movies on the front display stop the vehicle in a safe location move the shift lever to the P Park position and apply the park ing brake AWARNING The driver must not attempt to operate the DVD system or wear the head phones while the vehicle is in motion so that full attention may be given to ve hicle operation Do not attempt to modify the system to display a movie on the front screen while the vehicle is being driven Doing so may distract the driver and may cause a collision and serious personal injury or death A CAUTION Only operate the DVD while the vehicle engine is running Operating the DVD for extended periods of time with the engine OFF can discharge the vehicle battery Do not allow the system to get wet Excessive moisture such as spilled liq uids may cause the system to malfunction While playing VIDEO CD media this DVD player does not guarantee com plete functionality of all VIDEO CD formats Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 63 d cM lt lt Playing a DVD DISC AUX button Park the vehicle in a safe location for the front seat occupants to operate the DVD drive while watching the images Press the DISC AUX button until the DVD mode is active on the display When a DVD is loaded it will be replayed auto matically The operation screen will be turned on when the DISC AUX button is pressed while a DVD is playing The opera
306. en close switch METERS AND GAUGES if so equipped P 3 23 Refer to the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual if so equipped See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details OO ge eS Warning indicator lights Tachometer Engine coolant temperature gauge Voltmeter Fuel gauge Speedometer Automatic transmission fluid tempera ture gauge Odometer Twin trip odometer Vehicle Information Display Engine oil pressure gauge Instruments and controls 2 3 SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER 1 Speedometer 2 Odometer twin trip display 3 Change reset button This vehicle is equipped with a speedometer and odometer The speedometer is located on the right side of the meter cluster The odometer is located within the trip computer Speedometer The speedometer indicates vehicle speed 2 4 Instruments and controls Odometer Twin trip odometer The odometer twin trip odometer is displayed when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The odometer records the total distance the ve hicle is driven The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips Changing the display Pushing the change button changes the display as follows Trip A _ Trip B Odometer only Elapsed time driving distance and average speed information is also available for vehicles with navigation system if so equipped For ad ditional information refer to to Contr
307. ended ones are used the VDC system may not operate properly and the ft indicator may flash or the indicator light may illuminate The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road REAR SONAR SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING Always turn and look back before back ing up The RSS is not a substitute for proper backing procedures Read and understand the limitations of the rear sonar system as contained in this section Inclement weather may af fect the function of the RSS this may include reduced performance or a false activation This system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects The system is designed as an aid to the driver in detecting large stationary ob jects to help avoid damaging the ve hicle The system will not detect small objects below the bumper and may not detect objects close to the bumper or on the ground If your vehicle sustains damage to the rear bumper fascia leaving it mis aligned or bent the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measure ment of obstacles or false alarms The Rear Sonar System RSS sounds a tone to warn the driver of obstacles near the rear bumper when the shift lever is in R Reverse The system may not detect objects at speeds above 3 mph 5 km h and may not detect certain angular or moving objects The RSS detects obstacles up to 3 ft 1 0 m from the rear bumper with a dec
308. engine is started during operation the seat s will temporarily pause NOTE Operating the power folding seats can dis charge the vehicle battery if the vehicle is not running 1 13 HEAD RESTRAINTS HEADRESTS AWARNING Head restraints headrests supplement the other vehicle safety systems They may provide additional protection against in jury in certain rear end collisions Adjust able head restraints headrests must be adjusted properly as specified in this sec tion Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat Do not attach anything to the head restraint headrest stalks or remove the head restraint headrest Do not use the seat if the head restraint headrest has been removed If the head restraint headrest was removed reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint headrest before an occupant uses the seating position Failure to fol low these instructions can reduce the ef fectiveness of the head restraints headrests This may increase the risk of serious injury or death in a collision The illustration shows the seating positions equipped with head restraints headrests A Indicates the seating position is equipped with a head restraint E Indicates the seating position is equipped with a headrest Indicates the seating position is not equipped with a head restraint or headrest if applicable 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Your vehicle is equipped with
309. ent Key sharply against another object Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key e Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet im mediately wipe until it is completely dry Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where tem peratures exceed 140 F 60 C Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet e Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal computers If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelli gent Key from the vehicle This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure contact a NISSAN dealer Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 OPERATING RANGE The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from the request switch 4 When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operat ing location the Intelligent Key operating range becomes narrower and the Intelligent Key may not function properly The operating range is within 31 50 in 80 cm from each request switch 4 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass handle or rear bumper the r
310. ent Key system When the driver s side door is open the doors are locked and then the Intelligent Key is put inside the vehicle and all the doors are closed the lock will automatically unlock and the door buzzer sounds NOTE The doors may not lock when the Intelli gent Key is in the same hand that is oper ating the request switch to lock the door Put the Intelligent Key in a purse pocket or your other hand A CAUTION The lockout protection may not function under the following conditions When the Intelligent Key is placed on top of the instrument panel When the Intelligent Key is placed in side the glove box or a storage bin When the Intelligent Key is placed in side the door pockets When the Intelligent Key is placed in side or near metallic materials Unlocking doors 1 Carry the Intelligent Key 2 Push the door handle request switch 3 The hazard warning lights flash once and the outside buzzer sounds once 4 Push the door handle request switch again within 30 seconds to unlock all doors For power liftgate opening 1 Carry the Intelligent Key 2 Pull the power liftgate handle or press the power liftgate button 3 Power back door open If a door handle is pulled while unlocking the doors that door may not be unlocked Returning the door handle to its original position will unlock the door If the door does not unlock after return ing the door handle push the door ha
311. ental restraint system 1 37 LRS0640 3rd row bench seat 1 Top tether strap 2 Anchor point Top tether anchor point locations Anchor points are located in the following loca tions 2nd row bench if so equipped on the floor behind the outboard seating positions as shown 2nd row captain s chairs if so equipped on the floor behind the seats as shown 3rd row bench seat on the floor of the cargo area behind the center seat position as shown REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH For additional information refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections of this manual before install ing a child restraint Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs 29 5 kg If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint in the 2nd row seats using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions 1 38 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0801 Rear facing webbing mounted step 2 WRS0802 Rear facing rigid
312. equest switches may not function When the Intelligent Key is within the operating range it is possible for anyone even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to push the request switch to lock unlock the doors DOOR LOCKS UNLOCKS PRECAUTION Do not push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as illustrated The close distance to the door handle will cause the Intelligent Key system to have difficulty recognizing that the Intelli gent Key is outside the vehicle After locking with the door handle request switch verify the doors are securely locked by testing them To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the vehicle make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you and then lock the doors Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch The door will be unlocked but will not open Release the door handle once and pull it again to open the door NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY Locking doors OPERATION 1 Move the shift lever to the P Park position You can lock or unlock the doors without taking place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi the Intelligent Key out of your pocket or bag tion and make sure you carry the Intelligent When you carry the Intelligent Key with you you Bey mei yOu can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door 2 Close all doors handle request switch within the range of opera tion 3 Push any door handle
313. er cover NOTE The filters are marked with air flow arrows The end of the filter with the arrow should face the rear of the vehicle The arrows should face downward 4 Insert the first filter into the housing and slide it over to the right Insert the second filter into the housing 5 Replace the filter cover 6 Install the glove box assembly 7 Fill out the date information on the small replacement label and attach it to the glove box lid WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent Then rinse the blades with clear water If your wind shield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper replace the blades A CAUTION Worn windshield wiper blades can dam age the windshield and impair driver vision REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn 1 2 Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield Push the release tab B then move the wiper blade down the wiper arm to remove 3 Remove the wiper blade from wiper arm 4 Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm
314. erating range 3 14 Key operation 200004 3 15 Mechanical key 1 eee ee ee 3 3 Remote keyless entry operation 3 17 Troubleshooting guide 3 29 Warning signals 60 6 444 de x 3 22 Interior light o a 2 62 iPod Player a ati ok oh em bce ce 2 4 71 4 74 ISOFIX child restraints 1 34 J Jump starting 64 4 6 6 eden ew ee 6 10 8 16 K Kev ieg adeeb am eee ee ee ee eG 3 2 Key fob battery replacement 8 28 8 29 Keyless entry With Intelligent Key system See Intelligent Key system 3 17 Without Intelligent Key system See remote keyless entry system 3 8 Keyless entry system See remote keyless entry system 3 7 Keys NISSAN Intelligent Key 3 2 3 12 L Labels Air conditioner specification label 9 13 C M V S S certification label 9 12 Emission control information label 9 12 Engine serialnumber 9 12 F M V S S certification label 9 12 Tire and Loading Information label 9 13 Vehicle identification number VIN 9 11 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 11 Warning labels for SRS 1 72 10 4 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SYSE 244 660 6664 S502 aE os 1 34 License plate Installing the license plate 9 13 LAO a a ae nee oe Poe See Oe 3 23 Liftgate release 0 00000 3 27 Light Air bag warning light 1 72 2
315. ered key If the engine fails to start using a registered key for example when interference is caused by another registered key an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following pro cedure 1 Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Place the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear Check fluid levels such as engine oil cool ant brake fluid and windshield washer fluid as frequently as possible or at least when ever you refuel Check that all windows and lights are clean Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition Also check tires for proper inflation Check that all doors are closed Position seat and adjust head restraints headrests Adjust inside and outside mirrors Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is placed in the ON posi tion For additional information refer to Warning lights
316. erly Adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions For additional information refer to Slip indicator light and Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF indicator light in the Instruments and controls section of this manual If a malfunction occurs in the system the ft indicator light will come on in the instrument panel The VDC system automatically turns off when these indicator lights are off The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC system The indicator illuminates to indi cate the VDC system is off Starting and driving 5 33 When the VDC switch is used to turn off the system the VDC system still operates to prevent one drive wheel from slipping by transferring power to a non slipping drive wheel The indicator flashes if this occurs All other VDC functions are off and the indicator will not flash The VDC system is automatically reset to ON when the ignition switch is placed in the off position then back to the ON position The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction AWARNING The VDC system is designed to help the driver maintain stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steer ing operation at high spee
317. ers 4 Maximum permissible inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible in flation pressure 5 Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whether the tire requires an in ner tube tube type or not tubeless 7 The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown Other Tire related Terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section Intended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire or 2 the out ward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle TYPES OF TIRES AWARNING When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type i e Summer All Season or Snow and construction A NISSAN dealer may be able to help you with information about
318. ever an inflating side air bag or curtain air bag may cause abra sions or other injuries Side air bags and curtain air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body 1 69 The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the side air bag Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the occupants Because of this the force of the side air bags and curtain air bags inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bag will deflate quickly after the collision is over The curtain air bag will remain inflated for a short time The side air bags and curtain air bags op erate only when the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec onds if the system is operational AWARNING Do not place any objects near the seat back of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door finisher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if a side air bag inflates Right a
319. evice the top side of the device should face upwards When a disc or USB device with video files Is inserted playback will begin automatically When a disc or USB device with mixed audio video image files is inserted the file list screen may appear first Selecting Files 1 To select files during the video playback press the MENU button on the remote con trol to access the file list Press the or W buttons on the remote control to select the desired file 2 Once the desired file is highlighted press the ENTER button on the remote control to select it Selecting Folders 1 To select folders during video playback press the MENU button on the remote con trol to access the list 2 Press the lt button to access the previous level go up one level or press the button to access the next level go down one level 3 Once the desired folder is highlighted press the ENTER button on the remote control to select it Skipping Files Press the NEXT button on the remote control to select to the next file Press the PREV button one time to select the beginning of the current file Press the PREV button two times to select the previous file Repeat Modes To access the repeat mode options press the REPEAT button on the remote control The re peat mode options are as follows amp 9 REPEAT ALL Repeat the entire disc or USB device default e REPEAT FOLDER Repeat the cur rent folder 2 REPEAT O
320. ey battery is low the Intel ligent Key indicator will illuminate after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiving radio waves if the key is left near equipment which transmits strong radio waves such as sig nals from a TV and personal computer the bat tery life may become shorter For additional information regarding replacement of a battery refer to Battery replacement in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual For models with a steering wheel lock mecha nism Because the steering wheel is locked elec trically unlocking the steering wheel with the ignition switch in the LOCK position is impossible when the vehicle battery is completely dis charged Unlocking the steering wheel is impos sible even if the Intelligent Key is inserted into the ignition switch Pay special attention that the vehicle battery is not completely discharged As many as four Intelligent Keys can be regis tered and used with one vehicle For information about the purchase and use of additional Intelli gent Keys contact a NISSAN dealer A CAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the Intelligent Key e Do not allow the Intelligent Key which contains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function e Do not drop the Intelligent Key Do not strike the Intellig
321. ffect the vehicle stability and handling during sudden or abnor mal handling maneuvers e Roof rack load should be evenly distributed e Do not exceed maximum roof rack load weight capacity e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury A CAUTION ROOF RACK Use care when placing or removing items from the roof rack If you cannot comfort ably lift the items onto the roof rack from the ground use a ladder or stool Instruments and controls 2 55 Always distribute the luggage evenly on the roof rack Do not load more than 200 Ibs 91 kg on entire roof rack Be sure load is evenly distributed across both crossbars Be careful that your ve hicle does not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or its Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR front and rear The GVWR and GAWR are located on the F M V S S label located on the driver s door pillar For additional information regarding GVWR and GAWR refer to Vehicle loading information in the Technical and con sumer information section in this manual 2 56 Instruments and controls The crossbars can be adjusted forward and backward Loosen the thumbwheel 1 and ad just the crossbar to the desired position Tighten the thumbwheel Place your luggage on the bars and secure the luggage with rope to the utility loops 2 Do not place l
322. fob with a key holder that contains a magnet Do not place the keyfob near equipment that produces a magnetic field such as a TV audio equipment and personal computers If a keyfob is lost or stolen NISSAN rec ommends erasing the ID code of that key fob This will prevent the keyfob from un authorized use to unlock the vehicle For information regarding the erasing proce dure please contact a NISSAN dealer T om LPD0209 HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM Locking doors 1 Close all windows Remove the key from the ignition switch 2 3 Close the hood and all doors 4 Press the button on the keyfob All the doors lock The hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once to indicate all doors are locked When the button is pressed with all doors locked the hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once as a re minder that the doors are already locked fa door is open and you press the button the doors will lock but the horn will not beep and the hazard warning lights will not flash The horn may or may not beep For vehicles without navigation system refer to Silencing the horn beep feature in this section For vehicles with navigation system refer to Navigation sys tem in the Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition system section of this manual a Unlocking doors LPD0210 Press the 1 button on the key fob once Only the
323. for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry the brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly pressing the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly Parking brake break in Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the effect of the parking brake is weakened or when ever the parking brake shoes and or drums rotors are replaced in order to assure the best braking performance This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service Starting and driving 5 31 ANTI LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM ABS AWARNING The ABS is a sophisticated device but it cannot prevent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving tech niques It can help maintain vehicle con trol during braking on slippery surfaces Remember that stopping distances on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with ABS Stop ping distances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Always maintain a safe distance from the ve hicle in front of you Ultimately the driver is responsible for safety
324. for profes sional road assistance In case of emergency 6 3 A Blocks B Flat tire Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up AWARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury 6 4 Incase of emergency Gooeocoo Gou G00 goccgcacaac Getting the spare tire and tools 1 Lift the luggage board in the cargo area and remove the jack tool kit from the storage area For additional information refer to Cargo area storage bin in the Instruments and controls section of this manual CA A a ELLA 22A 2 Remove the jack storage bin cover located on the driver side of the cargo storage area For additional information refer to Cargo area storage bin in the Instruments and controls section of this manual 3 Collapse the jack to remove it from the stor age location by inserting the wheel nut wrench into the jack screw at the top of the jack as shown Turn the wheel nut wrench counterclockwise as shown until the jack screw becomes loose Then loosen the jack with your fingers until the jack is free 4 Remove the jack 5 Assemble the two straight pieces of the jack rod Find the oval shaped opening above the middle of the license plate Pass the T shaped end of the jack rod through the opening
325. from inadver tently becoming unlatched Avoid abrupt starts acceleration or stops Avoid sharp turns or lane changes Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed When backing up hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Move your hand in the direction in which you want the trailer to go Make small corrections and back up slowly If possible have someone guide you when you are backing up Always block the wheels on both vehicle and trailer when parking Parking on a slope is not recommended however if you must do so A CAUTION If you move the shift lever to the P Park position before blocking the wheels and applying the parking brake transmission damage could occur 1 Apply and hold the brake pedal 2 Have someone place blocks on the downhill side of the vehicle and trailer wheels 3 After the wheel blocks are in place slowly release the brake pedal until the blocks ab sorb the vehicle load 4 Apply the parking brake 5 Shift the transmission into P Park 6 Make sure the g indicator light if so equipped indicates the transfer case is in 4H 4L or 2H and that the ATP light is off If the cep indicator light is flashing or the ATP light is ON make sure the transmission is in P Park A T and turn the 4WD switch to 2WD or 4H For additional information refer to Automatic transmission park warn ing light in the Instruments and controls ig section and Using fou
326. fter inflation several side air bag and curtain air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems This is to prevent damage to or accidental inflation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or side panel This could affect proper operation of the cur tain air bag systems 1 70 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Tampering with the side air bag system may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing material near the seat backs or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bag It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for work on and around the side air bag and curtain air bag It is also recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for installation of electrical equipment The SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or discon nected Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side air bag or cur tain air bag systems The SRS wiring harness or connectors are yellow or orange for easy identification When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bags and curtain air bag system
327. fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF Open the glove box to access the fuse box cover 3 Pull the fuse box cover to remove 4 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller WDI0452 LDIO0456 Type A if so equipped Type B if so equipped If the fuse is open replace it with an equivalent good fuse Push the fuse box cover to install 7 lf anew fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 Extended storage switch If any electrical equipment does not operate remove the extended storage switch and check for an open fuse NOTE The extended storage switch is used for long term vehicle storage Even if the ex tended storage switch is broken it is not necessary to replace it Replace only the open fuse in the switch with a new fuse 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself How to remove the extended storage switch 1 To remove the extended storage switch be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position 2 Be sure the headlight switch is in the OFF position 3 Remove the fuse box cover 4 Pinch the locking tabs found on each side of the storage switch 5 Pull the storage switch straight out from the fuse box 2 BATTERY REPLACEMENT A CAUTION Be careful not to allow children to swallow the battery or removed parts Do not touch the internal cir
328. g Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing Follow the warnings cautions and instruc tions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in Three point type seat belt with retractor in this section 7 If the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat place the ignition switch in the ON position The front passenger air bag status light may or may not illuminate depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat being used For addi tional information refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS PRECAUTIONS ON SRS This SRS section contains important information concerning the following systems Driver and passenger supplemental front impact air bag NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag Roof mounted curtain side impact and roll over supplemental air bag Seat belt with pretensioner Supplemental front impact air bag system The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Front seat mounted side impact
329. g NISSAN Intelligent Key model This warning illuminates and a chime sounds if the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position and then placed in the OFF position Place the ignition switch in the LOCK position and the warning and chime will turn off For additional information refer to Shift P warn ing in this section for additional information Low fuel warning This warning illuminates when the fuel level in the fuel tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches E Empty There will be a small re serve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches E Empty Low windshield washer fluid warning This warning illuminates when the windshield washer fluid is at a low level Add windshield washer fluid as necessary For additional informa tion refer to Windshield washer fluid in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual No key warning NISSAN Intelligent Key model This warning illuminates following two condi tions 1 When the ignition switch is pushed and the Intelligent Key cannot be recognized by the system If this warning illuminates you can not start the engine Check for the following causes and perform the assigned remedies The battery of the Intelligent Key carried with you is discharged completely Re place the battery with a new one The Intelligent Key carried with you is not register
330. g measures Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the separation between the device and receiver Connect the device into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected Consult your dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help FCC WARNING AWARNING To assure continued FCC compliance the user must use the provided grounded power supply cord and the shielded video interface cable with bonded ferrite cores Any unauthorized change or modifica tions to this device would void the us er s authority to operate this device ITE NOTICE This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 This device complies with Industry Canada licence exempt RSS standard s Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This device and its antenna s must not be co located or operation in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter 4 106 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Under Industry Canada regulations this radio transmitter may only operate using an antenna or a type and maximum or lesser gain approved for the transmitter by Industry Canada To reduce potential radio interference to other users the antenna type and its gain should be so
331. g suspension if so equipped will become disabled after 60 seconds To reset the auto leveling sus pension cycle the ignition switch ON OFF one time 2 Place the jack directly under the jack up point as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up point The jack up points are indicated by stamped ar rows on the side of the frame The jack should be used on firm and level ground In case of emergency 6 7 3 Install the assembled jack rod into the jack as shown 4 Tolift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground 6 8 Incase of emergency 5 Remove the wheel nuts and then remove the tire Installing the spare tire The spare tire is designed for emergency use For additional information refer to Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface be tween the wheel and hub 2 Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight 3 With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly in the sequence illustrated until they are tight 4 Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence illustrated 2 2 Lower the vehicle completely A WARNING Incorrect wheel nuts
332. g with number 1 until The system should respond correctly to all voice the problem is resolved commands without difficulty If problems are en countered try the following solutions 1 Ensure that the command is valid For additional information refer to List of voice commands in this section 4 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defroster on NOTE If it is too System fails to interpret the command correctly noisy to use the phone it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized 5 If more than one command was said at a time try saying the commands separately 6 If the system consistently fails to recognize commands the voice training procedure should be carried out to im prove the recognition response for the speaker For additional information refer to Voice Adaptation VA mode in this section 1 Ensure that the phone book entry name requested matches what was originally stored This can be confirmed by using the List Names command For additional information refer to Phonebook in this section 2 Replace one of the names being confused with a new name The system consistently selects the wrong entry from the phone book Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 121 BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING e Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe lo
333. ght to width R The R stands for radial 5 2 t 5 WDI0395 Two digit number 15 This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches Two or three digit number 95 This number is the tire s load index It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support You may not find this information on all tires be cause it is not required by law H Tire speed rating You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating Maintenance and do it yourself 8 41 DOT XX XX XXX XXXX DOT XX t t 1 2 XX t t 3 XXX 4 LDI2786 Example 2 TIN Tire Identification Number for a new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX 1 DOT Abbreviation for the Depart ment Of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number 2 Two digit code identification mark Manufacturer s 3 Two digit code Tire size 8 42 Maintenance and do it yourself 4 Three digit code Tire type code Optional 5 Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For ex ample the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of the tire 3 Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufactur ers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and oth
334. gt Air recirculation button others through inadvertent operation of the system automatically works to keep a con 8 m l l the vehicle Also on hot sunny days stant temperature Air flow distribution and fan pana a met temperatures in a closed vehicle could speed are also controlled automatically defroster button quickly become high enough to cause 9 Fan speed control decrease severe or possibly fatal injuries to 1 Press the AUTO button on AUTO will be 10 System OFF people or animals displayed Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 29 2 Turn the driver s side temperature control dial to the left or right to set the desired temperature Driver and passenger tem peratures can be set independently Press DUAL to activate dual climate control func tions Turn the passenger s side temperature control dial to the left or right to set the desired passenger s temperature Adjust the temperature dial to about 75 F 24 C for normal operation The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution fan speed and A C on off are also controlled automatically A visible mist may be seen coming from the vents in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a mal function Dehumidified defrosting or defogging 1 Press the defroster control button 7 to turn the system on The display will show the defrost icon
335. h Wheel nut tightening torque 98 ft lb 133 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tight ened to specifications at all times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each tire rotation interval AWARNING After rotating the tires check and adjust the tire pressure Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc e Do not include the spare tire in the tire rotation For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet Tire wear and damage 1 Wear indicator 2 Location mark AWARNING Tires should be periodically in spected for wear cracking bulg ing or objects caught in the tread If excessive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found the tire s should be replaced The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When the wear indicators are visible the tire s should be replaced Tires degrade with age and use Have tires including the spare over 6 years old checked by a qualified technician because some tire damage may not be ob vious Replace the tires as neces sary to prevent tire failure and possible personal injury Improper service of the spare tire may result in serious personal in jury If it is necessary to repair the spare tire con
336. h Navigation Sys tem regarding the PHONE button in this section When you use this system make sure the engine is running If you use the system with the engine not running ignition ON or ACC for a long time it will discharge the battery and the engine will not start Reference symbols ENTER button This is a button on the control panel Example Words marked in quotes refer to a key shown only on the display These keys can be selected by touching the screen or using the NISSAN controller HOW TO USE THE NISSAN CONTROLLER Use the NISSAN controller to choose an item on the display screen Highlight an item on the dis play using the main directional buttons cer tain Navigation System functions use the addi tional directional buttons or the center dial Then press the ENTER button to select the item or perform the action The BACK button has two functions e Go back to the previous display cancel If you press the BACK button during setup the setup will be canceled and or the display will return to the previous screen Finish setup In some screens pressing the BACK button accepts the changes made during setup For the VOICE button functions refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual HOW TO USE THE TOUCH SCREEN A CAUTION The glass display screen may break if it is hit with a hard or sharp object If the glass screen breaks do no
337. has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected imme diately Power steering fluid level and lines Check the level when the fluid is cold with the engine off Check the lines for proper attachment leaks cracks etc Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation rot or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently ex posed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances from the underbody otherwise rust may form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thor oughly flushed with plain water in those areas where mud and dirt may have accumulated For additional information refer to the Appearance and care section of this manual Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precau tions which should be closely observed AWARNING Park the vehicle on a level
338. he NISSAN controller or touch the or key to change the setting The available delays are 0 30 45 60 90 120 150 and 180 second periods Z Sensing Wiper Select to turn on or turn off the wiper interval adjusted automatically according to the vehicle speed Interval Selective Door Unlock When this item is turned on only the driver s door is unlocked first after the door unlock operation When the door handle request switch on the driver s or front passenger s side door is pushed to be unlocked only the corresponding door is unlocked first All the doors can be unlocked if the door unlock operation is performed again within 1 minute Intelligent Key Lock Select to turn on or turn off the door lock unlock function by pushing the door handle request switch F Lift Steering Wheel on Select to turn on or turn off the steering wheel moving upward for easy exit when the ignition switch is in the OFF position and the driver s door is opened After getting into the vehicle and placing the ignition switch in the ACC position the steering wheel moves to the previous position Slide Driver Seat Back on Select to turn on or turn off the driver s seat moving backward for easy exit when the ignition switch in the OFF position and the driver s door is Exit opened After getting into the vehicle and placing the ignition switch in the ACC position the steering wheel moves to the previous position Return All Settings to Select to change all t
339. he R Reverse position The brake pedal must be depressed to move the shift lever from P Park N Neutral or any drive position to R Reverse N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N Neutral and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving 4 Fourth gear Use this position for driving up and down long slopes where engine braking would be advanta geous Do not downshift into the 4 position at speeds over the following and do not exceed the follow ing speeds in the 4 position 4H 62 MPH 100 km h 4LO 31 MPH 50 km h 3 Third gear Use this position for driving up and down long slopes where engine braking would be advanta geous 2 Second gear Use this position for hill climbing or engine brak ing on downhill grades Do not downshift into the 2 position at speeds over the following and do not exceed the follow ing speeds in the 2 position 2WD and AUTO 71 MPH 115 km h without tow mode 62 MPH 100 km h with tow mode 4H 62 MPH 100 km h without tow mode 62 MPH 100 km h with tow mode 4LO 31 MPH 50 km h without tow mode 27 MPH 44 km h with tow mode 1 Low gear Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or slow driving through deep snow sand or mud or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades Do not downsh
340. he TUNE FLDR knob or choose a folder displayed on the screen This can also be performed using the 4 TUNE and FLDR gt buttons RDM random button When the RDM button is pressed while an audio file on the USB device is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows All Random 1 Folder Random OFF All Random all tracks on the USB device will be played randomly 1 Folder Random all tracks in the current folder will be played randomly OFF No random play pattern is applied The indicator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the USB device is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied RPT repeat button When the RPT button is pressed while an audio file on the USB device is playing the play pattern can be changed as follows 1 Folder Repeat 1 Track Repeat OFF 1 Track Repeat the current track will be re peated 1 Folder Repeat the current folder will be re peated OFF No repeat play pattern is applied The indi cator on the display will turn off The current play pattern of the USB device is displayed on the screen unless no pattern is applied USB gt Menu 8 00 sack Folder List Track List Menu There are some options available during play back Select one of the following that are dis played on the screen if necessary Refer to the following information for each item Movie Playback Switch to the movie playback mode This it
341. he comfort systems to their default settings Default Language Units Adjusts the language shown in the display Available settings are English Fran ais or Espanol Adjusts the unit settings shown on the display Available settings are US mi F MPG and Metric km C L 100 km Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 9 CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS COLOR SCREEN WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped lt gt OFF BUTTON To change the display brightness press the 4 2 OFF button Pressing the button again will change the display to the day or the night display The brightness can then be adjusted using the NISSAN controller Press and hold the 2 OFF button for more than 2 seconds to turn the display off Press the button again to turn the display on STATUS 1 DEST destination button 2 NISSAN controller P 4 11 3 ROUTE button 4 1 OFF brightness control button P 4 19 4 10 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Do N SC DISPLAY button P 4 11 INFO button P 4 14 SETTING button P 4 16 PHONE button 9 VOICE button 10 BACK previous button P 4 11 11 STATUS button P 4 14 12 MAP button For additional information refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual regarding Navigation system control buttons For additional information refer to Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System wit
342. he following two con ditions 1 this device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This Class B digital apparatus meets all re quirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Clarion USING THE SYSTEM You can use voice commands to operate various Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System features using the NISSAN Voice Recognition system For additional information refer to NISSAN Voice Recognition System in this section amp Bluetooth Voice Prompt Interrupt In most cases you can interrupt the voice feed back to speak the next command by pressing the button on the steering wheel After interrupting the system wait for a beep before speaking your command 4 124 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems One Shot Call To use the system faster you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu For example press the button and after the tone say Call Redial NOTE Voice recognition system must be in Alter nate Command Mode in order for One Shot Calling to operate For additional informa tion refer to NISSAN Voice Recognition Alternate Command Mode in this section CONNECTING PROCEDURE Press the SETTING button on the c
343. he preferred language for the sub titles Display Mode DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD DVD VR Choose from the Full Wide Normal or Cinema mode Title List DVD VR Choose the preferred title from the list Play Mode Choose the preferred play mode PG PL Mode DVD VR Choose from the PG or PL mode Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 65 USB Universal Serial Bus CONNECTION PORT models without Navigation System Connecting a device to the USB Connection Port AWARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury A CAUTION To avoid damage and loss of function when using a USB device note the fol lowing precautions e Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover e Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port Refer to your device manufacturer s owner infor mation regarding the proper use and care of the device The USB connection po
344. he right to change specifications performance design or compo nent suppliers without notice and without obliga tion From time to time NISSAN may update or revise this manual to provide Owners with the most accurate information currently available Please carefully read and retain with this manual all revision updates sent to you by NISSAN to ensure you have access to accurate and up to date information regarding your vehicle Current versions of vehicle Owner s Manuals and any updates can also be found in the Owner section of the NISSAN website at https owners nissanusa com nowners navigation manualsGuide If you have ques tions concerning any information in your Owner s Manual contact NISSAN Consumer Affairs See the NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM page in this Owner s Manual for contact informa tion IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways AWARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisely A CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moder ate personal injury or damage to your ve hicle To avoid or reduce the risk the pro cedures must be followed carefully If you see this symbol it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen amp
345. he size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pres sure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS mal function indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approxi mately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the mal function exists
346. he unlock position Lockout protection When the power door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side is moved to the lock position with the key in the ignition switch and any door opens all doors will lock and then unlock automatically This helps to prevent the keys from being accidently locked inside the vehicle AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS All doors lock automatically when the vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH 24 km h All doors unlock automatically when the ig nition is placed in the OFF position models with Intelligent Key system or when the key is removed from the ignition switch models without Intelligent Key system The automatic unlock function can be de activated or activated To deactivate or acti vate the automatic door unlock system perform the following procedure 1 Close all doors 2 Place the ignition switch in the ON position 3 Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2 push and hold the power door lock switch to the ff position UNLOCK for more than five seconds 4 When activated the hazard indicator will flash twice When deactivated the hazard indicator will flash once 5 The ignition switch must be placed in the OFF and ON position again between each setting change When the automatic door unlock system is deac tivated the doors do not unlock when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position models with Intelligent Key system or when the key is re moved from the ign
347. height adjuster P 1 20 1 55 Head restraints headrests P 1 14 Supplemental front impact air bags P 1 55 Seats P 1 2 Occupant classification sensor weight sensor P 1 55 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag P 1 55 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren P 1 34 2nd row seat top tether strap anchor P 1 50 3rd row bench seat top tether strap anchor P 1 50 See the page number indicated in paren theses for operating details EXTERIOR FRONT 12 13 ee SS O 1 Engine hood P 3 23 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 32 Windshield P 8 21 Power windows P 2 56 Door locks NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped keys P 3 5 3 12 3 2 Mirrors P 3 33 Tire pressure P 9 13 Flat tire P 6 2 Tire chains P 8 44 Replacing bulbs P 8 34 Headlight and turn signal switch P 2 34 Fog light switch if so equipped P 2 38 Recovery hooks if so equipped P 6 15 Refer to the page number indicated in pa rentheses for operating details Illustrated table of contents 0 3 EXTERIOR REAR 0 4 Illustrated table of contents 2S oS Se 8 9 10 Ti S VA WAN uA NA Roof rack P 2 55 Vehicle loading P 9 14 Glass hatch P 3 28 Rear window washer P 2 33 Glass hatch release P 3 28 Liftgate release P 3 27 Rearview camera if so equipped P 4 21 Replacing
348. heir appearance and also could cause them not to function properly Always check with your car wash to confirm that acid is not used e Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap strong chemical deter gents gasoline or solvents Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun light or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted e Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign sub stances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean water Inside edges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be cleaned regularly Take care that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt A damp chamois can be used to dry the vehicle to avoid water spots WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance Polishing is recommended to remove built up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before re applying wax A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash ing Follow the instructions supplied with the wax Do not use a wax containing any abrasives cutti
349. hicle re move the USB end of the cable from the USB port on the vehicle then remove the cable from the iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compatibility The following models are compatible iPod 5th Generation version 1 2 1 iPod Classic version 1 1 iPod Touch version 2 1 0 iPod Nano 1st generation version 1 3 1 iPod Nano 2nd generation version 1 1 3 iPod Nano 3rd generation version 1 0 2 Make sure that your iPod firmware is updated to the version indicated above 4 72 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems XXXXXX XXXXXX Ji XXXXXX Shuffle Off Repeat Off Audio main operation Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position Press the AUX button repeatedly to switch to the iPod mode If the system has been turned off while the iPod was playing pressing the ON OFF button will start the iPod AUX button When the AUX button is pressed with the system off and the iPod connected the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and the iPod is connected press the AUX button re peatedly until the center display changes to the iPod mode XXXXXX XXXXXX LA XXXXXX 0 02 Shuffle Off Repeat One i Use lt or gt buttons to move between left right menus Interface The interface for iPod operation shown on the vehicle center display is similar to the iPod
350. hicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure 1 Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system 2 Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions In case of emergency 6 15 3 Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires 4 Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back ward Shift back and forth between R Reverse and D Drive Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R and D Do not spin the tires above 35 mph 55 km h 5 If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle 6 16 Incase of emergency 7 Appearance and care Cleaning exterior f5 0Zinsnn dene rnern 7 2 Air fresheners 20cesncsndueecpas diese ote epee 7 4 WVOSMING wascnecesdeedoedasesereeee peueeoweeess 7 2 PIOOF E O E E E sean 7 4 WAKING e irgo aa danae E EA o uaaa 1 2 Ded Dele ETETE EEEE TPT 7 5 Removing SpOtS 60 cece eee eee eee eens 7 3 CoMOSIONPICHECION naw eociuswneviassenveaei aues 7 5 MNOCIDOOY 22600654054 2cteenge0tsede re nacssagad 7 3 Most common factors contributing to vehicle NESS 2c caccng statis igenweceeceaasconee d4ecaes 7 3 CONOS O crise ae ceteve cisco EE EEE 7 5 Aluminum alloy wheels if so equipped 7 3 Environmental factors influence the rate of Chrome PaliSictesa5c5ivamndn
351. high temperature gauge reading and the illumination of the engine oil pressure engine coolant temperature high indicator light or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the shift lever to P Park Do not stop the engine 2 Turn off the air conditioner Open all the windows move the heater or air conditioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed 3 Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or coolant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen 4 Open the engine hood AWARNING If steam or water is coming from the en gine stand clear to prevent getting burned 5 Visually check drive belts for damage or looseness Also check if the cooling fan is running The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If coolant is leaking the water pump belt is missing or loose or the cooling fan does not run stop the en gine AWARNING Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact with or get caught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan The engine cooling fan can start at any time 6 After the engine cools down check the cool ant level in the engine coolant reservoir tank with the e
352. hority to op erate the equipment 2 68 Instruments and controls For Canada This device complies with Industry Canada licence exempt RSS _ standard s Opera tion is subject to the following two condi tions 1 this device may not cause inter ference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments REVS cous ent oe te E A s eetg ci E ee 3 2 NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped 3 2 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys 3 4 DO OFS cin tas eee ste ae ee eae cee e sees ee fan 3 5 LOCKING WIN KGY 2ccdhnecdnc veeeie cempeaeenseese 3 5 Locking with inside lock knob 05 3 6 Locking with power door lock switch 3 6 Automatic door IOCKS g 2 lt susduee anes sexe ceweenes 3 6 Child safety rear door lock 0 cee eee ees 3 7 Remote keyless entry system if so equipped 3 7 How to use remote keyless entry system 3 8 NISSAN Intelligent Key if so equipped 3 12 Operating range cs2cseedwad eresewseeiwouweew ct 3 14 Door locks unlocks precaution 005 3 14 NISSAN Intelligent Key Operation 3 15 How to use the remote keyless entry PUNCO 2iguavereucn se EEA A E 3 17 Waming Signals se sssriess tenri dirimere rrene 3 21 Troubleshooting guide 02202200 3 22 PICO stud sonar age oem ee eee neue one
353. icles with navigation sys tem refer to Navigation system in the Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition sys tems section of this manual Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 Be sure to remove the key from the vehicle before locking the doors The keyfob can operate at a maximum distance of approximately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle The effective distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle As many as five keyfobs can be used with one vehicle For information concerning the purchase and use of additional keyfobs contact a NISSAN dealer The keyfob will not function when the battery is discharged the distance between the vehicle and the keyfob is over 33 ft 10 m The panic alarm will not activate when the key is in the ignition switch A CAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the keyfob Do not allow the keyfob which contains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function Do not drop the keyfob 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments e Do not strike the keyfob sharply against another object e Do not change or modify the keyfob Wetting may damage the keyfob If the keyfob gets wet immediately wipe until it is completely dry Do not place the keyfob for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 140 F 60 C Do not attach the key
354. ide front floor mat bracket to help keep your floor mats in place Genuine NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your vehicle model The driver s side floor mat has two grommet holes incorporated in it and the passenger s side has one grommet hole Position each mat by placing the floor mat bracket hook through the floor mat grommet holes while centering the mat in the floorwell Periodically check to make certain the mats are properly positioned SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them For additional information refer to Seat belt maintenance in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint sys tem section of this manual AWARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION Most vehicle corrosion is caused by the accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas damage to paint and other protective coat ings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic collisions ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and wate
355. ift into the 1 position at speeds over the following and do not exceed the follow ing speeds in the 1 position 2WD and AUTO 43 MPH 70 km h without tow mode 37 MPH 60 km h with tow mode 4H 43 MPH 70 km h without tow mode 37 MPH 60 km h with tow mode 4LO 19 MPH 80 km h without tow mode 16 MPH 27 km h with tow mode Starting and driving 5 17 Shift lock release If the battery is discharged the shift lever may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed To move the shift lever release the shift lock The shift lever can be moved to N Neutral However the steering wheel will be locked unless the igni tion switch is placed in the ON position for models with a steering lock mechanism This allows the vehicle to be moved if the battery is discharged 5 18 Starting and driving To push the shift lock release complete the fol lowing procedure 1 Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion and remove the key 2 Apply the parking brake 3 Remove the shift lock release cover as shown 4 Use a protective cloth on the tip of a small screwdriver before inserting it in the shift lock release slot and pushing down 5 Move the shift lever to the N Neutral posi tion while holding down the shift lock re lease 6 Place the ignition switch in the ON position to unlock the steering wheel for models with a steering lock mechanism 7 Now the vehicle ma
356. ight Charge warning light Engine oil pressure low engine coolant temperature high warning light AWD warning light Z model cy Low fuel warning light CRUISE 2 12 Instruments and controls Low windshield washer fluid warning light Master warning light NISSAN Intelligent Key warning light if so equipped Seat belt warning light and chime Supplemental air bag warning light Front passenger air bag status light Cruise main switch indicator light fi mMm k O b VI 7 c gt TTA e D e Cruise set switch indicator light High beam indicator light Blue Malfunction Indicator Light MIL Security indicator light Side light and headlight indicator light if so equipped Slip indicator light Turn signal hazard indicator lights if so equipped Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF indicator light CHECKING BULBS With all doors closed apply the parking brake and place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the engine The following lights will come on if so equipped E ARARE Df O lt X 4wD O 4 The following lights come on briefly and then go off if so equipped ABS or AT CHECK If any light fails to come on it may indicate a burned out bulb or an open circuit in the electrical system Have the system repaired promptly WARNING LIGHTS For additional information refer to Vehicle infor mation display in this section
357. ight as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel The front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the front air bag module during infla tion The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision The front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec onds if the system is operational 1 63 Front passenger air bag and status light AWARNING The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some condi tions Read this section carefully to learn how it operates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is necessary for most effective protection Failure to follow all instructions in this manual con cerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Status light The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classification sensor weight sensor that turns the front passenger air bag on or off depending on the weight applied to the front passenger seat The status of the front passen ger air bag ON or OFF
358. ight is illuminated ON Indicator light is not illuminated OFF Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 17 Auto Interior Illu Select to turn on or off the illumination of the interior lights when any door is unlocked mination Light Sensitivity Select to adjust the sensitivity of the automatic headlights higher right or lower left After selecting the item turn the NISSAN controller or touch the or key to change the setting Light Off Delay Select to change the duration of the automatic headlight off timer After selecting the item turn the NISSAN controller or touch the or key to change the setting The available delays are 0 30 45 60 90 120 150 and 180 seconds Speed Sensing Select to turn on or turn off the wiper interval adjusted automatically according to the vehicle speed Wiper Interval Selective Door When this item is turned on only the driver s door is unlocked first after the door unlock operation When the door handle request switch on the Unlock driver s or front passenger s side door is pushed to be unlocked only the corresponding door is unlocked first All the doors can be unlocked if the door unlock operation is performed again within one minute Intelligent Key Select to turn on or turn off the door lock unlock function by pushing the door handle request switch Lock Unlock Lift Steering Select to turn on or turn off the steering wheel moving
359. il completely closed then push the OPEN switch until the mirrors are in N7 the open position Heated mirrors The outside mirrors can be heated to defrost defog or de ice for improved visibility For addi tional information refer to Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch in the Instru ments and controls section of this manual LPD0417 Manual folding outside mirrors if so Power folding outside mirrors if so equipped equipped Pull the outside mirror toward the door to fold it A CAUTION Do not manually fold the power folding mirrors Manually folding the mirrors can damage the mirrors Press the switch to open or close the mirrors Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 35 AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER if so equipped The automatic drive positioner system has two features Memory storage function Enitry exit function 3 36 Pre driving checks and adjustments LZ MEMORY STORAGE FUNCTION Two positions for the driver s seat accelerator and brake pedals and outside mirrors can be stored in the automatic drive positioner memory Follow these procedures to use the memory sys tem 1 Place the shift lever in the P Park position 2 Place the ignition switch in the ON position 3 Adjust the drivers seat accelerator and brake pedals and outside mirrors to the desired positions by manually operating each adjusting switch For additional infor mation refer to
360. ile talking up much less storage space Encoded discs and USB devices that include MP3 or WMA audio files can be played on this system Insert a disc or USB device into the unit and select monitor A mode if using monitor A or monitor B if using monitor B using the front panel controls or the remote control Using a USB Device Insert a USB device into the USB connection port When inserting a USB device the top side of the devices should face upwards When an MP3 WMA encoded disc or USB de vice is inserted the information screen appears automatically and playback will begin Display During audio file playback press the DISPLAY button on the remote control to select between the file list and currently playing file Selecting Files 1 To change files when a file is playing press the or buttons on the re mote control to display the file list and then press the A or select the desired file buttons to 2 Once the desired file is highlighted press the ENTER button on the remote control to select it 4 100 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Selecting Folders 1 To select folders when a file is playing press the lt button on the remote control to display the list Press the o p gt buttons to select the desired folder 2 Press the lt button to access the previous level go up one level or press the gt button to access the next level go down one level 3 On
361. indicator lights and audible reminders in the Instruments and controls section of this manual STARTING THE ENGINE 1 Apply the parking brake 2 Move the shift lever to P Park or N Neu tral P Park is recommended The shift lever cannot be moved out of P Park and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position or if the key is removed from the ignition switch The starter is designed not to operate if the shift lever is in any of the driving positions Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by placing the ignition switch in the START position Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure f the engine is very hard to start in ex tremely cold weather or when restarting depress the accelerator pedal a little ap proximately 1 3 to the floor and hold it and then crank the engine Release the key and the accelerator pedal when the engine starts If the engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold tt Crank the engine for 5 6 seconds After cranking the engine release the accel erator pedal Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by turn ing the ignition key to START Release the key when the engine starts If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure A CAUTI
362. ine and let it idle until it reaches Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be between the H High and L Low marks This is the normal oper ating oil level range If the oil level is below the L Low mark remove the oil filler cap operating temperature and pour recommended oil through the 3 Turn off the engine Wait more than opening Do not overfill 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan 6 Recheck oil level with the dipstick It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the break in period depending on the severity of operating conditions 4 Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Re insert it all the way Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 A CAUTION Oil level should be checked regularly Op erating the engine with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine and such damage is not covered by warranty 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself CHANGING ENGINE OIL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature then turn it off Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counterclockwise Place a large drain pan under the drain plug Remove the drain plug with a wrench by turning it counterclockwise and completely drain the oil If the oil filter is to be changed remove and replace it at this time For add
363. information refer to Doors in this section and Storage in the Instruments and controls section of this manual Valet hand off When you have to leave a key with a valet give them the Intelligent Key itself and keep the me chanical key with you to protect your belongings To prevent the glove box or console box from being opened during valet hand off follow the procedure below 1 Remove the mechanical key from the Intelli gent Key 2 Lock the glove box or console box with the mechanical key 3 Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet and keep the mechanical key with you For additional information refer to Storage in the Instruments and controls section of this manual 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM KEYS You can only drive your vehicle using the master or valet keys which are registered to the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components in your vehicle These keys have a transponder chip in the key head The master key can be used for all the locks The valet key cannot be used for the console box lock To protect belongings when you leave a key with someone give them the valet key only Never leave these keys in the vehicle Additional or replacement keys If you still have a key the key number is not necessary when you need extra NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys Your dealer can dupli cate your existing key As many as five
364. ing procedures Always look around before proceeding The front sonar system is not a substi tute for proper driving procedures 5 36 Starting and driving LSD0202 Front Sensor Read and understand the limitations of the front and rear sonar system as con tained in this section Inclement weather may affect the function of the sonar system this may include reduced performance or a false activation This system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects The system is designed as an aid to the driver in detecting large stationary ob jects to help avoid damaging the ve hicle The system will not detect small objects below the bumper and may not detect objects close to the bumper or on the ground If your vehicle sustains damage to the front bumper fascia or the rear bumper fascia leaving it misaligned or bent the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measurement of obstacles or false alarms The Rear Sonar System sounds a tone to warn the driver of obstacles near the rear bumper The Rear Sonar System automatically turns on when the shift lever is placed in R Reverse and the ignition is ON The system may not detect objects at speeds above 3 mph 5 km h and may not detect certain angular or moving objects The Rear Sonar System detects obstacles up to 5 9 feet 1 8 meters from the rear bumper with a decreased coverage area at the outer corners of the bumper refer to
365. ing images in a slideshow To view all of the images on the device in a slide show first enter the full screen mode while viewing one of the images The slideshow control buttons are located on the right side of the screen Select the play key to begin the slideshow The images shown on the screen will periodically change at a given interval of time To skip through the images without waiting for them to change automatically select the M4 key to skip back ward or the PPI key to skip forward Select the stop key E to end the slideshow and return to the full screen display of the image currently on the screen 4 20 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Settings gt Slideshow Settings 8 00 Slideshow Order Order List Slideshow settings While in slideshow mode select the Settings key The Slideshow Settings screen will be dis played The following settings can be accessed 8 00 Settings gt Slideshow Speed 60 sec ON Slideshow speed To change the interval of time at which images are changed during a slideshow select the desired interval key The indicator light to the right of the interval will come on to show that it is selected If the option No Auto Change is chosen the slideshow will not change images automatically The slideshow can then only be operated using the manual controls To return to the slideshow screen select the Back key or press the BACK butt
366. ing safety precau tions in the Starting and driving section of this manual ON PAVEMENT AND OFF ROAD DRIV ING This vehicle will handle and maneuver differently from an ordinary passenger car because it has a higher center of gravity for off road use As with other vehicles with features of this type fail ure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or an accident For additional information refer to On pavement and off road driving precautions Avoiding collision and rollover and Driving safety precau tions in the Starting and driving sec tion of this manual MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modification could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulations In addition damage or performance prob lems resulting from modifications may not be covered under NISSAN warranties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all features and equipment available on this model Features and equipment in your vehicle may vary depend ing on model trim level options selected order date of production region or availability There fore you may find information about features or equipment that are not included or installed on your vehicle All information specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing NISSAN reserves t
367. inside the rear passenger and driver side windows A CAUTION Do not place metalized film near the rear driver or passenger side window glass or attach any metal parts to it This may cause poor reception or noise When cleaning the inside of the rear driver or passenger side window be careful not to scratch or damage the window antenna Lightly wipe along the antenna with a dampened soft cloth NISSAN MOBILE ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM MES if so equipped AWARNING The Mobile Entertainment System is designed for rear seat passenger view ing only It is unlawful in most jurisdictions for a person to drive a motor vehicle which is equipped with a television viewer or screen that is located in the motor ve hicle at any point forward of the back of the driver s seat or that is visible di rectly or indirectly to the driver while operating the vehicle In the interest of safety the monitors should never be installed where they will be visible directly or indirectly by the operator of the motor vehicle If your vehicle is equipped with a wire less rear seat audio system or any other wireless infrared device make sure it is powered off when operating the Rear Seat Entertainment System If both sys tems are powered on at the same time the two systems may obstruct each other possibly creating undesirable au dio interference through the wireless headphones e For safety reasons when changing vi
368. intains a level position when a loaded and or unloaded trailer is hitched Do not drive the vehicle if it has an abnormal nose up or nose down condition check for improper tongue load overload worn suspension or other possible causes of either condition Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving Keep the cargo load as low as possible in the trailer to keep the trailer center of gravity low Load the trailer so approximately 60 of the trailer load is in the front half and 40 is in the back half Also make sure the load is balanced side to side Check your hitch trailer tire pressure ve hicle tire pressure trailer light operation and trailer wheel lug nuts every time you attach a trailer to the vehicle Be certain your rearview mirrors conform to all federal state or local regulations If not install any mirrors required for towing before driving the vehicle Determine the overall height of the vehicle and trailer so the required clearance is known Trailer towing tips In order to gain skill and an understanding of the vehicle s behavior you should practice turning stopping and backing up in an area which Is free from traffic Steering stability and braking perfor mance will be somewhat different than under normal driving conditions Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving Lock the trailer hitch coupler with a pin or lock to prevent the coupler
369. ints section of this manual An object weighing over 2 2 lbs 1 kg hang ing on the seat or placed in the seatback pocket A child restraint or other object pressing against the rear of the seatback A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of the front passenger seat Forcing the front seat or seatback against an object on the seat or floor behind it An object placed under the front passenger seat An object placed between the seat cushion and center console Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 67 If the vehicle is moving please come to a stop when it is safe to do so Check and correct any of the above conditions Restart the vehicle and wait 1 minute NOTE A system check will be performed during which the front passenger air bag status light will remain lit for about 7 seconds initially If the light is still OFF after this the small adult child or child restraint should be repositioned in the rear seat and the vehicle should be checked as soon as possible It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service Other supplemental front impact air bag precautions AWARNING e Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad or on the instrument panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such objects may be come dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the front air bags inflate Immediately afte
370. io Out Video Display Sys tem Wireless Audio IR Channels DVD Single Dual Layer DVD R R DVD R R Dual layer DVD RW RW CD CD R CD RW 1kHz Load Impedance 10k NTSC PAL Output Level 1Vpp 20 Load Impedance 75 Dual channel infrared audio transmitter supports stereo headphone operation Channels A 2 3 2 8 MHz B 3 2 3 8 MHz 2803 RGB 1234 the audio signal When the monitor is in use for a long period of time the surface will be warm This is normal Monitor feels warm Display 7 TFT LCD Panel DVD Mechanism Slot In Loader Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 105 FCC NOTICE This device has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursu ant to part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential in stallation This device generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not in stalled and used in accordance with the instruc tions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this device does cause unaccept able interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the device off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the followin
371. io phone and voice recognition systems 2 Install two AAA batteries Make sure that proper polarity or is observed 3 Slide the cover back into place until it clicks NOTE The remote control will only operate this device It is not a universal remote control and will not control other equipment AWARNING e Always ensure that the batteries are inserted with the positive and negative terminals in the correct direction as shown in the battery compartment e Different types of batteries have differ ent characteristics Do not mix different types Do not mix old and new batteries Mix ing old and new batteries will shorten battery life and or cause chemical leaks from the old batteries When batteries fail to function replace them immediately Keep the batteries out of the reach of children Should the batteries be swal lowed immediately consult a doctor Also when disposing of used batteries please comply with governmental regu lations or environmental public institu tion rules that apply in your country area Remove the batteries if the remote con trol is not used for a month or longer AEA 1 32 lnis d5 ell r li REMOTE CONTROL BUTTONS 1 SOURCE button 2 SETUP button 3 EJECT button DVD B button PIX button REPEAT button RIGHT button AUDIO button ANGLE button DISPLAY button RANDOM button 3D button PBC Video CD only
372. io phone and voice recognition systems CD DVD or USB with Compressed Audio Files models with Navigation System The file types supported by this system are MP3 WMA AAC M4A and ATRACS Explanation of terms MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is the most well known compressed digital audio file format This format allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track can reduce the file size by ap proximately 10 1 ratio Sampling 44 1 kHz Bit rate 128 kbps with virtually no percep tible loss in quality The compression re duces certain parts of sound that seem in audible to most people e WMA Windows Media Audio WMA is a compressed audio format created by Micro soft as an alternative to MP3 The WMA codec offers greater file compression than the MP3 codec enabling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality AAC M4A Advanced Audio Coding AAC is a lossy audio compression format Audio files that have been encoded with AAC are generally smaller in size and deliver a higher quality of sound than MP3 ATRAC3 ATRAC3 Plus Adaptive Trans form Acoustic Coding ATRAC is a lossy audio compression format developed by Sony Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music file The size
373. io file operation 4 66 4 68 Video file operation 4 70 V Vanity OAOT 2 6 e se ee ee e a a a 3 32 Variable voltage control system 8 17 Vehicle dimensions and weights 9 10 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 41 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system 5 33 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system 5 33 Vehicle identification 9 11 Vehicle identification number VIN 9 11 Vehicle identification number VIN Chassis number ooa aaa 9 11 Vehicle identification number VIN plate 9 11 Vehicle immobilizer system 2 30 3 4 5 12 Vehicle Information Display a aoao 2 21 Vehicle loading information 9 14 Vehicle recovery aaan aana 6 15 Vehicle security system 2 29 Vehicle security system NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System engine start 2 30 3 4 5 12 Ventilators i s s sos sota Bode ok yw aye i 4 28 VISOS e amaha bo ee Eden ee E N ol 3 32 Voice Prompt Interrupt 4 112 4 124 Voice recognition system 4 135 Voltmeter a0 wea we eee 2S we Ee eS 2 7 WwW Warning 4WD warning light 2 15 Air bag warning light aa aaa 1 72 2 18 Anti lock brake warning light 2 13 Battery charge warning light 2 15 Brake warning light 2 14 Engine oil pressure low engine coolant temperature high warning light 2 15 Hazard warning flasher switch
374. ion and return to the full open or full close position If a second obstacle is detected the liftgate motion will stop and the drive motor will disengage The liftgate will enter manual mode A pinch strip is mounted on each side of the liftgate If an obstacle is detected by a pinch strip during power close the liftgate will reverse direc tion and return to the full open position NOTE If the pinch strip is damaged or removed the power close function will not operate AWARNING There are some small distances immedi ately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the liftgate Manual Mode If power operation is not available the liftgate may be operated manually Power operation may not be available if the cancel switch is in the on position if multiple obstacles are detected in a single power cycle or if battery voltage is low Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 25 LPD2241 Safe Mode If the liftgate gas stays 1 lose pressure the power liftgate safe mode is activated When the safe mode is activated the liftgate slowly closes A continuous warning chime sounds until the liftgate is in the fully down position Then the liftgate will be pulled to the closed and latched position by a motor The power liftgate cannot be opened using the switches at any time in the safe mode The auto reverse function remain
375. ion before servicing drive belt The engine could rotate unexpectedly Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 1 Visually inspect the belt for signs of unusual wear cuts fraying or looseness If the belt is in poor condition or is loose have it replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer 2 Have the belt checked regularly for condi tion and tension in accordance with the maintenance schedule found in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself SPARK PLUGS REPLACING SPARK PLUGS Platinum tipped spark plugs It is not necessary to replace platinum tipped spark plugs as frequently as conventional type spark plugs because they last much longer Fol low the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Do not service platinum tipped spark plugs by cleaning or re gapping Always replace spark plugs with rec ommended or equivalent ones AWARNING Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely A CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to re move the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs AIR CLEANER The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned and reused Replace it according to the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Mainte nance Guide To remove the air cleaner filter Unlatch the clips and move the air cleaner cover upward 2 Remove the
376. ions of this manual before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the rear seat or in the front passenger seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 53 WRS0699 If you must install a booster seat in the front seat move the seat to the rear most position Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a front facing direction Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions LRS0454 Front passenger position The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint headrest to obtain the correct booster seat fit If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head _ restraint headrest when the booster seat is removed For additional information about head restraint headrest adjustment removal and installation refer to Head restraints headrests in this section 1 54 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint headrest and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s in structions for adjusting the seat belt routin
377. ipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 10 000 Ib 4 535 kg A weight distributing hitch should be used to tow trailers that weigh over 5 000 Ib 2 268 kg Your vehicle may be equipped with Class IV trailer hitch equipment that has a 10 000 Ib 4 535 kg maximum weight rating but your ve hicle is only capable of towing the maximum trailer weights shown in the Towing Load Specification chart in this section A CAUTION Special hitches which include frame re inforcements are required for towing above 2 000 Ib 907 kg Suitable genu ine NISSAN hitches ball mounts and hitch balls for pickup trucks and sport utility vehicles are available at a NISSAN dealer The hitch should not be attached to or affect the operation of the impact absorbing bumper Do not use axle mounted hitches e Do not modify the vehicle exhaust sys tem brake system etc to install a trailer hitch To reduce the possibility of additional damage if your vehicle is struck from the rear where practical remove the receiver when not in use Regularly check that all trailer hitch mounting bolts are securely mounted Tire pressures When towing a trailer inflate the ve hicle tires to the recommended cold tire pressure indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label Trailer tire condition size load rating and proper inflation pressure should be in accordance with the tr
378. is may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illumi nate If the warning light illuminates check the tire pressure for all 4 tires The Tire and Loading Information label also referred to as the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label is located in the driver s door opening For additional information refer to Low tire pres sure warning light in the Instruments and con trols section and Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys tem TPMS in the In case of emergency section 5 4 Starting and driving AWARNING If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal in jury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible For additional information re fer to Flat tire in the In case of emer gency section for changing a flat tire When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replac
379. isplay if so equipped n nananana 2 8 Compass display rocrscisei koeren mantaenaeea ses 2 9 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 12 Checking DUDS 2254 5 lt 5 4254 04 4 004e0er0nedaanks 2 13 Warming NOMS gccede 2s onesie kenai een seecnes 2 13 OIG AION NOMS ecirar nenni eee ecseee ees 2 18 Audible reminders s 6 lt cc0e0sece0sniveews ens 2 20 Vehicle Information Display 55 2 21 How to use the Vehicle Information Display 2921 Security SYSIEMGS 6 vccweerchecaduceteesessacdecweed 2 29 Vehicle security system 22 02e0ee 2 29 NISSAN vehicle immobilizer system 2 30 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 32 SWiteh operation vena tanee nite wor ewawanwadens oe 2 32 Rear window wiper and washer switch 2 33 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch 2 34 Headlight and turn signal switch 2 34 Headlight control switch 0 0c cee eee 2 35 Daytime running light system Canada only 2 36 Instrument brightness control 005 2 37 TUM SiGhal SWIC serieren ritea seteaw semen ne 2 37 Fog light switch if so equipped 65 2 38 PIOR aa aE eee uacene 4 be oerek ieee eee phos 2 38 Heated seats if so equipped 0ec cece eee 2 39 Heated rear seats if so equipped 008 2 40 Heated steering wheel if so equipped 2 41 Vehicle Dynamic Co
380. ith the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play lt lt gt gt SEEK CAT and TRACK buttons When the SEEK CAT 4 button is pressed while a compact disc Is playing the track being played returns to its beginning Press several times to skip back through tracks The compact disc will go back the number of times the button is pressed When the TRACK P button is pressed while a compact disc is playing the next track will start to play from its beginning Press several times to skip through tracks The compact disc will ad vance the number of times the button is pressed When the last track on the compact disc is skipped through the first track will be played The NISSAN controller can also be used to se lect tracks when a CD is playing 44 pp SEEK CAT and TRACK Rewind and Fast For ward buttons Press and hold the SEEK CAT M4 rewind button or the TRACK PPI fast forward button while a compact disc is playing the compact disc will play while rewinding or fast forwarding When the button is released the compact disc will return to normal play speed TUNE FLDR folder knob While playing an MP3 WMA CD turn the TUNE FLDR knob right or left to scan forward or backward through available folders This can also be performed using the 4 TUNE and FLDR gt buttons RPT repeat button Press the RPT button to change the play pattern as follows C
381. ition switch models without Intelligent Key system To unlock the door manu ally use the inside lock knob or the power door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK Child safety locks help prevent the rear doors from being opened accidentally especially when small children are in the vehicle The child safety lock levers are located on the edge of the rear doors When the lever is in the LOCK position the door can be opened only from the outside REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING e Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac turer for the possible influences before use The remote keyless entry keyfob trans mits radio waves when the buttons are pushed The FAA advises radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and com munication systems Do not operate the remote keyless entry keyfob while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored for a flight It is possible to lock unlock all doors turn on the interior lights and puddle lights if so equipped and activate the panic alarm by using the keyfob from outside the vehicle Some settings for the keyfob such as horn beep can be adjusted For vehicles without navigation system refer to Silencing the horn beep feature in this section For veh
382. itional informa tion refer to Changing engine oil filter in this section Waste oil must be disposed of prop erly Check your local regulations AWARNING Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep used engine oil out of reach of children 8 Start the engine Check for leakage around 4 CAUTION the drain plug and oil filter Correct as re Be careful not to burn yourself The engine quired il m hot oil may be ho 9 Turn the engine off and wait more than ten 6 Clean and reinstall the drain plug and a new minutes Check the oil level with the dipstick washer Securely tighten the drain plug with Add engine oil if necessary a wrench Do not use excessive force Drain plug tightening torque 25 ft lb 34 N m 7 Refill engine with recommended oil through the oil filler opening then install the oil filler cap securely For additional information refer to Recom mended fluids lubricants and capacities in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual for drain and refill capacity The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Always use the dipstick to determine when the proper amount of oil is in the engine CHANG
383. itions may affect the Intelligent Key operation Be sure to read the following before using the Intelligent Key 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments A CAUTION e Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle Never leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle when you leave the vehicle The Intelligent Key is always communicating with the vehicle as it receives radio waves The Intel ligent Key transmits weak radio waves Environ mental conditions may interfere with the opera tion of the Intelligent Key under the following operating conditions When operating near a location where strong radio waves are transmitted such as a TV tower power station and broadcasting station When in possession of wireless equipment such as a cellular telephone transceiver and CB radio When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or covered by metallic materials When any type of radio wave remote control is used nearby When the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliance such as a personal com puter When the vehicle is parked near a parking meter In such cases correct the operating conditions before using the Intelligent Key function or use the mechanical key Although the life of the battery varies depending on the operating conditions the battery s life is approximately two years If the battery is dis charged replace it with a new one When the Intelligent K
384. its fully retracted position firmly pull the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the re tractor 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoul der and across your chest The front passenger seat and the rear seating positions three point seat belts have two modes of operation Emergency Locking Retractor ELR Automatic Locking Retractor ALR The ELR mode allows the seat belt to extend and retract to allow the driver and passengers some freedom of movement in the seat The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during certain impacts The ALR mode child restraint mode locks the seat belt for child restraint installation When the ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts For additional information refer to Child restraints in this sec tion The ALR mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by an occupant the ALR mode should not be activated If it is activated it may cause uncomfortable seat belt ten sion It can also change the operation of the front passenger air bag For additional inform
385. k with transponder chip A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key number NISSAN does not record key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments 1 Two Intelligent Keys 2 Mechanical keys inside Intelligent Keys 3 Key number plate NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY if so equipped Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelligent Keys which are registered to your vehicle s Intel ligent Key components and NISSAN Vehicle Im mobilizer System components Never leave these keys in the vehicle As many as four Intelligent Keys can be regis tered and used with one vehicle The new keys must be registered by a NISSAN dealer prior to use with the Intelligent Key and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System of your vehicle Since the registration process requires erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key components when register ing new keys be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSAN dealer A CAUTION Listed below are conditions or occur rences which will damage the Intelligent Key e Do not allow the Intelligent Key which contains electrical components to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function e Do not drop the
386. k the name after the tone When the voicetag is successfully saved select the OK key to save the phonebook entry 4 126 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Press the button on the steering wheel Menu item CRE and then select the Vehicle Phonebook key ee a B See Voicetag Confirm and store the voicetag Voicetags allow easy dialing using the NISSAN Voice Recognition System For additional information refer to NISSAN Voice Recognition System in this section Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 127 HANDSET PHONEBOOK Many phones will support an automatic down load of the cellular phone s phonebook Up to 1 000 numbers can be stored Settings gt Phone Bo dit Xu 8 00 Edit Phonebook Delete Phonebook Add New Contacts to the phonebook Volume a J Add or edit phonebook entries 1 5 Aute Downloaded Transferring the handset memory If your cellular phone supports automatic down loading the system transfers the handset phone book automatically by default To ensure that this feature is activated press the SETTING button on the control panel and select the Phone key The Auto Downloaded selection should have the amber indicator next to the word ON acti vated Select the Auto Downloaded key to toggle this feature on or off 4 128 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems To transfer the handset phone
387. l should be removed immediately with a 3 When the seat is warmed or before you dry cloth leave the vehicle be sure to turn the switch i off e When cleaning the seat never use gasoline benzine thinner or any simi lar materials Instruments and controls 2 39 HEATED REAR SEATS if so equipped AWARNING Do not use or allow occupants to use the seat heater if you or the occupants cannot monitor elevated seat temperatures or have an inability to feel pain in body parts that contact the seat Use of the seat heater by such people could result in seri Ous injury A CAUTION The battery could run down if the seat heater is operated while the engine is not running e Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat such as a blanket cush ion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat may become overheated Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may result in damage to the heater Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth 2 40 Instruments and controls e When cleaning the seat never use gasoline benzine thinner or any simi lar materials If any malfunctions are found or the heated seat does not operate turn the switch off and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer The rear seats are warmed by
388. lass S chains are de signed to meet the minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufac turer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the 8 44 Maintenance and do it yourself fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully load ing your vehicle when using tire chains In addi tion drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely affected Tire chains must be installed only on the rear wheels and not on the front wheels Do not use tire chains on dry roads Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress Use only the 2WD range when driving on clear paved roads WD10258 CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation NISSAN recommends rotating the tires every 5 000 miles 8 000 km Refer to Flat tire in the In case of emer gency section in this manual for tire re placing procedures As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrenc
389. le request switch is pushed Push the door handle request switch after before the door is closed the door is closed When closing the door after getting out of the vehicle 3 22 Pre driving checks and adjustments HOOD CQ Pull the hood lock release handle located below the driver side instrument panel The hood will spring up slightly 2 Push the lever at the front of the hood to the side as illustrated with your fingertips and raise the hood When closing the hood lower it slowly and make sure it locks into place AWARNING Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving Fail ure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury do not open the hood LIFTGATE AWARNING Always be sure the liftgate has been closed securely to prevent it from open ing while driving Do not drive with the liftgate open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle For addi tional information refer to Exhaust gas carbon monoxide in the Starting and driving section of this manual Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in seri ous accidents Always be sure that hands and feet are clear of the door frame to avoid injury while closing the liftgate Pre
390. le when removing the fuel filler cap or filling the tank e Do not use E 85 as a cleaning agent and never use it near an open flame Fuel requirements Your vehicle will operate on both unleaded regu lar gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 91 or E 85 fuel or any mixture of these two For the best starting and vehicle driveability re sults do not continually switch between E 85 and unleaded regular gasoline If you must switch fuels NISSAN recommends the following do not switch when the fuel gauge indicates less than 1 4 full add more than 5 gallons of fuel operate the vehicle immediately after refuel ing for a period of at least 5 minutes NOTE When the ambient temperature is above 90 F 32 C you may experience hard start ing and rough idle following start up even if the above recommendations are followed Starting The characteristics of E 85 fuel make it unsuit able for use when ambient temperatures fall be low O F 18 C In the range of O F 18 C to 32 F 0 C you may experience an increase in the time it takes for you engine to start and a deterioration in drivability sags and or hesita tions until the engine is fully warmed up Fuel consumption Because E 85 fuel contains less energy per gal lon than gasoline you will experience an increase in fuel consumption You can expect your fuel mileage to decrease by ab
391. lert e Maintenance e Display and press the INFO button to select the menu 2 24 Instruments and controls ALERT SBACK ge TO REST gt ICY GENTER NEXT Alert mode The alert mode allows you to set alerts notifying you of time to rest or icy conditions The time to rest alert is a timer that can be set to remind the driver when the selected amount of time has passed The icy alert notifies you that icy driving condi tions may exist MAINTENANCE SBACK gt OIL FILTER gt ENGINE OIL gt TIRE gt OTHER ENTER NEXT Maintenance mode The maintenance mode allows you to set alerts for the reminding of maintenance intervals for the following engine oil oil filter tires other Set a desired interval by rotating the INFO button to highlight the maintenance field then press the INFO button to select The reset mode will open up and allow you to enter the desired distance DISPLAY SBACK gt LANGUAGE gt UNIT ONEXT ENTER Display mode Rotate the INFO button to highlight the desired mode then press the INFO button to select Language English or French Unit US mile F MPG Metric km C L 100 km The settings are automatically saved when you exit the menu by pressing the BACK button or any other mode button gt SKIP gt DETAIL ENTER gt NEXT Warning mode The warning mode can be selected to view any warnings that may be present Once the screen is selected you hav
392. lights activated Turn the control to adjust the brightness of instru ment panel lights when driving at night TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Turn signal Q Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction When the turn is com pleted the turn signal cancels automatically Instruments and controls 2 37 Lane change signal 2 Move the lever up or down until the turn signal begins to flash but the lever does not latch to signal a lane change Hold the lever until the lane change is completed Move the lever up or down until the turn signal begins to flash but the lever does not latch and release the lever The turn signal will automatically flash three times Choose the appropriate method to signal a lane change based on road and traffic conditions 2 38 Instruments and controls FOG LIGHT SWITCH if so equipped To turn the fog lights on turn the headlight switch to the position then turn the fog light switch to the 0 position To turn the fog lights on with the headlight switch in the AUTO position the headlights must be on then turn the fog light switch to the posi tion To turn the fog lights off turn the fog light switch to the OFF position The headlights must be on and the low beams selected for the fog lights to operate The fog lights automatically turn off when the high beam headlights are selected HORN To sound the horn push near the horn icon on the steering wheel AWARNI
393. lks Doing so could impair active head restraint function The active head restraint moves forward utilizing the force that the seatback receives from the occupant in a rear end collision The movement of the head restraint helps support the occu pant s head by reducing its backward movement and helping absorb some of the forces that may lead to whiplash type injuries Active head restraints are effective for collisions at low to medium speeds in which it is said that whiplash injury occurs most Active head restraints operate only in certain rear end collisions After the collision the head restraints return to their original positions Properly adjust the active head restraints as de scribed in this section 1 19 SEAT BELTS A ae Lf Sit upright and well back PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT Most U S states and Canadian provinces or USAGE territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven If you are wearing your seat belt properly ad justed and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor your chances of being injured or killed in a collision and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position includes a supple mental air bag 1 20 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system
394. ll with only the parking brake applied If the parking brake needs adjustment see a NISSAN dealer Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seatback recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints headrests move up and down smoothly and the locks if so equipped hold securely in all latched positions Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles anchors adjusters and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt web bing for cuts fraying wear or damage Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 Steering wheel Check for changes in the steer ing system such as excessive freeplay hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure all warning lights and chimes are operating properly Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Battery for seviceable batteries Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Vehicles operated in high
395. llows the driver to turn the sonar system on and off To turn the system off the ignition must be ON and the shift lever in R Reverse or D Drive An indicator light on the switch will illuminate when the system is turned off If the indicator light illuminates when the system is not turned off it may indicate a failure in the sonar system Keep the front and rear sonar sensors located on the bumper fascia free from snow ice and large accumulations of dirt do not clean the sensors with sharp objects If the sensors are covered it will affect the accuracy of the sonar system COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply de icer through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole or use the remote keyless entry key fob or the NISSAN Intelligent Key ANTIFREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the tem perature will drop below 32 F 0 C check the antifreeze to assure proper winter protection For additional information refer to Engine cooling system in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maxi mum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For additional information refer to Bat tery in the Maintenance a
396. m may respond differently than expected The SHIFT P warning appears on the dis Move the shift lever to the P Park position When stopping the engine play and the inside warning chime sounds The shift lever is not in the P Park position continuously When opening the driver s door to get out The inside warning chime sounds The ignition awitch is in the ACC position Place the ignition switch in the OFF of the vehicle continuously position The NO KEY warning appears on the Place the ignition switch in the OFF display the outside chime sounds three The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position times and the inside warning chime sounds position for approximately three seconds The NO KEY warning appears on the dis The ignition switch is in the ACC position Move the shift lever to the P Park position play and the outside chime sounds and the shift lever is not in the P Park and place the ignition switch in the OFF continuously position position When closing the door with the inside lock The outside chime sounds for approximately a Carry the Intelligent Key with you knob turned to LOCK three seconds and all the doors unlock ESN Oe MIN YG ATE Ie cal ne eyes The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Carry the Intelligent Key with you When pushing the door handle request The outside chime sounds for approximately A door is not closed securely Close the door securely switch to lock the door two seconds The door hand
397. m repeats it back and an nounces the available commands 6 Say Dial The system acknowledges the command and makes the call For additional command options refer to List of voice commands in this section Receiving a call When you hear the ring tone press the l button on the steering wheel Once the call has ended press the button on the steering wheel NOTE If you do not wish to take the call when you hear the ring tone press the button on the steering wheel For additional information refer to List of voice commands in this section LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS Main Menu Call Phonebook Recent Calls Connect Phone When you press and release the amp F buttonon the steering wheel you can choose from the commands on the Main Menu The following pages describe these commands and the com mands in each sub menu Remember to wait for the tone before speaking After the main menu you can say Help to hear the list of commands currently available any time the system is waiting for a response If you want to end an action without completing it you can say Cancel or Quit at any time the system is waiting for a response The system will end the Voice Recognition session Whenever the Voice Recognition session is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system If you want to go back to the previous command y
398. m towing capacity To determine the Gross Trailer Weight weigh your trailer on a scale with all equipment and cargo that are normally in the trailer when it is towed Make sure the Gross trailer weight is not more than the Gross Trailer Weight Rating shown on the trailer and is not more than the calculated available maximum towing capacity Also weigh the front and rear axles on the scale to make sure the Front Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight are not more than Front Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label The cargo in the trailer and vehicle may need to be moved or removed to meet the specified rat ings Example Gross Vehicle Weight GVW as weighed onascale including passengers cargo and hitch 6 350 Ib 2 880 kg Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR from F M V S S C M V S S certification label 7 250 lb 3 289 kg Gross Combined Weight Rating GCWR from Towing Load Specification chart 15 100 Ib 6 849 kg Maximum Trailer towing capacity from Tow ing Load Specification chart 9 100 Ib 4 128 kg 7 250 lb 3 289 kg 6 350 Ib 2 880 kg GVWR GVW 900 Ib 409 kg Available for tongue weight 15 100 Ib 6 849 kg GCWR 6 350 Ib 2 880 kg GVW 9 123 Ib 4 138 kg Capacity available for towing 900 Ib 409 kg Available tongue weight 8 750 Ib 3 969 kg Available capacity 10 t
399. mbined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs 29 5 kg If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 Ibs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation Follow these steps to install a forward facing If the seating position does not have an child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the adjustable head restraint headrest or head rear seats or in the front passenger seat rest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a 1 If you must install a child restraint in diferent child restraint the front seat it should be placed in a forward facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost position Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and there fore must not be used in the front seat 2 Position the child restraint on the seat Al ways follow the child restraint manufactur er s instructions The back of the child restraint should be 7 secured against the vehicle seatback Forward facing step 3 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s in structions for belt routing WRS0680 If necessary adjust or rem
400. minders Reminder keys 1 4 Select a key to display that maintenance interval Reset Distance Resets the distance for the selected reminder to O km mi Interval o Interval Displays the interval for the selected reminder Select the or keys to adjust the distance up or down Interval Re Displays status of the selected interval reminder Select to toggle on or off If set to On the maintenance notice screen will be displayed minder once the interval is met and the ignition switch is placed in the OFF and then ON position Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 7 HOW TO USE THE SETTING Settings BUTTON Press the SETTING button This screen displays and adjusts various settings and functions that are available for your vehicle Use the NISSAN controller to select an item and then press the Camera ENTER button When the amber indicator next to Clock an item is illuminated the feature is enabled 1 6 Down Adjust tone amp advanced audio settings Display Switch Beeps For additional information refer to Audio system in this section Display Adjusts the settings for the display screen Brightness Contrast Adjusts the brightness or contrast of the map background Display off Toggles the display screen on and off The amber indicator is illuminated when the display is set to On When the display is set to Off and a control panel audio or heater and air con
401. n Constant Speed Look ahead to try and anticipate and mini mize stops Synchronizing your speed with traffic lights allows you to reduce your number of stops Maintaining a steady speed can minimize red light stops and improve fuel effi ciency 3 Use Air Conditioning A C at Higher Vehicle Speeds Below 40 mph 64 km h it is more effi cient to open windows to cool the vehicle due to reduced engine load 5 22 Starting and driving Above 40 mph 64 km h it is more effi cient to use A C to cool the vehicle due to increased aerodynamic drag Recirculating the cool air in the cabin when the A C is on reduces cooling load Drive at Economical Speeds and Distances Observing the speed limit and not ex ceeding 60 mph 97 km h where legally allowed can improve fuel efficiency due to reduced aerodynamic drag Maintaining a safe following distance be hind other vehicles reduces unnecessary braking Safely monitoring traffic to anticipate changes in speed permits reduced brak ing and smooth acceleration changes Select a gear range suitable to road con ditions Use Cruise Control Using cruise control during highway driv ing helps maintain a steady speed Cruise control is particularly effective in providing fuel savings when driving on flat terrains Plan for the Shortest Route Utilize a map or navigation system to de termine the best route to save time 10
402. n and is displaying a picture adjust the viewing angle by pivoting the screen to optimize the picture quality 3 Remember to turn the monitor off and return the LCD monitor to the fully closed upright position when not in use Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 91 Listening through vehicle speakers Press the AUX button on the factory radio and toggle through AUX screens to select VIRF Jack to listen to the audio from monitor A Sharing sources between Monitor A and Monitor B The source button on your monitor unit or remote control allows viewing monitor A video on moni tor B and vice versa Press the source button to cycle through available video sources Disc DVD Basic Operation To get the most use out of each disc make sure you read this section completely For additional information refer to CD care and cleaning in this section Regional coding Both the DVD player and discs are coded by region These regional codes must match in order for the disc to play The system is preset to the region code designated for your area by the DVD Copy Control Association Other regions may not be played in this system Supported Disc Types e DVD Video DVD contains video e DVD R DVD contains video CD DA CD contains audio CD Video CD contains video CD R RW CD contains audio Unsupported Disc Types Before you load a disc make sure that it is compatible with the player Note
403. n change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause personal injury LOADING TIPS The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR AWARNING e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seat backs In a sudden stop or colli sion unsecured cargo could cause personal injury 9 18 Technical and consumer information e Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause per sonal injury Overloading not only can shorten the life of your vehicle and the tire but can also cause unsafe vehicle handling and longer brak ing distances This may cause a premature tire failure which could result in a serious accident and personal injury Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the vehicle s warranty MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads Individual axle loads should n
404. n inflates the air bags as needed Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classification sensor weight sensor that turns the front pas senger air bag OFF under some condi tions This sensor is only used in this seat Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident For additional information refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section Keep hands on the outside of the steer ing wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are injured when the front air bag inflates Sit upright and well back AWARNING Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 57 AWARNING Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air bags side air bags or curtain air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained Pre teens and children should be properly re strained in the rear seat if possible 1 58 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING e Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear
405. n on the vehicle center display is similar to the iPod interface Use the NISSAN controller and the BACK button to play the iPod with your favorite settings The touch screen can also be used to control your favorite settings The following items can be chosen from the menu list screen For additional information refer to the iPod Owner s Manual regarding each item Now Playing e Playlists e Artists Albums Songs Podcasts Genres Composers Audiobooks Shuffle Songs Play Mode The following keys shown on the screen are also available MENU returns to the previous screen e Pil plays pauses the music selected 4 76 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems iPod gt Play Mode Play mode While the iPod is playing select the Menu key to display the iPod menu Select the Play Mode key to display the Play Mode screen and adjust the settings for Shuffle Repeat and Audio books For additional information refer to the iPod Owner s Manual i44 gt gt I SEEK CAT and TRACK buttons When the 44 SEEK CAT button or PPI TRACK button is pressed for less than 1 5 sec onds while the iPod is playing the next track or the beginning of the current track on the iPod will be played When the 44 SEEK CAT button or PP TRACK button is pressed for more than 1 5 sec onds while the iPod is playing the iPod will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the b
406. n the P9 or 2 position the headlights will illuminate again if the headlight switch is moved to the OFF position and then turned to the P9 or 2 position A CAUTION Even though the battery saver feature au tomatically turns off the headlights after a period of time you should turn the head light switch to the OFF position when the engine is not running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM Canada only The daytime running lights automatically illumi nate when the engine is started with the parking brake released The daytime running lights oper ate with the headlight switch in the OFF position orin the PQ position Turn the headlight switch to the 2 position for full illumination when driving at night If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running lights do not illumi nate The daytime running lights illuminate when the parking brake is released The daytime run ning lights will remain on until the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position AWARNING When the daytime running light system is active tail lights on your vehicle are not on It is necessary at dusk to turn on your headlights Failure to do so could cause an accident injuring yourself and others FON PUSH TRIP Je INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL The instrument brightness control operates when the headlight control switch is in the Pd 2 or AUTO position with auto
407. nal injury Do not attempt to test a 4WD equipped vehicle on a 2 wheel dynamometer such as the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing or similar equipment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground Make sure you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with 4WD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may result in drivetrain damage or unex pected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or per sonal injury Accelerating quickly sharp steering maneuvers or sudden braking may cause loss of control If at all possible avoid sharp turning maneuvers particularly at high speeds Your NISSAN four wheel drive vehicle has a higher center of gravity than a passenger car The vehicle is not de signed for cornering at the same speeds as passenger cars Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Install tire chains on the rear wheels when driving on slippery roads and drive carefully Be sure to check the brakes immediately after driving in mud or water For addi tional information refer to Brake sys tem in this section for Wet brakes Avoid parking your vehicle on steep hills If you get out of the vehicle and it rolls forward backward or sideways you could be injured Whenever you drive off road through sand mud or water as
408. nction in the system Have the system checked It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service No changes should be made to the seat belt system For example do not modify the seat belt add material or install devices that may change the seat belt routing or tension Doing so may affect the operation of the seat belt system Modifying or tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious per sonal injury 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Once seat belt pretensioner s have ac tivated they cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service All seat belt assemblies including re tractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service NISSAN recom mends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced un less the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted All child restraints and attaching hard ware should be inspected after any col lision Always follow the restraint manufacturer s inspection instructions and replacement recommendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged SEAT BELT
409. nd controls 2nd row center console if so equipped 2nd row bench if so equipped WIC1197 3rd row Bottle holder 2ND ROW CENTER CONSOLE if so A CAUTION equipped Do not use bottle holder for any other Pull up on the lever to open the console box lid objects that could be thrown about in the vehicle and possibly injure people during sudden braking or an accident e Do not use bottle holder for open liquid containers Instruments and controls 2 51 Removing the 2nd row center console box To remove the 2nd row center console box Q Lift out the cup holder tray 2 Pull up on the handle to tilt the console box up 3 Move the console box toward the front of the vehicle and lift it out 2 52 Instruments and controls To reinstall the second row center console box 1 Slide the console box over the base toward the rear of the vehicle 2 Push down to lock the console box in place 3 Replace the cup holder tray CARGO AREA STORAGE BIN To open the cargo area storage bin pull down on the tab and pull the lid off A CAUTION Placing additional items in the area speci fied for the jack may dent body panel or damage power back door assembly if so equipped To access the floor storage area push down 4 to raise the handle then pull up on the handle to lift the luggage board LUGGAGE HOOKS The luggage hooks can be used to secure cargo with ropes or other types of stra
410. nd do it yourself sec tion of this manual Starting and driving 5 37 DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti freeze drain the cooling system including the engine block Refill before operating the vehicle For additional information refer to Changing engine coolant in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual TIRE EQUIPMENT 1 SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pave ment However the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions If you operate your ve hicle on snowy or icy roads NISSAN recom mends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON TIRES on all four wheels It is recommended you consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type size speed rating and avail ability information 2 For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires 5 38 Starting and driving 3 Tire chains may be used For additional in formation refer to Tire chains in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in
411. nd tools in this section AWARNING e Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly se cured after use Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop The spare tire is designed for emer gency use For additional information refer to Wheels and tires in the Main tenance and do it yourself section of this manual In case of emergency 6 9 JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster battery the instructions and precautions below must be fol lowed If the battery of a vehicle equipped with the NISSAN Intelligent Key is discharged the ignition switch cannot be moved from the LOCK position even when using the me chanical key or the valet key Connect the jumper cables to another vehicle as in the case of a discharged battery and then the ignition switch can be moved from the LOCK position Then jump start the vehicle AWARNING If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle 6 10 Incase of emergency Explosive hydrogen gas is always pres ent in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a cor rosive sulfuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact
412. ndation 9 7 Engine oil pressure low engine coolant temperature high warning light 2 15 Engine oil viscosity aaa ee es 9 8 One shotcall 4 112 4 124 Outside mirror control 0 0 3 34 Outside Mirrors eee ee Oe daw we Rew BS 3 34 Overhead console 004 2 48 Overheat If your vehicle overheats 6 12 Owner s manual order form 9 35 Owner s manual service manual order information ist ee ae ee ee He 9 35 Pp Parking Parking brake operation 5 19 Parking parking onhills 5 31 Parking Drak6s s lt ed oes oe oes BR ot ae a a 5 19 Pedal position adjustment 3 31 Personal lights s ss oa sas ee es Aw Mes 2 63 Phone Bluetooth hands free SYSTEM o ca sa bees eae a S 4 108 4 122 Power Power door locks 3 6 Power outlet a aoaaa 2 44 Power rear windows 2 58 Power steering fluid 8 13 Power steering system 5 31 Power vent windows 2 59 Rear power windows 2 58 Power outlet 500 000 2 44 Power steering 6 4 6 46a OO ee ow 5 31 Power steering fluid 8 13 Precautions Maintenance precautions 8 5 On pavement and off road driving PIECAUNONS 44 22 2 de eee ue bo os 5 5 Precautions on booster seats es amp Ge a eA 1 32 1 40 1 46 1 52 Precautions on child restraints 1 32 1 40
413. nditions that may be interfering with the weight sensors An object weighing over 2 2 lbs 1 kg hang ing on the seat or placed in the seatback pocket A child restraint or other object pressing against the rear of the seatback A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of the front passenger seat Forcing the front seat or seatback against an object on the seat or floor behind it An object placed under the front passenger seat An object placed between the seat cushion and center console or between the seat cushion and the door If the vehicle is moving please come to a stop when it is safe to do so Check and correct any of the above conditions Restart the vehicle and wait 1 minute NOTE A system check will be performed during which the front passenger air bag status light will remain lit for about 7 seconds initially If the light is still ON after this the vehicle should be checked as soon as possible It is recom mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this ser vice 2 Ifthe light is ON with an adult occupying the front passenger seat Occupant is a small adult the air bag light is functioning as intended The front passen ger air bag is suppressed However if the occupant is not a small adult then this may be due to the following conditions that may be interfering with the weight sensors Occupant is not sitting upright leaning against the seatback and centered on the
414. ndle re quest switch to unlock the door All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within one minute after pushing the request switch Opening any door Pushing the ignition switch The interior light timer illuminates for a period of time when a door is unlocked and the room light switch is in the DOOR position The interior light can be turned off without waiting by performing one of the following operations Placing the ignition switch in the ON posi tion Locking the doors with the remote control Switching the room light switch to the OFF position HOW TO USE THE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION The remote keyless entry function can operate all door locks using the remote keyless function of the Intelligent Key The remote keyless function can operate at a distance of 33 ft 10 m away from the vehicle The operating distance de pends upon the conditions around the vehicle The remote keyless entry function will not func tion under the following conditions When the Intelligent Key is not within the operational range When the doors or the rear liftgate are open or not closed securely Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 17 When the Intelligent Key battery is dis charged A CAUTION When locking the doors using the Intelli gent Key be sure not to leave the key in the vehicle Ay aA WPD0359 Locking doors 1 3 18 Pre
415. ne NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue is used follow the coolant manufacturer s instructions to maintain minimum anti freeze protection to 34 F 37 C The use of other types of coolant solutions other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent may damage the engine cooling system Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 The life expectancy of the factory fill coolant is 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 7 years Mixing any other type of cool ant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue includ ing Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant green or the use of non distilled water will reduce the life expectancy of the factory fill cool ant For additional information refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below the MIN level add coolant to the MAX level If the reservoir is empty check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir up to the MAX level This vehicle contains Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue The life expectancy of the factory fill coolant is 105 000 miles 168 000 km or 7 years Mixing any other type of coola
416. ne is running it may indicate the charging system is not func tioning properly Turn the engine off and check the generator belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see a NISSAN dealer immediately A CAUTION e Do not ground electrical accessories di rectly to the battery terminal Doing so will bypass the variable control system and the vehicle battery may not charge completely For additional information refer to Variable voltage control sys tem in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual Do not continue driving if the generator belt is loose broken or missing TA zE mg Engine oil pressure low Engine coolant temperature high warning light This light warns of low engine oil pressure or high engine coolant temperature If the light flickers or comes on during normal driving pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine and allow it to cool If the light remains on after checking the oil and coolant stop the en gine immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or other authorized repair shop This light is not designed to indicate a low oil or low coolant level Check the oil level with the dipstick and check the coolant level on the reservoir For additional information refer to If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emer gency section and Engine oil and Checking engine coolant level in the Maintenance and do it yours
417. ng a seat belt For additional information refer to Driving safety precautions in this section AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER AWARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid excessive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering ma neuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As with any vehicle loss of control could result in a collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to roll over particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including prescription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsi ness Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual and also instruct your passengers to do so Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt Starting and driving 5 5 OFF ROAD RECOVERY While driving the right side or left side wheels may unintentionally leave the road surface If this o
418. ng compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the surface of the paint to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory store UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter it is necessary to clean the underbody regularly in order to prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the un derbody and suspension Before the winter pe riod and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary re treated GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film A CAUTION When cleaning the inside of the windows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or chlorine based disinfectant cleaners They could damage the electrical conductors radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS if so equipped Wash the wheels regularly with a sponge damp ened in a mild soap solution especially during winter months in areas where road s
419. ngine running Add coolant to the engine coolant reservoir tank if necessary It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle all jurisdictional and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could damage your vehicle Towing instructions are available from a NISSAN dealer Local service operators are gen erally familiar with the applicable laws and proce dures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle NISSAN recommends having a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the ser vice operator carefully read the following precau tions AWARNING Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck A CAUTION When towing make sure that the trans mission axles steering system and powertrain are in working condition If any of these conditions apply dollies or a flatbed tow truck must be used Always attach safety chains before towing For additional information about towing your ve hicle behind a recreational vehicle RV refer to Flat towing in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN NISSAN recommends towing your vehicle based upon the type of drivetrain Please refer to the diagrams in this section to ensure that your ve hicle is properly tow
420. ning switch 3 Volume control switch POWER on off switch With the ignition switch placed in the ACC or ON position push the SOURCE switch to turn the audio system on or off SOURCE select switch Push the source select switch to change the mode in the following sequence Models without Navigation System AM FM1 FM2 XM1 XM2 XM38 USB iPod CD AUX AM Models with Navigation System AM FM1 FM2 XM1 XM2 XM38 CD DVD USB iPod Bluetooth Audio AUX AM These modes are only available when compat ible media storage is inserted into the device Volume control switch Push the volume control switch up or down to increase or decrease the volume Menu control switch ENTER button While the display is showing a MAP STATUS or Audio screen tilt the Menu Control switch up ward or downward to select a station track CD or folder For most audio sources tilting the switch up down for more than 1 5 seconds pro vides a different function than a tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 81 AM and FM Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds to increase or decrease the preset station Tilt up down for more than 1 5 seconds to seek up or down to the next station Press the ENTER button to show the list of preset stations Tilt up down for less than 1 5 seconds
421. nlocked to open it with the outside opener handle The switch on the rear pillar cannot be used to open the liftgate A warning chime will sound if the shift lever is moved out of P Park during a power open operation Power Close The power liftgate automatically moves from the fully open position to the secondary position When the liftgate reaches the secondary posi tion the cinching motor engages and pulls the liftgate to its primary latch position Power close takes approximately seven to ten seconds The power close feature can be activated by the switch on the keyfob the instrument panel and the rear pillar The hazard lights flash and a chime sounds to indicate the power close sequence has been started f the outside opener handle is activated while the cinching motor is engaged the cinching motor will disengage and release the latch The keyfob button must be held for 0 5 sec onds before the liftgate closes The switch on the rear pillar can only be used to close the liftgate if the cancel switch is not in the on position Reverse The power liftgate will reverse direction immedi ately during power open or power close if the keyfob instrument panel or rear pillar switch is pushed or if the outside handle is lifted A chime will sound to announce the reversal Auto Reverse If an obstacle is detected during power open or power close a warning chime will sound and the liftgate will reverse direct
422. normal and the 4WD warning light comes on have the system checked by the nearest NISSAN dealer 4WD warning light Comes on or blinks when Warning light There is a mal function in the 4 wheel drive system The transfer case oil tem perature is ab normally high The difference in wheel rota tion Is large The 4WD warning light is located in the meter The 4WD warning light comes on when the igni tion switch is turned to ON It turns off soon after the engine is started If any malfunction occurs in the 4WD system when the ignition switch is ON the warning light will either remain illuminated or blink If the 4WD warning light comes on the 4WD shift indicator light goes out High temperature transfer case oil makes the warning light blink rapidly about twice per sec ond If the warning light blinks rapidly during operation stop the vehicle in a safe place imme diately Then if the light goes off after a while you can continue driving A large difference between the diameters of front and rear wheels will make the warning light blink slowly about once per two seconds Change the 4WD shift switch into 2WD and do not drive fast A CAUTION If the warning light comes on or blinks slowly during operation or rapidly after stopping the vehicle for a while have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Shifting between 4H and 4LO is not recommended when the 4WD wa
423. not forced back against an ob ject on the seat or floor behind tt Make sure that there is no object placed under the front passenger seat Steps 1 Adjust the seat as outlined in the Seats section of this manual Sit upright leaning against the seatback and centered on the seat cushion with your feet comfortably ex tended to the floor 2 Make sure there are no objects on your lap 3 Fasten the seat belt as outlined in the Seat belts section of this manual 4 Remain in this position for 30 seconds al lowing the system to classify the front pas senger before the vehicle is put into motion 5 Ensure proper classification by checking the front passenger air bag status light NOTE This vehicle s occupant classification sen sor system locks the classification during driving so it is important that you confirm that the front passenger is properly classi fied prior to driving Also the occupant classification sensor system may recalcu late the weight of the occupant when the vehicle comes to a stop i e stop light stop sign etc so front passenger seat occu pants should continue to remain seated as outlined above 1 66 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Troubleshooting If you think the front passenger air bag status light is incorrect 1 Ifthe light is ON with no front passenger and no objects on the front passenger seat This may be due to the following co
424. nstructions for installation and use SMALL CHILDREN Children that are over 1 year old and weigh at least 20 lbs 9 kg should remain in a rear facing child restraint as long as possible up to the height or weight limit of the child restraint Children who outgrow the height or weight limit of the rear facing child restraint and are at least 1 year old should be secured in a forward facing child re straint with a harness Refer to the manufactur er s instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommendations NISSAN recommends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Ve hicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for instal lation and use LARGER CHILDREN Children should remain in a forward facing child restraint with a harness until they reach the maxi mum height or weight limit allowed by the child restraint manufacturer Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Once a child outgrows the height or weight limit of the harness equipped forward facing child re straint NISSAN recommends that the child be placed ina commercially available booster seat to obtain proper seat belt fit For a seat belt to fit properly the booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the chest and th
425. nt or the use of non distilled water will re duce the life expectancy of the factory fill coolant Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for more details The engine coolant reservoir is a pressur ized tank When installing the cap tighten it until a clicking sound is heard If the cooling system frequently requires coolant have it checked by a NISSAN dealer For additional information on the location of the engine coolant reservoir refer to Engine com partment check locations in this section CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT A NISSAN dealer can change the engine coolant The service procedure can be found in the NISSAN Service Manual Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheat ing AWARNING To avoid the danger of being scalded never change the coolant when the en gine is hot Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep coolant out of the reach of chil ENGINE OIL i va JRZ ae Oe Fay aie NS em dren and pets Engine coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Start the eng
426. ntain the set speed when going up or down steep hills If this happens drive without the cruise control To cancel the preset speed use one of the following three methods Pushthe CANCEL button the SET indicator light in the vehicle information display goes out Tap the brake pedal the SET indicator light goes out Push the ON OFF switch off Both the CRUISE indicator light and SET indicator light in the vehicle information display go out The cruise control is automatically canceled and the SET light in the vehicle information display goes out if You depress the brake pedal while pushing the ACCEL RES or SET COAST switch The preset speed is deleted from memory The vehicle slows down more than 8 mph 13 km h below the set speed You move the shift lever to N Neutral To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following three methods Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the COAST SET switch Push and hold the ACCEL RES switch When the vehicle attains the speed you de sire release the switch Push and release the ACCEL RES switch Each time you do this the set speed in creases by about 1 mph 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following three methods Lightly tap the brake pedal When the ve hicle attains the desired speed push the COAST SET switch and release it Push and hold the
427. ntrol VDC off switch 2 41 Rear sonar system off switch if so equipped 2 42 Front and rear sonar system off switch if so SOU C Deo eer ca ket raaraa EAEEREN 2 42 TOW mode SWitCh creerse orcs ctenes Seweientaevemes 2 43 Powar OUR Clecc wits oa teu Goes eeede 2 ens e 2 44 Eele SecA ventas eens ade ae ae ease a ea eea ees 2 45 Map DOCKGIS o cccnsetace sed cee pee dcdsuewe tence 2 45 Seatback pocket 0 0 cece eee ees 2 45 Instrument panel storage trays 2 46 MNO NOME serseri raen ee essen sear AES 2 62 Sunglasses holder Overhead console 2nd row center console if so equipped Cargo area storage bin Luggage hooks Power windows Power vent windows if so equipped Manual vent windows if so equipped Moonroof if so equipped Power moonroof Console Monis as rer ees Erer ENEE EEEE EREE 2 63 Porsonal gRs eerisserriasae iret seen ee eae NE 2 63 Map lignis 2c ssmiserereidais cones enceeseeseeceR i 2 63 Ore adl ei ETE ETETETT 2 64 HomeLink universal transceiver if so equipped 2 64 Programming Homelink s2 e 00snceeweenedews 2 65 Programming HomeLink for Canadian customers and gate openers 2 66 Operating the HomeLink universal eae e ls cana cou heen oueweae E se aece au 2 66 Programming trouble diagnosis 4 2 67 Clearing the programmed information 2 67 Reprogramming a single HomeLink button 2 67 If your vehicle
428. o phone and voice recognition systems Say 6200 9 The system announces Dial or Change 10 11 Number Say Dial The system makes a call to 800 662 6200 NOTE You can also speak 800 662 6200 10 continuous digits or 662 6200 7 con tinuous digits if the area code is not nec essary However the 3 3 4 digit grouping is recommended for improved recognition For additional information refer to How to speak numbers in this section You can only say a phone number using the 3 3 4 grouping 7 digits and 10 digits using this command Please use the International Call command for all other formats and when special characters such as star pound and plus need to be entered If you say Change Number during phone number entry the system will automatically request that you repeat the number using the 3 3 4 format In this case please say the area code first and then follow the prompts Do not add a 1 in front of the area code when speaking phone numbers lf the system does not recognize your com mand please try repeating the command using a natural voice Speaking too slowly or too loudly may further decrease recognition performance Example 2 Placing an international call to the phone number 011 81 111 222 3333 1 Press the TALK amp switch located on the steering wheel You will hear a prompt Say Phone
429. o select a different language tilt the tuning switch or M up or down NOTE You must press the l button within 5 seconds to change the language 5 Ifyou decide not to change the language do not press either button After 5 seconds the Voice Recognition session will end and the language will not be changed Connecting procedure NOTE The connecting procedure must be per formed when the vehicle is stationary If the vehicle starts moving during the procedure the procedure will be cancelled Main Menu Connect phone A Add phone Initiate from handset Name phone O 1 Press the button on the steering wheel The system announces the available commands 2 Say Connect phone The system ac knowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 113 3 Say Add phone The system acknowl edges the command and asks you to initiate connecting from the phone handset The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone model See the cellular phone Own er s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instruc tions on connecting NISSAN recommended cellular phones When prompted for a Passkey code enter 1234 from the handset The Passkey code 1234 is assigned by NISSAN and cannot be changed 4 The system
430. o Video Interleave It is standard file format originated by Micro soft Corporation A divx encoded file can be saved into the avi file format for playback on this system if it meets the requirements stated in the table in this section However all avi files are not playable on this system since different encodings can be used other than the DivX codec ASF ASF stands for Advanced Systems Format It is a file format owned by Microsoft Corporation Note Only asf files that meet the requirements stated in the table in this section can be played Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital video files The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 47 Requirements for Supporting Video Playback CD CD R CD RW DVD DVD R DVD RW DVD RW DL USB 2 0 Memory CD CD R CD RW DVD ISO9660 LEVEL1 ISO9660 LEVEL2 Romeo Joliet UDF Bridge UDF1 02 ISO9660 UDF1 5 UDF2 0 DVD R DVD RW DVD RW _ ISO9660 Level 3 packet writing is not supported File Systems DL Files saved using the Live File System component on a Windows Vista based computer are not supported VDF1 5 VDF2 0 packet writing is not supported USB Memory FAT16 FAT32 divx avi Video Codecs DivX8 DivX4 DivX5 DivX6 Audio Codecs MP3 MPEG2 5 Audio Layer3 AC3 LPCM File Types
431. o adjust the display settings Display on Toggles the display screen on and off The amber indicator is illuminated when the display is set to On When the display is set to Off and a control panel audio or heater and air conditioner button is pressed the display will resume until that operation is finished To turn the display back on press and hold the EID OFF button for approximately 2 seconds or return to the display setting screen and adjust the setting Adjusts the brightness of the map background Adjusts the contrast of the map background Background Adjusts the display screen between day and night mode Color Changes the color of the background arrows and bars on the screen Adjusts the clock settings Toggles on or off the clock in the upper right corner of the display Toggles between a 12 hour and 24 hour clock Manually adjusts the hours and minutes of the clock Toggles on or off the daylight savings time Adjusts the time zone Choose a time zone from the available list Displays additional categories Comfort Select the Others key using the NISSAN controller then select the Comfort key The Comfort settings screen will be displayed You can set the following operating conditions by selecting the desired item using the NISSAN controller The indicator light box at the right of the selected item alternately turns on and off each time the item is touched or the ENTER button is pressed Indicator l
432. o equipped The Intelligent Key door buzzer sounds if any one of the following improper operations is found The ignition switch is not returned to the LOCK position when locking the doors The Intelligent Key is left inside the vehicle when locking the doors The Intelligent Key is taken outside the ve hicle when operating the vehicle Any doors are not closed securely when locking the doors When the buzzer sounds be sure to check both the vehicle and the Intelligent Key For additional information refer to NISSAN Intelligent Key in the Pre driving checks and adjustments sec tion VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY The vehicle information display 1 is located to the left of the soeedometer It displays such items as Automatic transmission position indicator Cruise control system information Intelligent Key operation information if so equipped Other information For additional information about the Intelligent Key refer to NISSAN Intelligent Key in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section HOW TO USE THE VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY Press the vehicle information display INFO but ton located on the instrument panel to toggle through the following modes Fuel economy Driving averages Current trip information Range Outside temperature Settings Instruments and controls 2 21 e Alerts Clock Rotate the INFO button 2 to highlight the d
433. oad Technical and consumer information 9 5 FLEXIBLE FUEL VEHICLE FFV FUEL RECOMMENDATION if so equipped Your vehicle is designed to use E 85 Fuel Etha nol Regular unleaded regular gasoline or any percentage of the two fuels combined U S government regulations require Fuel Ethanol dispensing pumps to have a small square Orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region A CAUTION Use of other fuels such as Fuel Methanol may cause powertrain damage or a loss of vehicle performance Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will cause damage to the three way catalyst General information This information is for Flexible Fuel vehicles FFV only FFV vehicles can be identified by the fuel filler door label that states Ethanol E 85 or Unleaded Gasoline Only This section only cov ers those subjects that are unique to Flexible Fuel vehicles 9 6 Technical and consumer information A CAUTION Only vehicles with the E 85 filler door la bel can operate on E 85 Fuel system or other damage can occur if E 85 is used in vehicles that are not designed to run on E 85 Ethanol Fuel E 85 E 85 is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel etha nol and 15 unleaded gasoline AWARNING Ethanol vapors are extremely flam mable and could cause serious per sonal injury Never have any smoking materials lit in or near the vehic
434. odes Push the air recirculation button V amp gt to recir culate interior air inside the vehicle Push the AUTO button to return to automatic mode Air flow control Pressing the MODE button manually controls air flow and selects the air outlet Air flows from center and side vents 74 Air flows from center and side vents and foot outlets Air flows mainly from foot outlets Fi Air flows from defroster and foot outlets ty Air flows from defroster outlets To turn system off Press the OFF button OPERATING TIPS When the engine coolant temperature and outside air temperature are low the air flow from the foot outlets may not operate for a maximum of 150 seconds However this is not a malfunction After the coolant tempera ture warms up air flow from the foot outlets will operate normally The sunload sensor 1 located on the top center of the instrument panel helps the system main tain a constant temperature Do not put anything on or around this sensor REAR SEAT AIR CONDITIONER tesi J _ gt 2 1 Front seat overhead console controls 2 Rear seat overhead console controls Rear seat temperature and fan speed can be controlled from both the front seat overhead con sole controls or the rear seat overhead console controls Press the REAR CTRL button to transfer control of the rear climate functions to the rear passengers To operate the rear air
435. of this manual TOW MODE SWITCH Tow mode should be used when pulling a heavy trailer or hauling a heavy load Driving the vehicle in the tow mode with no trailer load or light trailer light load will not cause any damage How ever fuel economy may be reduced and the transmission engine driving characteristics may feel unusual Press the tow mode switch to activate tow mode The indicator light on the tow mode switch illumi nates when tow mode is selected Press the tow mode switch again to turn tow mode OFF Tow mode is automatically canceled when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position For additional information refer to Tow mode in the Technical and consumer information sec tion in this manual Instruments and controls 2 43 POWER OUTLET 2 44 Front row Instruments and controls LIC1193 2nd row LICO550 LIC0551 Luggage area The power outlets are for powering electrical accessories such as cellular telephones They are rated at 12 volt 120W 10A maximum The power outlets are powered only when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Open the cap to use a power outlet A CAUTION The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use Only certain power outlets are designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter See a NISSAN dealer for additional inform
436. ol panel buttons in the Display screen heater air condi tioner and audio systems section in this manual Resetting the trip odometer Pressing the change reset button for more than 1 second resets the currently displayed trip odometer to zero TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revo lutions per minute RPM Do not rev the engine into the red zone 1 A CAUTION When engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear or reduce en gine speed Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine coolant tempera ture The engine coolant temperature is within the normal range 4 when the gauge needle points within the zone shown in the illustration The engine coolant temperature varies with the outside air temperature and driving conditions Instruments and controls 2 5 A CAUTION If the gauge indicates coolant tempera ture near the hot H end of the normal range reduce vehicle speed to decrease temperature If the gauge is over the nor mal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible If the engine is over heated continued operation of the vehicle may seriously damage the engine For ad ditional information refer to If your ve hicle overheats in the In case of emer gency section of this manual for immediate action required 2 6 Instruments and controls FUEL
437. ombined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be in cluded as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the subtracted weight of occupants from the load limit VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Do not exceed the load limit of your ve hicle shown as The combined weight of occupants and cargo on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not exceed the number of occupants shown as Seating Capacity on the Tire and Load ing Information label To get the combined weight of occu pants and cargo add the weight of all occupants then add the total luggage weight Examples are shown in the follow ing illustration Technical and consumer information 9 15 Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Trailer Tongue Weight td 300 Ib 27 kg 135 kg Luggage Occupants Rk FA 150 Ib x 2 300 Iib 30 1b x 2 60 Ib 70 kg 135 kg 14 kg Luggage OO 30 Ib x 2 60 Ib 14 kg 27 kg Occupants Lk 150 Ib x 2 300 Ib 70 kg 135 kg Occupants Luggage RERRK CEECEE 150 Ib x 5 750 Ib 30 Ib x 5 150 Ib 70 kg 340 kg 14 kg 70 kg Example 9 16 Technical and consumer information Remaining available cargo and luggage load
438. on Do not put a seat belt around both a child and another passenger 1 32 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system NISSAN recommends that all child restraints be installed in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat If you must install a forward facing child restraint in the front seat refer to Forward facing child restraint in stallation using the seat belts in this section Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating air bag could seriously injure or kill a child A rear facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat Be sure to purchase a child restraint that will fit the child and vehicle Some child restraints may not fit properly in your vehicle Child restraint anchorages are de signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re straints Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchor age and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision Never use the anchor points for adult seat belts or harnesses A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the f
439. on control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission con trol system Security indicator light This light blinks whenever the ignition switch is in the LOCK OFF or ACC position This function indicates the security system equipped on the vehicle is operational For additional information refer to Security sys tems in this section Side light and headlight indicator light green if so equipped The side light and headlight indicator light illumi nates when the side light or headlight position is selected For additional information refer to Headlight and turn signal switch in this section R Slip indicator light This indicator will blink when the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system is operating thus alerting 2 20 instruments and controls that the vehicle is nearing its traction limits The road surface may be slippery Ga emn signal hazard indicator lights The appropriate light flashes when the turn signal switch is activated Both lights flash when the hazard switch is turned on B Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF indicator light This indicator light comes on when the VDC off switch is pushed to OFF the transfer case is in the 4LO position 23 y model or when the VDC system is not functioning properly This indicates the VDC system is not operating Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the
440. on if they have ac cess to the vehicle or the EDR EDR data will only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee or as otherwise required or per mitted by law OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for this model year and prior can be purchased A Genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle This manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at NISSAN dealer ships Genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals can also be purchased For USA For current pricing and availability of Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals contact www nissan techinfo com For current pricing and availability of Genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals contact 1 800 247 5321 For Canada To purchase a copy of a Genuine NISSAN Ser vice Manual or Owner s Manual for this model year and prior please contact your nearest NISSAN dealer For the phone number and loca tion of a NISSAN dealer in your area call the NISSAN Information Center at 1 800 387 0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representative will assist yOu Technical and consumer information 9 35 MEMO 9 36 Technical and consumer information 10 Index 2nd row bench seat adjustment 1 4 AWD warning light 2 15 A Adjusting pedal position 3 31 Air bag See supplemental restraint system ow Ske Oy hd ee Oh 2 we ea 1 55 Air bag system
441. on on the control panel Settings gt Slideshow Order 8 00 Order List Slideshow order Select the Random key to display the images in a random order during a slideshow Select the Order List key to display the images in the order in which they are stored on the storage device Select the Back key or press the BACK button on the control panel to return to the slideshow screen REARVIEW MONITOR if so equipped When the shift lever is shifted into the R Re verse position the monitor display shows the view to the rear of the vehicle AWARNING Failure to follow the warnings and instruc tions for proper use of the RearView Monitor could result in serious injury or death The RearView Monitor is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper back ing Always turn and look out the win dows and check mirrors to be sure that it is safe to move before operating the vehicle Always back up slowly The system is designed as an aid to the driver in showing large stationary ob jects directly behind the vehicle to help avoid damaging the vehicle e The system cannot completely elimi nate blind spots and may not show ev ery object Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 21 Underneath the bumper and the corner areas of the bumper cannot be viewed on the RearView Monitor because of its monitoring range limitation The system will not show small objects below
442. ongue weight Technical and consumer information 9 21 The available towing capacity may be less than TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION the maximum towing capacity due to the passen ger and cargo load in the vehicle es ae ae eee Remember to keep trailer tongue weight be tween 10 15 of ihe trailer veh or iin the w o tow package saat oa PR ee Maximum Towing Ca 2 948 kg 2 948 kg 2 948 kg trailer tongue load specification recommended gee by the trailer manufacturer If the tongue load ee with tow package oe ee 21000 9 y i 3 719 kg 4 082 kg 4 082 kg becomes excessive rearrange the cargo to ob 650 Ib 650 lb 650 Ib tain the proper tongue load Do not exceed the w o tow package i oe Maximum Tongue 295 kg 295 kg 295 kg maximum tongue weight specification shown in o w Load 910 lb 900 Ib 900 Ib the Towing load specification chart even if the with tow package i i 413 kg 408 kg 408 kg calculated available tongue weight is greater ET ENOTES ETN than 15 If the calculated tongue weight is less Maximum Gross w o tow package i 6 S06 kg i 6 ea ko i 6 ao kg than 10 reduce the total trailer weight to match Combined Weight TETT i 3 TEE b 3 TE T 2 the available tongue weight Rati i i j l i 9 9 ee Witi ToN package 6 712 kg 6 849 kg 6 849 kg Always verify that available capacities are within 1 The towing capacity values are calculated assuming a base vehicle with driver and any options required to achieve
443. onnect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 71 A CAUTION e Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port For additional information refer to your device manufacturer s owner information regarding the proper use and care of the device To connect an iPod to the vehicle so that the iPod can be controlled with the audio system controls and display screen use the USB port located in the center console Connect the iPod specific end of the cable to the iPod and the USB end of the cable to the USB port on the vehicle If your iPod supports charging via a USB connection its battery will be charged while connected to the vehicle with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position While connected to the vehicle the iPod can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls To disconnect the iPod from the ve
444. ontrol panel then select the Bluetooth key on the display Adjust navigation settings LHA1236 Bluetooth ON OFF Allows user to switch Bluetooth on and off Bluetooth must be on in order to connect device Turns Bluetooth on Turns Bluetooth off Connect Bluetooth Upon pressing this button a popup box will appear on the screen prompting you to confirm that the connection is for the phone system Select the Yes key Yes Confirms that you are connecting a Bluetooth device Upon pressing this button the following message will appear on screen The system is searching for your phone Using your handset look for a Bluetooth device called MY CAR When requested by the handset enter the PIN 1234 Exiting screen cancels search The connecting procedure varies by phone For additional information refer to the phone s Owner s Manual When the connecting is complete the screen will return to the Bluetooth settings screen Cancel Cancels operation N Indicates to the system that you are connecting a Bluetooth enabled audio device Cancel Cancels operation Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 125 VEHICLE PHONEBOOK This vehicle has two phonebooks available for your use Depending on your phone the system may automatically download your entire cell phone s phonebook into the Handset Phone book For additional information on downloading your phonebook
445. oolant is aoaaa aaae 8 7 Engine oil naaa auaa ae 8 9 Power steering flud 8 13 Windshield washer fluid aaa 8 14 F M V S S certification label 9 12 Fog light switch aaa aaa 2 38 Front air bag system See supplemental restraint system 1 62 Front and rear sonar system 5 36 Front power seat adjustment saaa a 1 3 Pront Sealse s s ia 6 omad a ee Oe OR A 1 2 Fuel Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants oaoa aaa aaa 9 2 FUCI economy sa odist e484 ee ae ke 5 23 Fuel gauge saaa eRe ewes ee Se 2 6 Fuel octane rating 9 5 Fuel recommendation 9 4 Loose fuel cap warning 2 28 3 28 Fuel Cell Vehicle FCV System Tite pressure a4 cw eee Gee we ee OO 8 37 Fuel filler door 0 a 6 8 GA we wood 3 28 Fuel gauge 21 eee aed seas dbase 2 ee 2 6 FUSES a oe ee ee amp RE EE He Se 8 24 FUSIDIG INKS lt s s lt 66 5 d e he So Be ea 8 26 G Garage door opener HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 64 2 65 2 66 2 67 Gauge Automatic transmission fluid temperature gauge 4 we 6 A ee Oe ee Se ee ee 2 8 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Engine oil pressure gauge 2 7 Puel gaes d s a ae eo ae he aa Re 2 6 Odometer aooaa 2 4 Speedometer oaa a 006 2 4 Tachometer saaa ae 2 5 Trip odometer aoaaa aaae 2 4 Voltmeter aoaaa e 2 7 General maintenance 8 2 Glass hatehi a ssa ede e
446. or Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system Make sure the child s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat The seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears For example if a low back booster seat is chosen the vehicle seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears If the seatback is lower than the center of the child s ears a high back booster seat should be used If the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle place the child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with the child Always follow all recommended pro cedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the rear seats or the front passenger seat Booster seat installation AWARNING To avoid injury to child do not use the lap shoulder belt in the Automatic Lock ing Retractor ALR mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts For additional information refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety Child re straints and Booster seats sect
447. or correct command recognition by the system Say commands when there are minimal background sounds Say voice commands clearly Avoid talking slow or with long pauses Say commands after the tone 4 136 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Voice recognition settings The available settings of the NISSAN Voice Rec ognition system are described 1 Press the SETTING button on the control panel 2 Select Others key 3 Select the Voice Recognition key You can confirm the page by scrolling the screen using the NISSAN controller Command List When Alternate Command Mode is activated this key will allow user to access the list of Phone Navigation Information Audio and Help commands Allows user access to user guide settings For additional information refer to Displaying User Guide in this section Speaker Adaptation When Alternate Command Mode is activated this key will allow user to initiate a system function for better voice recognition performance For additional information refer to Speaker Adaptation Function in this section Alternate Command Mode Allows user to activate Alternate Command Mode A screen will appear prompting user to review the expanded command list and advises that some command will be replaced and voice menu prompts turned off User will have to confirm by pressing OK to proceed with activation Minimize Voice Feedback When Alternate Command
448. or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight This can occur even if the vehicle is parked Un buckle the seat belt to release the child If the seat belt cannot be unbuckled or is already unbuckled release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool such as a knife or scissors to release the seat belt Children need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information is available from many other sources including doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community organizations Every child is different so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child There are three basic types of child restraint systems Rear facing child restraints 1 30 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Forward facing child restraints Booster seats The proper restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 Ibs 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child restraints Forward facing child restraints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a forward facing child restraint AWARNING Infants and children need special protec tion The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them prope
449. or the first time or you do not know how to operate it you can display the User Guide for confirmation You can confirm how to use voice commands by accessing a simplified User Guide which con tains basic instructions and tutorials for several voice commands 1 Press the INFO button on the control panel 2 Select the Voice Recognition key 3 Select the User Guide key 4 Select an item Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 135 NOTE You can skip steps 1 to 3 by pressing the button and saying Help fol lowed by User Guide p Menu tte Rest Getting Started The following message will appear With voice recognition you can use voice commands to control navigation audio phone and other e functions To start the voice recognition system push the TALK switch on the steering wheel then say a command after the tone Let s Practice Initiates a practice session that demonstrates how to improve voice recognition by the system The system will prompt you to say a phone number After you say the number the system will provide feedback to improve voice recognition When you are ready push the TALK switch Allows user to repeat the session if improvement is needed ee Completes practice session and returns user to the User Guide screen Placing Calls Initiates tutorial for making a phone call by voice command operation Help on Speaking Displays useful tips of speaking f
450. ormation Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the following conditions may require more frequent oil and filter changes repeated short distance driving at cold out side temperatures driving in dusty conditions extensive idling towing a trailer stop and go commuting For additional information refer to NISSAN Ser vice and Maintenance Guide for the mainte nance schedule AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND OIL RECOMMENDATIONS The air conditioner system in your NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refriger ant HFC 134a R 134a and NISSAN A C system oil Type S or the exact equivalents A CAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or oil will cause severe damage to the air condition ing system and will require the replace ment of all air conditioner system components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your NISSAN vehicle does not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain government regula tions require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air conditioner sys tem service A NISSAN dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioner system refriger ant
451. osed by using the keyfob 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments Operating the power liftgate if so equipped Press and hold the button on the keyfob for about 0 5 seconds to open or close the liftgate The hazard warning lights flash and a chime sounds to indicate the power open or power close se quence has started The liftgate will reverse direction immediately during power open or power close if the keyfob button is pressed A chime will sound to an nounce the reversal For additional information refer to Liftgate in this section Using the panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the panic alarm to call attention by pressing and holding the 2 button on the key fob for longer than 0 5 seconds The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for a period of time The panic alarm stops when it has run for a period of time or any button is pressed on the key fob Using the interior lights Press the 1 button on the key fob once to turn on the interior lights and puddle lights if so equipped For additional information refer to Interior light in the Instruments and controls section of this manual LPD0262 Silencing the horn beep feature If desired the horn beep feature can be deacti vated using the key fob NOTE If you change the horn beep and light flash feature with the key fob the display screen if so equipped will not sh
452. osition The moonroof should now operate normally Auto reverse function when closing or tilting down the moonroof The auto reverse function can be activated when the moonroof is closed or tilted down by auto matic operation when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position or for a period of time after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the moonroof occurs AWARNING There are some small distances immedi ately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle before closing the moonroof When closing If the control unit detects something caught in the moonroof as it moves to the front the moonroof will immediately open backward When tilting down If the control unit detects something caught in the moonroof as it tilts down the moonroof will im mediately tilt up If the auto reverse function malfunctions and re peats opening or tilting up the moonroof keep pushing the tilt down switch within 5 seconds after it happens the moonroof will fully close gradually Make sure nothing is caught in the moonroof AWARNING In an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle through an open moonroof Always use seat belts and child restraints e Do not allow anyone
453. ositioner in the Pre driving checks and adjustments section of this manual Forward and backward Moving the switch forward or backward will slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Reclining Move the recline switch backward until the de sired angle is obtained To bring the seatback forward again move the switch forward and move your body forward The seatback will move forward The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit For additional information refer to Pre cautions on seat belt usage in this section Also the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the shift lever is in P Park Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 Seat lifter driver s seat Push the front or rear end of the switch up or down to adjust the angle and height of the seat cushion Lumbar support driver s seat The lumbar support feature provides adjustable lower back support to the driver Move the switch forward or backward to adjust the seat lumbar area 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WRS0468 Outboard seats 2ND ROW BENCH SEAT ADJUSTMENT if so equipped Reclining To recline the seatback pull up on the lever and lean back The recline feature allows adjustment of the seat back for oc
454. ot be installed in the under hood fuse boxes Only use type fuses in the underhood fuse boxes ENGINE COMPARTMENT AWARNING Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or electronic control units or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not come on check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF 2 Open the engine hood 3 Remove the fuse box cover by pushing the tab and lifting the cover up 4 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller The fuse puller is located in the center of the fuse block in the passenger compartment Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 5 If the fuse is open replace it with a new fuse 6 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired It is recom mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself Fusible links If the electrical equipment does not operate and fuses are in good condition check the fusible links If any of these fusible links are melted replace with only Genuine NISSAN parts PASSENGER COMPARTMENT AWARNING Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or electronic control units or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open
455. ot ex ceed either of the gross axle weight rat ings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label If weight ratings are exceeded move or re move items to bring all weights below the ratings TOWING A TRAILER AWARNING Overloading or improper loading of a trailer and its cargo can adversely affect vehicle handling braking and perfor mance and may lead to accidents A CAUTION e Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy load for the first 500 miles 805 km Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged For the first 500 miles 805 km that you tow a trailer do not drive over 50 mph 80 km h and do not make starts at full throttle This helps the engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the heavier load Your new vehicle was designed to be used pri marily to carry passengers and cargo Remember that towing a trailer places additional loads on your vehicle s engine drive train steering brak ing and other systems A NISSAN Towing Guide U S only is available on the website at www nissanusa com This guide includes information on trailer towing ca pability and the special equipment required for proper towing MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS Maximum trailer loads Never allow the total trailer load to exceed the value specified in the Towing Load Specifica tion chart found in this section The to
456. ou can say Go back or Correction any time the system is waiting for a response Call Main Menu Call A Name Phone Number 7 or 10 Digits Special Number Redial Call Back A Name If you have stored entries in the phonebook you can dial a number associated with a name For additional information on how to store entries refer to Phonebook in this section When prompted by the system say the name of the phone book entry you wish to call The system acknowledges the name If there are multiple numbers associated with the name the system asks you to choose the correct number Once you have confirmed the name and location the system begins the call 7 or 10 Digits For phone numbers with 7 or 10 digits say the number you wish to call when prompted by the system Special Number For dialing more than 10 digits or any special characters say Special Number When the system acknowledges the command the system will prompt you to speak the number Redial Use the Redial command to call the last number that was dialed The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a redial number does not exist the system announces There is no number to redial and ends the NISSAN Voice Recognition System session Call Back Use the Call Back command to dial the number
457. out 30 compared to gasoline operation Replacement parts Many components in your Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV are designed to be compatible with etha nol Always be sure that your vehicle is serviced with correct ethanol compatible parts A CAUTION Replacing fuel system components with non ethanol compatible components can damage your vehicle and may also affect the warranty coverage Maintenance If you operate your vehicle using E 85 fuel follow the correct maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide A CAUTION Do not use ethanol mixture greater than 85 in your vehicle It will cause difficulty in cold starting and may affect drivability API certification mark ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATIONS Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose the correct grade quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance For additional infor mation refer to Recommended fluids lubricants and capacities in this section NISSAN recom mends the use of an energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy Select only engine oils that meet the American Petroleum Institute API certification or Interna tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval API service symbol Committee ILSAC certification and SAE vis cosity standard These oils have the API certifica tion mark on the front of the container Oils which do not have the spe
458. ove the head restraint headrest or headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint headrest or headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to rein stall the head restraint headrest or headrest when the child restraint is removed For additional information about head restraint headrest adjustment removal and installation refer to Head restraints headrests in this section Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 47 LRS0667 Forward facing step 4 4 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted LRS0668 Forward facing step 5 5 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt 1 48 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 6 WRS0681 Forward facing step 6 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point rear seat installation only For addi tional information refer to Installing top tether strap in thi
459. ow the current mode and cannot be used to change the mode Use the key fob to return to the previous mode and re enable the display screen control To deactivate Press and hold the and A buttons for at least 2 seconds The hazard warning lights will flash three times to confirm that the horn beep feature is deactivated To activate Press and hold the and buttons for at least 2 seconds once more The hazard warning lights will flash once and the horn will sound once to confirm that the horn beep feature reactivated Deactivating the horn beep feature does not si lence the horn if the alarm is triggered Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY if so equipped AWARNING e Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac turer for the possible influences before use The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pressed The FAA advises the radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and communi cation systems Do not operate the In telligent Key while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unin tentionally when the unit is stored for a flight The Intelligent Key can operate all the door locks using the remote control function or pushing the request switch on the vehicle without taking the key out from a pocket or purse The operating environment and or cond
460. ower and select the correct monitor A or B Is volume turned on the head phones Is anything blocking the path be tween the monitor IR sensor and headphones When placing the headphones on your head make sure to observe the Left and Right orientation The head phones must be oriented correctly facing forward in order to receive Player does not respond to all commands dur ing playback When a DVD is inserted a Pa rental Setting message is displayed pro hibiting DVD movie playback After the Paren tal Password is entered a Pass word Incorrect message is dis played and DVD movie will not play Some operations are not permitted by the DVD Refer to the specific instructions included with the DVD for more information Using the remote control enter the 4 digit Parental Password 0000 and then press Enter If the incorrect Parental Password is entered more than two times the until will stop playback and return to the splashscreen Using the remote control press Play to initiate play back and display the Parental Set ting message Using the remote control enter the 4 digit Parental Password 0000 and then press Enter SPECIFICATIONS LCD Backlight LED Supported Disc Memory External A V Input USB 2 0 port 3 5mm A V Out put Jack 3 5mm Headphone Jack RCA Type A V Input Jacks Frequency Response 20Hz 20kHz Output Level 2Vpp input OdB I O Ports Headphone Aud
461. p Sharp Adjust to soften Low Med or sharpen the Low ness High picture Adjust to brighten or 20 20 picture Adjust to Contaei increase or 16 decrease picture 16 contrast Bright ness darken the Adjust to increase or decrease the picture gamma Adjust to increase or decrease the color hue Adjust to Satura increase or tion decrease color 09 09 intensity Luma Adjust to change the Luma delay ona Low Med High None 09 09 D e x9 Audio Subtitle English OFF 8 ADULT Reset Parental Default E lt 4 Disc Menu English 4 lt __ Preference Page __ t t ttt gt Select Enter Set Preference Page If a disc or USB device is playing press STOP twice full stop Press the SETUP button on the remote control Use the A or andthe lt q or buttons on the remote control to navigate the Setup Page Press ENTER to select and then the lt to return to the sub menu Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 95 AR e x9 Audio English Subtitle OFF Disc Menu English Parental 4 8 ADULT Default Reset __ Preference Page _ t gt Select Enter Set Audio The Audio sub menu allows the user to select the audio stream in the desired language for play back When the Audio option is highlighted press the p gt button once and then use the lt or buttons on th
462. passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front passenger air bag is automatically turned OFF with the seat occupied The light will not illuminate when the front pas senger seat is unoccupied If an adult occupant is in the seat but the front passenger air bag status light is illuminated indi cating that the air bag is OFF it could be that the person is a small adult or is not sitting on the seat properly or not using the seat belt properly If a child restraint must be used in the front seat the front passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system used If the air bag status light is not illuminated indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly Make sure that the child restraint is installed properly the seat belt is used properly and the occupant is posi tioned properly If the air bag status light is still not illuminated reposition the occupant or child re straint in a rear seat If the front passenger air bag status light will not illuminate even though you believe that the child restraint the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned the system may be sensing an unoccupied seat in which case the air bag is OFF A NISSAN dealer can check that the sys tem is
463. peed Unsecured cargo can be thrown around when driving over rough terrain Prop erly secure all cargo so it will not be thrown forward and cause injury to you or your passengers Starting and driving 5 7 To avoid raising the center of gravity excessively do not exceed the rated capacity of the roof rack and evenly distribute the load Secure heavy loads in the cargo area as far forward and as low as possible Do not equip the ve hicle with tires larger than specified in this manual This could cause your ve hicle to roll over Do not grip the inside or spokes of the steering wheel when driving off road The steering wheel could move sud denly and injure your hands Instead drive with your fingers and thumbs on the outside of the rim Before operating the vehicle ensure that the driver and all passengers have their seat belts fastened Lower your speed when encountering strong crosswinds With a higher center of gravity your NISSAN is more affected by strong side winds Slower speeds ensure better vehicle control Do not drive beyond the performance capability of the tires even with 4WD engaged 5 8 Starting and driving For 4WD equipped vehicles do not at tempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any drive or reverse position with the engine running Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected ve hicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or perso
464. peration not adjustable 2 ON continuous low speed operation Push the switch forward 3 to operate the washer The wiper will also operate several times AWARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the window and ob scure your vision Warm the rear window with the defroster before you wash the rear window A CAUTION e Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds e Do not operate the washer if the windshield washer fluid reservoir is empty Do not fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir with washer fluid concen trates at full strength Some methyl al cohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the windshield washer fluid reser voir Do not use the windshield washer fluid reservoir to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water Instruments and controls 2 33 REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL MIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH SWITCH 0 Gy LIC1173 WIC1250 To defrost the rear window glass and outside Type A if so equipped Type B if so equipped mirrors WIC1186 Start the engine and push the rear window de froster switch The rear window defroster indica tor light on the display screen comes on Push the switch again to
465. petroleum oils may be used and meet all specifications and Without oil requirements necessary to maintain the New Vehicle Limited Warranty filter change 7 1 8 qt 5 7 8 qt 6 7 L For additional information refer to Engine oil and oil filter recommenda tions in this section Gselngeiien 3 3 8 gal 9 7 8 gal 12 8L oh Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF If Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF is not available Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF may also be used Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genu ine NISSAN Matic S ATF or Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF will cause dete rioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may dam age the automatic transmission which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty Refill to the proper level according to the instructions in Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent the Maintenance and do it yourself section DEXTRON VI type ATF may also be used Brake fluid Refill to the proper level according to the instructions in the Maintenance and do it yourself section Available in mainland U S A through a NISSAN dealer Multi purpose grease NLGI No 2 Lithium Soap base HFC 134a R 134a Air conditioning system refrigerant For additional information refer to Air conditioner specification label in this section 9 2 Technical and consumer information Refill to the proper level according to the instr
466. playing and a USB device is plugged in the USB device will take priority over disc playback The external RCA A V input connections have priority over both USB port and disc playback CONNECTING AN EXTERNAL A V MONITOR OUTPUT An external audio video monitor may be con nected to the 3 5mm A V connector sold sepa rately NOTE Use the 3 5mm A V cable made specifically for the device An optional adapter sold separately may be used to convert the 3 5mm A V output to the standard RCA jacks SELECTING MONITOR A ORB AS THE SOURCE It is possible to select monitor B as the source from monitor A and vice versa This will allow content that is playing on monitor B to be dis played on monitor A Monitor A To select monitor B as the source for monitor A press the source button on the front panel or the remote control until MONITOR B is displayed Monitor B To select monitor A as the source for monitor B press the source button on the front panel or the remote control until MONITOR A is displayed TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Is ignition switch turned to the on or ACC position Are batteries installed in the remote control Check the remote control to make sure DVD A button is pressed for controlling monitor A and DVD B button is pressed for controlling monitor B Monitor does not power on 4 104 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Remote control does not
467. ps AWARNING Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Use suitable ropes and hooks to secure cargo Never allow anyone to ride in the lug gage area It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts The child restraint top tether strap may be damaged by contact with items in the cargo area Secure any items in the cargo area Your child could be seri ously injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly Instruments and controls 2 53 Side finisher When hooking on ropes do not apply a load of more than 55 Ib 245 N to a single hook or 44 Ib 196 N to a single hook 2 54 Instruments and controls Floor hooks Do not apply a load of more than 110 Ib 490 N to a single hook AWARNING Drive extra carefully when the vehicle is loaded at or near the cargo carrying Capacity especially if the significant portion of that load is carried on the roof rack Heavy loading of the roof rack has the potential to a
468. r a response by saying Cancel or Quit The system announces Cancel and ends the VR session You can also press and hold the button on the steering wheel for 5 seconds at any time to end the VR session Whenever the VR ses sion is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system How to say numbers NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers in voice commands Refer to the following rules and examples Either zero or oh can be used for 0 Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight oh oh six six two six two oh oh or One eight zero zero six six two six two oh oh Words can be used for the first 4 digits places only Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight hundred six six two six two oh oh NOT One eight hundred six six two sixty two hundred and NOT One eight oh oh six six two sixty two hundred Numbers can be spoken in small groups The system will prompt you to continue en tering digits if desired Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight zero zero The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more Six six two The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more Six two zero zero Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 111 ea Say pound for Say star for avail able when using
469. r cap before removing e Brake fluid is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of reach of children A CAUTION Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur faces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled immediately wash the surface with water Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 BRAKE FLUID Check the brake fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid level is below the MIN line 2 or the brake warning light comes on add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line 4 If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by a NISSAN dealer 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID aE SW XS Bb w 2 WINDSHIELD WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR Fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir periodi cally Add windshield washer fluid when the low windshield washer fluid warning light comes on To fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir lift the cap off the reservoir and pour the windshield washer fluid into the reservoir opening Add a washer solvent to the washer for better cleaning In the winter season add a windshield washer antifreeze Follow the manufacturer s in structions for the mixture ratio Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of windshield washer fluid Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Wind shield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp An
470. r inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may se verely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system sus pension system or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the front air bag system Tampering with the front air bag system may result in serious personal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system Removing or modifying the front pas senger seat may affect the function of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury 1 68 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing mate rial on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers on the seat that are not specifi cally designed to assure proper air bag operation Additionally do not stow any objects under the front passenger seat or the seat cushion an
471. r light The 4WD shift indicator light is located in the vehicle information display LSD0147 The light should turn off within one second after turning the ignition switch to the ON position While the engine is running the 4WD shift indi cator light will illuminate the position selected by the 4WD shift switch 5 28 Starting and driving The 4WD shift indicator light may blink while shifting from one drive mode to the other When the shifting is com pleted the 4WD shift indicator light will come on If the indicator light does not come on immediately make sure the area around the vehicle is safe and drive the vehicle straight accelerate or decelerate or move the vehicle in re verse then shift the 4WD shift switch f the 4WD warning light comes on the 4WD indicator light goes out A CAUTION When the 4WD shift switch is turned to the AUTO position at low ambient tem peratures the 4WD shift indicator light may show 4H If this happens all four wheels are driven as torque distribution is in the 4H position Be careful as the vehicle may become difficult to turn When the vehicle is driven the 4WD shift indicator light should change to AUTO If the 4WD shift indicator light indica tion changes to 2WD when the 4WD shift switch is shifted to the AUTO or 4H position at low ambient temperatures the 2WD mode may be being engaged due to malfunctioning drive system If the indicator does not return to
472. r on the ve hicle body underside can accelerate corrosion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing and where atmospheric pollution exists and road salt is used Appearance and care 7 5 Temperature High temperatures accelerate the rate of corro sion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use acceler ates the corrosion process Road salt also accel erates the disintegration of paint surfaces PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible 7 6 Appearance and care A CAUTION e NEVER remove dirt sand or other de bris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them
473. r sonar system if so equipped 05 5 35 Front and Rear Sonar System if so equipped 5 36 Cold weather CUVING lt cncvextadecnesaaaaredans ened 5 37 Freeing a frozen door lock 0 ce eee eee 5 37 PUUINCEZ Coc osven Beets ae dene ed n aiea wea 5 37 ZE E E E atae see Sees ee Se ee Sen es 5 37 Draining of coolant water 000ce eee 5 38 Tire COUID MCN soo nteceseed ete ee tage eeeeweant 5 38 Special winter equipment 22 05 5 38 Engine block heater if so equipped 5 39 Driving ON SHOW OF 166 wd dcc2Geeeeeeenaeewren eden 5 38 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING AWARNING e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle Pets should also not be left alone They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury EXHAUST GAS carbon monoxide AWARNING e Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide is danger ous It can cause unconsciou
474. r to Measurement of weights in this section Also check tires for proper inflation pres sures For additional information refer to the Tire and Loading Information label in the Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion of this manual SE LT10089 Cargo area ceiling tie down hooks SECURING THE LOAD There are tie down hooks located in the cargo area as shown The tie down hooks can be used to secure cargo with ropes or other types of straps Do not apply a total load of more than 55 Ibs 245 N to a single plastic hook or 44 Ibs 196 N to a single plastic hook when securing cargo Do not apply a total load of more than 110 Ibs 490 N to a single metal floor tie down hook when securing cargo LTI0090 Cargo area floor tie down hooks AWARNING Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury The child restraint top tether strap may be damaged by contact with items in the cargo area Secure any items in the cargo area Your child could be seri ously injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged Technical and consumer information 9 17 e Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it ca
475. r wheel drive 4WD in the Starting and driving section of this manual Turn off the engine To drive away ao FF W N O Start the vehicle Apply and hold the brake pedal Shift the transmission into gear Release the parking brake Drive slowly until the vehicle and trailer are clear from the blocks Apply and hold the brake pedal Have someone retrieve and store the blocks While going downhill the weight of the trailer pushing on the tow vehicle may de crease overall stability Therefore to main tain adequate control reduce your speed and shift to a lower gear Avoid long or repeated use of the brakes when descend ing a hill as this reduces their effectiveness and could cause overheating Shifting to a lower gear instead provides engine brak ing and reduces the need to brake as fre quently If the engine coolant temperature rises to a high temperature refer to If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emergency section of this owner s manual Trailer towing requires more fuel than normal circumstances Avoid towing a trailer for your vehicle s first 500 miles 805 km For the first 500 miles 805 km that you do tow do not drive over 50 mph 80 km h Have your vehicle serviced more often than at intervals specified in the recommended Maintenance Schedule in the NISSAN Ser vice and Maintenance Guide When making a turn your trailer whe
476. rages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circumstances are they to be used to at tach adult seat belts or other items or equipment to the vehicle Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision Installing top tether strap 8rd row bench seat 1 Top tether strap 2 Anchor point AWARNING In the 3rd row bench seat a child restraint with a top tether strap can only be used in the center position Do not place in an outboard seating position and attempt to angle the tether strap to the center position Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The center position of the 3rd row bench seat is the seating position that can use a top tether strap First secure the child restraint with the seat belt as applicable 1 Position the top tether strap over the top of the center seating position seatback 2 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point on floor behind the child restraint 3 Refer to the appropriate child restraint in stallation procedure steps in this section before tightening the tether strap If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap child restraint on the rear seat it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service 1 51 AWARNING
477. random button AUDIO button TUNE FLDR knob O N O O Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 55 9 DISC AUX button 10 Station select 1 6 buttons 11 amp CD eject button 12 ON OFF button VOL volume control knob 13 FLDR gt button 14 TUNE button No satellite radio reception is available when the XM button is pressed to access satellite radio stations unless optional satellite receiver and an tenna are installed and a SiriusXM Satellite Radio service subscription is active Satellite ra dio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam Audio main operation ON OFF button VOL volume control knob Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and push the ON OFF button while the system Is off to call up the mode that was playing immediately before the system was turned off To turn the system off press the ON OFF button Turn the VOL volume control knob to adjust the volume This vehicle has Speed Sensitive Volume SSV for audio The audio volume changes as the driv ing speed changes AUDIO button TUNE FLDR folder knob Press the AUDIO button to change the mode as follows Bass Treble Balance Fade To adjust Bass Treble Balance and Fade press the AUDIO button until the desired mode ap pears in the display Turn the TUNE FLDR folder knob to adjust Bass and Treble to the desired level You can also use the TUNE FLDR folder knob
478. ransmission an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manufacturer s recommendations when using their product SNOW PLOW AWARNING Do not use this vehicle for snowplowing Installing a snowplow may affect vehicle handling This may cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle and could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department of Transportation Quality Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified gov ernment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B and C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on we
479. rational 1 55 Sit upright and well back AWARNING The front air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lower severity fron tal collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status light is lit or if the front passenger seat is unoccupied For additional informa tion refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section The seat belts and the front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The front air bags inflate with great force Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Sys tem if you are unrestrained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of posi tion in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practi cal from the steering wheel or instru ment panel Always use the seat belts 1 56 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened The Advanced Air Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt us age the
480. reased coverage area at the outer corners of the bumper refer to the illustration for approximate zone coverage areas As you move closer to the obstacle the rate of the tone increases When the obstacle is less than 12 in 80 0 cm away the tone will sound continuously If the RSS detects a station ary or receding object further than 12 in 30 0 cm from the side of the vehicle the tone will sound for only three seconds Once the sys tem detects an object approaching the tone will sound again The RSS automatically turns on when the shift lever is placed in R Reverse and the ignition switch is ON The front and rear sonar system off switch on the instrument panel allows the driver to turn the RSS on and off To turn the RSS off the ignition switch must be ON and the shift lever in R Reverse An indicator light on the switch will illuminate when the system is turned off If the indicator light illuminates when the RSS is not turned off it may indicate a malfunction in the RSS Keep the RSS sensors located on the rear bum per fascia free from snow ice and large accumu lations of dirt do not clean the sensors with sharp objects If the sensors are covered it will affect the accuracy of the RSS Starting and driving 5 35 FRONT AND REAR SONAR SYSTEM if so equipped LSD0095 Rear Sensor AWARNING Always turn and look back before back ing up The rear sonar system is not a substitute for proper back
481. refer to Handset Phonebook in this section If your phonebook does not auto matically download you may set up the vehicle phonebook with up to 40 entries This phone book allows you to record a name to speak while using voice recognition Press the button on the steering wheel and then select the Vehicle Phonebook key Select the Add New key at the top of the screen This will allow the user to add new phonebook content via the methods listed below Copy from Call History The system will show a list of your incoming outgoing or missed calls that were downloaded from your cell phone depending on your phone s compatibility You may select one of these entries to save in the vehicle phonebook Copy from the Handset The system will show your cell phone s phonebook that was downloaded depending on your phone s compatibility You may select one of these entries to save in the vehicle phonebook Enter Number by Keypad Allows manual entry of phonebook contacts Saves the phonebook entry and then will show a screen that is ready to call the number Press the BACK button to return to the Vehicle Phonebook Entry Allows user to choose the entry number Allows user to enter the contact name Allows user to enter the contact number Type Allows user to choose a type from the icon list Select the Voicetag key to record a name to speak when using the Voice Recognition system Select the Store key and prepare to spea
482. ren could become involved in seri ous accidents 1 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and or its systems do not leave children people who require the assis tance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle Additionally the tempera ture inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets Do not adjust the drivers seat while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation The seat may move suddenly and could cause loss of con trol of the vehicle The seatback should not be reclined any more than needed for comfort Seat belts are most effective when the pas senger sits well back and straight up in the seat If the seatback is reclined the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased A CAUTION When adjusting the seat positions be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and or damage FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT Operating tips The power seat motor has an auto reset overload protection circuit If the motor stops during operation wait 30 seconds then reactivate the switch Do not operate the power seat switch for a long period of time when the engine is off This will discharge the battery For additional information refer to Automatic drive p
483. rence that may cause undesired operation NOTE Changes or modification not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment For Canada This device complies with Industry Canada license exempt RSS standard s Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause unde sired operation of the device ON PAVEMENT AND OFF ROAD DRIVING PRECAUTIONS Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles They have higher ground clearance than passen ger cars to make them capable of performing ina variety of on pavement and off road applications This gives them a higher center of gravity than ordinary vehicles An advantage of higher ground clearance is a better view of the road allowing you to anticipate problems However they are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional 2 wheel drive vehicles any more than low slung sports cars are designed to per form satisfactorily under off road conditions If at all possible avoid sharp turns at high speeds As with other vehicles of this type failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or vehicle rollover In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person weari
484. rial for adapting the system to your voice Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 147 USING THE SYSTEM Initialization When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initialized which takes a few seconds When completed the system is ready to accept voice commands If the amp switch is pressed before the initializa tion completes the display will show the mes sage System not ready or a beep sounds Before starting To get the best performance from NISSAN Voice Recognition observe the following Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing the voice commands cor rectly When the climate control is in the AUTO mode the fan speed decreases automati cally for easy recognition Wait until a tone sounds before speaking a command Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words Giving voice commands 1 Press and release the button located on the steering wheel 2 A list of commands appears on the screen and the system announces Please say a command 3 After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from to B speak a command 4 148 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 Once acommand is recognized
485. riteroutiere French speakers To notify NISSAN of any safety concerns please contact our Consumer Information Centre toll free at 1 800 387 0122 Technical and consumer information 9 33 READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST Due to legal requirements in some states and Canadian Provinces your vehicle may be re quired to be in what is called the ready condi tion for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emission control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system Component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M test check the vehicle s inspection maintenance test readiness condi tion Place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the engine If the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL comes on steady for 20 sec onds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test condition is not ready If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds the I M test condition is ready Contact a NISSAN dealer to set the ready condition or to prepare the vehicle for testing 9 34 Technical and consumer information EVENT DATA RECORDERS EDR This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Re corder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in
486. rked in the space completely move the shift lever to the P Park position and apply the parking brake DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED AND ACTUAL DISTANCES The distance guide line and the vehicle width guide line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed objects Backing up on a steep uphill When backing up the vehicle up a hill the dis tance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance For example the display shows 1 0 m 3 ft to the place A but the actual 1 0 m 3 ft distance on the hill is the place B Note that any object on the hill is further than it appears on the monitor Backing up on a steep downhill When backing up the vehicle down a hill the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown farther than the actual distance For example the display shows 1 0 m 3 ft to the place A but the actual 1 0 m 3 ft distance on Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 25 the hill is the place B Note that any object on the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor Backing up near a projecting object The predicted course lines do not touch the object in the display However the vehicle may hit the object if it projects over the actual b
487. rly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an improperly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child restraints All U S states and Canadian provinces or territo ries require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children For additional infor mation refer to Child restraints in this section A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle by using either the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system or with the vehicle seat belt For additional information refer to Child restraints in this section NISSAN recommends that all pre teens and children be restrained in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys tem air bag system for the front passen ger For additional information refer to Supplemental Restraint System SRS in this section INFANTS Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint NISSAN recom mends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manu facturer s i
488. rmation cautions and warn ings in this manual must be followed The side air bags and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity impact They are designed to inflate on the side Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in certain side collisions Curtain air bags are also designed to inflate in certain types of rollover collisions or near roll overs As a result certain vehicle movements for example during severe off roading may cause the curtain air bags to inflate Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper side air bag and curtain air bag operation When the side air bags and curtain air bags inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing con dition should get fresh air promptly Side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest of the front occupants Curtain air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occu pants in the front and rear outboard seating po sitions in all rows They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries How
489. rmation on using the touch screen refer to How to use the touch screen in this section Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 129 RECEIVING A CALL wenstem Ree Accept an incoming call to talk When you hear a phone ring the display will Press the button on the steering change to phone mode To receive a call follow wheel one of the procedures listed below Answer key on the display Accept an incoming call to talk Hold Call key on the display Put an incoming call on hold Reject Call key on the display Reject an incoming call 4 130 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems DURING A CALL There are some options available during a call Select one of the following displayed on the screen if necessary Menuttem PRs Finish the call If pressed while another caller is on hold current call will be ended and user will be able to speak to the caller that was previously on hold Transfer the call to the cellular phone Mute your voice to the person This will appear after the Mute key is selected Mute will be cancelled Mute Keypad Brings up a keypad Enter digits when needed For example entering your PIN number for voicemail Note Press the button during a call to send numbers and digits using Voice Recognition Switch Call Select this option to answer another incoming call function may not be available depending on the model of the phone ENDING A CA
490. rn the specific sounds of your voice For additional in formation refer to Speaker adaptation function in this section Alternate Command Mode For advanced operation an Alternate Command Mode is provided This setting enables control of the audio system as well as additional commands for the Phone and Navigation systems With this setting active the system does not announce or display the available commands at each step When this mode is activated the Voice Recogni tion Settings will change to show more options Minimize Voice Feedback Reduces the amount of the information spoken for each voice instruction Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 149 Settings gt Voice Recognition 8 00 Change the mode of Voice Recognition LHA1341 SPEAKER ADAPTATION FUNCTION The Voice Recognition system has a function to learn the user s voice for better voice recognition performance The system can memorize the voices of up to three persons Having the system learn the user s voice 1 Press the SETTING button on the control panel 2 Select the Others key on the display 3 Select the Voice Recognition key 4 Select the Speaker Adaptation key i 10 Select the user whose voice is to be memo rized by the system Touch a category to be learned by the sys tem from the following list Phone Navigation Information Audio e Help The voice
491. rning light turns on When the warning light comes on the 2WD mode may be engaged even if the 4WD shift switch is in AUTO or 4H Be especially careful when driving If corre sponding parts are malfunctioning the 4WD mode will not be engaged even if the 4WD shift switch is shifted Do not drive the vehicle in the 4H or 4LO position on dry hard surface roads Driv ing on dry hard surfaces in 4H or 4LO may cause unnecessary noise tire wear and increased fuel consumption If the 4WD warning light turns on when you are driving on dry hard surface roads inthe AUTO or 4H position shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD in the 4LO position stop the vehicle move the shift lever to the N position with the brake pedal depressed and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD If the warning light is still on after the above operation have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible The transfer case may be damaged if you continue driving with the warning light blinking Starting and driving 5 29 PARKING PARKING ON HILLS AWARNING e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be set and the transmission placed into P Park Fail ure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and re sult in an accident Make sure the shif
492. ront passenger seat Keep seatbacks as upright as pos sible after fitting the child restraint Infants and children should always be placed in an appropriate child re straint while in the vehicle When the child restraint is not in use keep it secured with the LATCH system or a seat belt In a sudden stop or colli sion loose objects can injure occupants or damage the vehicle A CAUTION A child restraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating sur face and buckles before placing a child in the child restraint This vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint anchor system referred to as the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren sys tem Some child restraints include rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be con nected to these anchors For additional informa tion refer to LATCH Lower Anchors and Teth ers for CHildren system in this section If you do not have a LATCH compatible child restraint the vehicle seat belts can be used Several manufacturers offer child restraints for infants and children of various sizes When se lecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat b
493. rs When the playback of the list is complete the system goes back to the main menu You can stop the playback of the list at any time by pressing the button on the steering wheel The system ends the Voice Recognition session Phonebook phones with automatic phonebook download function NOTE The Transfer Entry command is not avail able when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Phonebook Say a Name List Names Record Name For phones that support automatic download of the phonebook PBAP Bluetooth profile the Phonebook command is used to manage en tries in the vehicle phonebook You can say the name of an entry at this menu to initiate dialing of that entry The phonebook stores up to 1 000 names for each phone connected to the system When a phone is connected to the system the phonebook is automatically downloaded to the vehicle This feature allows you to access your phonebook from the Bluetooth system and call contacts by name You can record a custom voice tag for contact names that the system has difficulty recognizing Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 117 NOTE Each phone has its own separate phone book You cannot access Phone A s phone book if you are currently connected with Phone B For additional information refer to Record name in this section List Names A Use the List Names command to hear all the
494. rself 8 5 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS A CAUTION Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Avoid contact with used engine oil and coolant Improperly disposed engine oil engine coolant and or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment Al ways conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid Never leave the engine or automatic transmission related component har nesses disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is in the ON position This Maintenance and do it yourself section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions and could affect warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing have it done by a NISSAN dealer 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself oe ee eS ee eS O 1 Battery Fuse fusible link box Engine oil filler cap Brake fluid reservoir Windshield washer fluid reservoir Air cleaner Drive belt location Radiator cap Power steering fluid reservoir Engine oil dipstick Engine coolant reservoir NOTE Engine cover removed for clarity ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the facto
495. rt is located in the center console Insert the USB device into the connec tion port When a compatible storage device is plugged into the connection port compatible audio files on the storage device can be played through the vehicle s audio system 4 66 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Audio file operation AUX button Place the ignition switch in the ON or ACC position and press the AUX button to switch to the USB input mode If another audio source is playing and a USB connection port is inserted press the AUX button repeatedly until the center display changes to the USB memory mode If the system has been turned off while the USB memory was playing push the ON OFF button to restart the USB memory PP gt gt I SEEK CAT and TRACK Reverse or Fast Forward buttons Press and hold the SEEK CAT M4 rewind button or TRACK PPI fast forward button for 1 5 seconds while an audio file on the USB device is playing to reverse or fast forward the track being played The track plays at an in creased speed while reversing or fast forwarding When the button is released the audio file re turns to normal play speed 44 gt gt SEEK CAT and TRACK buttons Press the SEEK CAT button M4 while an au dio file on the USB device is playing to return to the beginning of the current track Press the SEEK CAT button M4 several times to skip backward several tracks Press the TRACK button
496. rt the compact disc into the slot with the label side facing up The compact disc will be guided automatically into the slot and start playing If the radio is already operating it will automati cally turn off and the compact disc will play If the system has been turned off while the com pact disc was playing pressing the ON OFF button will start the compact disc DISC AUX button When the DISC AUX button is pressed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the DISC AUX button is pressed with the compact disc loaded but the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play I lt gt gt SEEK CAT and TRACK buttons When the SEEK CAT 44 button is pressed while a compact disc is playing the track being played returns to its beginning Press several times to skip back through tracks The compact disc will go back the number of times the button is pressed Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 59 When the TRACK PPI button is pressed while the compact disc is playing the next track will start to play from its beginning Press several times to skip through tracks The compact disc will advance the number of times the button is pressed When the last track on the compact disc is skipped through the first track will be played The NISSAN controller can also be used
497. ry with a pre diluted mixture of 50 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue and 50 water to provide year round antifreeze and coolant protection The antifreeze solution con tains rust and corrosion inhibitors Additional en gine cooling system additives are not necessary A WARNING Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Wait until the engine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator For additional information on precautions refer to If your vehicle overheats in the In case of emer gency section of this manual The radiator is equipped with a pres sure type radiator cap To prevent en gine damage use only a Genuine NISSAN radiator cap A CAUTION Never use any cooling system additives such as radiator sealer Additives may clog the cooling system and cause dam age to the engine transmission and or cooling system When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue is pre diluted to provide antifreeze protection to 34 F 37 C If additional freeze protection is needed due to weather where you operate your vehicle add Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue concentrate following the direc tions on the container If an equivalent coolant other than Genui
498. s Indicate the vehicle width when backing up Predicted course lines Indicate the predicted course when backing up The predicted course lines will be displayed on the monitor when the shift selector is in the R Reverse position and the steering wheel is turned The predicted course lines will move de pending on how much the steering wheel is turned and will not be displayed while the steer ing wheel is in the straight ahead position The vehicle width guide lines and the width of the predicted course lines are wider than the actual width and course HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTED COURSE LINES AWARNING Always turn and check that it is safe to do so before backing up Always back up slowly Use the displayed lines as a reference The lines are highly affected by the number of occupants fuel level vehicle position road conditions and road grade If the tires are replaced with different sized tires the predicted course lines may be displayed incorrectly On a snow covered or slippery road there may be a difference between the predicted course line and the actual course line If the battery is disconnected or be comes discharged the predicted course lines may be displayed incorrectly If this occurs please perform the follow ing procedures Turn the steering wheel from lock to lock while the engine is running Drive the vehicle on a straight road for more than 5 minutes When the s
499. s key Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 79 Settings gt Audio Player E Yiu 8 00 Settings gt Audio Player E Yiu 8 00 XXXXXXXX Device Name XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX Select Device Address XXXKXXKXX Delete 5 A list of the connected Bluetooth audio 6 The Device Name and Device Address are CD CARE AND CLEANING players is displayed Select the name of the displayed on the screen Select the Select device you wish to edit key to make this device the active e Handle a CD by its edges Do not bend the Bluetooth audio player Select the Edit disc Never touch the surface of the disc key to edit the details of the player such as Device Name Select the Delete key to delete the device Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use 4 80 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR AUDIO CONTROL The audio system can be operated using the controls on the steering wheel 1 SOURCE select switch 2 Tu
500. s capable than 4 wheel drive models for rough road driving and extrication when stuck in deep snow or mud or the like Please observe the following precautions AWARNING Drive carefully when off the road and avoid dangerous areas Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should be seated with their seat belt fastened This will keep you and your passengers in position when driving over rough terrain e Do not drive across steep slopes In stead drive either straight up or straight down the slopes Off road vehicles can tip over sideways much more easily than they can forward or backward Many hills are too steep for any vehicle If you drive up them you may stall If you drive down them you may not be able to control your speed If you drive across them you may roll over Do not shift gears while driving on downhill grades as this could cause loss of control of the vehicle Stay alert when driving to the top of a hill At the top there could be a drop off or other hazard that could cause an accident If your engine stalls or you cannot make it to the top of a steep hill never at tempt to turn around Your vehicle could tip or roll over Always back straight down in R Reverse gear and apply brakes to control your speed Heavy braking going down a hill could cause your brakes to overheat and fade resulting in loss of control and an acci dent Apply brakes lightly and use a low gear to control your s
501. s seat belts and supplemental restraint system The front air bag side air bag curtain air bag systems and the pretensioner system should be inspected if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle It is recom mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service If you need to dispose of the supple mental air bag or pretensioner systems or scrap the vehicle it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer Incorrect dis posal procedures could cause personal injury If there is an impact to your vehicle from any direction your Occupant Classifica tion Sensor OCS should be checked to verify it is still functioning correctly It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service The OCS should be checked even if no air bags deploy as a result of the impact Failure to verify proper OCS function may result in an improper air bag deployment resulting in injury or death 1 73 2 Instruments and controls Instrument panel 2 score nseweeee Vacbsaweeeciseeueia 2 2 Meters and gauges ites swediecasecieeed ee ee gery exer 2 3 Speedometer and odometer 0ece eens 2 4 TaChOMG le arerin cactenneesteeeeeeeee sete ec 2 5 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 5 Fuel gaU na souaoe sage var sede saree see eee 2 6 Engine oil pressure gauge 2 0005 2 7 VOMSlO errira naren NENE EEA RAR E R 2 7 Automatic transmission fluid temperature Gauge E EEE E LEE E end aes 2 8 Compass d
502. s 2 63 CARGO LIGHT The cargo light on the overhead trim has a three position switch To operate push the switch to the desired position ON The light is illuminated Normal center position The light illuminates when the liftgate or glass hatch is opened The light turns off when the liftgate or glass hatch is closed OFF The light does not illuminate regardless of liftgate position or lock status 2 64 Instruments and controls HOMELINK UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER if so equipped The HomeLink Universal Transceiver provides a convenient way to consolidate the functions of up to three individual hand held transmitters into one built in device HomeLink Universal Transceiver e Will operate most Radio Frequency devices such as garage doors gates home and of fice lighting entry door locks and security systems Is powered by your vehicle s battery No separate batteries are required If the vehi cle s battery is discharged or is discon nected HomeLink will retain all program ming When the HomeLink Universal Trans ceiver is programmed retain the original transmitter for future programming proce dures Example new vehicle purchases Upon sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes For additional information refer to Program ming HomeLink in this section AWARNING Do not use the HomeLink Universal Tr
503. s active while the liftgate is closing in the safe mode Do not operate the liftgate again until it is checked by your NISSAN dealer 3 26 Pre driving checks and adjustments A CAUTION If the power liftgate does not stay open or if the liftgate unexpectedly closes at any time while a continuous warning chime sounds do not operate the lift gate There may be a pressure loss in one or both of the liftgate gas stays Have the liftgate inspected by a NISSAN dealer e Do not activate the power liftgate if one or both of the liftgate gas stays are removed Damage to the liftgate or power liftgate mechanisms may occur CANCEL oo CANCEL SWITCH Push the switch toward the CANCEL position to disable the rear pillar switch The liftgate can still be opened and closed using the switch on the instrument panel and keyfob The liftgate can also be opened manually with the outside handle if the liftgate is unlocked LIFTGATE RELEASE AWARNING Always be sure the liftgate has been closed securely to prevent it from open ing while driving Do not drive with the liftgate open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle For addi tional information refer to Exhaust gas carbon monoxide in the Starting and driving section of this manual e To avoid personal injury do not attempt LPD0251 LPD0252 to activate the power liftgate if one or R R both of the liftgate struts are remo
504. s and capacities in the Technical and consumer information section FLEXIBLE FUEL VEHICLE FFV FUEL RECOMMENDATION if so equipped If your vehicle is equipped as a Flexible Fuel vehicle FFV your vehicle is designed to use E 85 Fuel Ethanol Regular unleaded regular gasoline or any percentage of the two fuels com bined A CAUTION e Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system and may also affect the warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way catalyst For additional information refer to Recom mended fluids lubricants and capacities in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION Genuine NISSAN engine oil or equivalent Engine oil with API Certification Mark Viscosity SAE 5W 30 For additional information refer to Engine oil and oil filter recommendations in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual COLD TIRE PRESSURE Refer to Tire and Loading Information label The label is typically located on the driver side center pillar or on the driver s door For additional information refer to Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual RECOMMENDED NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCEDURE During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km of vehicle
505. s earns onocae pee ede ten twec ast 4 148 Speaker Adaptation function 000ee 4 150 Troubleshooting guide 2 02 00005 4 151 CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS COLOR SCREEN WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM if so equipped AWARNING Positioning of the heating or air condi tioning controls and display controls should not be done while driving in or der that full attention may be given to the driving operation e Do not disassemble or modify this sys tem If you do it may result in accidents fire or electrical shock Do not use this system if you notice any abnormality such as a frozen screen or lack of sound Continued use of the system may result in accident fire or electric shock In case you notice any foreign object in the system hardware spill liquid on it or notice smoke or smell coming from it stop using the system immediately Ig noring such conditions may lead to ac cidents fire or electrical shock It is rec ommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for servicing 1 STATUS button P 4 6 5 D OFF brightness control button 2 NISSAN controller P 4 5 P 4 10 3 INFO button P 4 6 6 DISPLAY button P 4 5 4 brightness control button 7 brightness control button 8 SETTING button P 4 8 4 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 9 BACK button s P 4 5 A CAUTION The glass display screen may break if it is hit with a hard or sharp o
506. s section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor WRS0698 Forward facing step 8 8 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 9 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 8 WRS0475 Forward facing step 10 10 If the child restraint is installed in the front passenger seat place the ignition switch in the ON position The front passenger air bag status light should illuminate If this light is not illuminated refer to Front pas senger air bag and status light in this sec tion Move the child restraint to another seating position Have the system checked It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted the ALR mode child re
507. s stopped after mak ing a turn you may feel a slight jolt after the shift lever is shifted to N or P This occurs because the transfer clutch is released and not because of a mal function A CAUTION Before placing the 4WD shift switch in the 4H position from 2WD or AUTO ensure the vehicle speed is less than 62 MPH 100 km h Failure to do so can damage the 4WD system Never shift the 4WD shift switch be tween 4L and 4H while driving Engine idling speed is high while warm ing up the engine Be especially careful when starting or driving on slippery sur faces with the 4WD shift switch set in AUTO When driving straight shift the 4WD shift switch to the 2WD AUTO or 4H position Do not move the 4WD shift switch when making a turn or reversing Do not shift the 4WD shift switch while driving on steep downhill grades Use the engine brake and low automatic transmission gears D1 or D2 for en gine braking Do not operate the 4WD shift switch with the rear wheels spinning 4WD shift switch operations Shift the 4WD shift switch to either the 2WD AUTO 4H or 4LO position depend ing on driving conditions With the switch set to the AUTO position distribution of torque to the front and rear wheels changes automatically depending on road conditions encountered ratio O 100 2WD 50 50 4WD This results in improved driving stability Starting and driving 5 27 Il 4WD shift indicato
508. s technology you can E3 Bluetooth make or receive a hands free telephone call with your cellular phone in the vehicle Once your cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle phone module no other phone con necting procedure is required Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position with the previously connected cellular phone turned on and carried in the ve hicle NOTE Some devices require the user to accept connections to other Bluetooth devices If your phone does not connect automatic ally to the system consult the phone s Owner s Manual for details on device op eration You can connect up to five different Bluetooth cellular phones to the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes Set up the wireless connection between a compatible cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the hands free phone system Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized or work properly Please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for a recommended phone list and connect ing instructions Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 109 You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the cellul
509. seat belt in this section 2 Lower the head restraints headrests to the full down position 3 Then pull up on the latch located on the outside corner of each seatback and fold the seatback forward over the seat base To return the 3rd row split bench seat to a seating position unfold the seatback and push it back until it latches into position AWARNING When returning the seatbacks be sure to attach the rear center seat belt connector e Do not unfasten the rear center seat belt connector except when folding down the rear seat When attaching the rear center seat belt connector be certain that the seat backs are completely secured in the latched position and the rear center seat belt connector is completely secured If the rear center seat belt connector and the seatbacks are not secured in the correct position serious personal injury may result in an accident or sud den stop 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 3rd row power folding seats if so equipped The 3rd row power folding seat controls are located behind the 2nd row seat passenger s side on the 3rd row cup holder console J There are also controls located on the rear quar ter trim panel behind the 3rd row seats passen ger s side 2 Before operating the 3rd row seats Make sure the 2nd row seatback isn t re clined Lower the 3rd row head restraint headrest to the full down position
510. seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 43 LRS0671 Forward facing step 4 4 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack WRS0697 Forward facing step 6 6 After attaching the child restraint test it be fore you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path The child re straint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH at tachment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 1 44 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 7 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 1 through 6 1 If necessary raise or remove the head restraint headrest to position the top tether strap over the
511. sed for more than 5 seconds in VA mode The vehicle begins moving during VA mode The ignition switch is placed in the OFF or LOCK position Training phrases During the VA mode the system instructs the trainer to say the following phrases The system will prompt you for each phrase phonebook transfer entry dial three oh four two nine delete call back number incoming transfer entry eight pause nine three two pause seven delete all entries Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 119 call seven two four zero nine phonebook delete entry next entry dial star two one seven oh yes no select missed dial eight five six nine two Bluetooth on outgoing call three one nine oh two nine seven pause pause three oh eight cancel call back number call star two zero nine five delete phone dial eight three zero five one record name four three pause two nine pause zero delete redial number phonebook list names call eight oh five four one correction connect phone dial seven four oh one eight previous entry delete dial nine seven two six six call seven six three oh one go back call five six two eight zero dial six six four three seven MANUAL CONTROL While using the voice recognition system it is possible to select menu options by using the steering wheel controls instead of speaking voice comm
512. seeteiseeags sedacciatadecens 9 14 Vehicle load capacity 202200 eee eee 9 15 Securing the load r rereri snrnid ETS RESENSEER 9 17 Loading IDS 24eccesacautcteateneeeereceeeres at 9 18 Measurement of weights 22 5 9 18 TOWING a talei osses ped agescenuesecGe sie peaney es 9 19 Maximum load IMItS cesecwerees eee tecues 9 19 Towing load specification 0 e0ees 9 22 TOWING Safely perenaine nkkan NA i 9 23 Fat TOWN acc ennnen a E EANNA 9 31 SNOW OW sicunsneradeausepas ences euros E 9 31 Uniform tire quality grading 2 20 5 9 31 Emission control system warranty 0 9 32 Reporting safety defects 0 c eee e eee ees 9 33 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test 9 34 Event Data Recorders EDR 00cceeeeeees 9 34 Owner s Manual Service Manual order information 9 35 RECOMMENDED FLUIDS LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be slightly different When refilling follow the procedure described in the Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity measure impmeasure iter OOOOOCCC S Drain and rel 2 OO Genuine NISSAN engine oil or equivalent With oil filter 7 3 8 at 6 1 8 qt 7 Engine oil with API Certification Mark Viscosity SAE 5W 30 change As an alternative to this recommended oil SAE 5W 30 or SAE 10W 30 conventional
513. separate Navigation System Owner s Manual regarding this item Weather Info For additional information refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual regarding this item For additional information refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual regarding this item ee GPS Position For additional information refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual regarding this item Touch the Others key to display additional categories Map Update For additional information refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual regarding this item Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 15 HOW TO USE THE SETTING Settings 8 00 BUTTON PE T Press the SETTING button This screen displays PR Se ee and adjusts various settings and functions that Display are available for your vehicle When the amber indicator next to an item is illuminated the feature is enabled Adjust navigation settings Mentem Rest Adjusts the audio volume Adjusts the guidance voice volume Adjusts the ringtone volume Adjusts the incoming call volume Adjusts the outgoing call volume Switch Beeps on off Toggles on or off the beep sound that is heard when a control panel button is pressed Guidance Voice on off Toggles the Navigation System voice on or off 4 16 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Display Adjusts the settings for the display screen Display Adjustment Select t
514. serious personal injury or property damage Hitch ball Choose a hitch ball of the proper size and weight rating for your trailer The required hitch ball size is stamped on most trailer couplers Most hitch balls also have the size printed on the top of the ball Choose the proper class hitch ball based on the trailer weight The diameter of the threaded shank of the hitch ball must be matched to the ball mount hole diameter The hitch ball shank should be no more than 1 16 smaller than the hole in the ball mount The threaded shank of the hitch ball must be long enough to be properly secured to the ball mount There should be at least 2 threads showing beyond the lock washer and nut Ball mount The hitch ball is attached to the ball mount and the ball mount is inserted into the hitch receiver Choose a proper class ball mount based on the trailer weight Additionally the ball mount should be chosen to keep the trailer tongue level with the ground Weight carrying hitches A weight carrying or dead weight ball mount is one that is designed to carry the whole amount of tongue weight and gross weight directly on the ball mount and on the receiver Weight distribution hitch This type of hitch is also called a load leveling or equalizing hitch A set of bars attach to the ball mount and to the trailer to distribute the tongue weight hitch weight of your trailer Many ve hicles can t carr
515. sers can create a voice model of their own voice that is stored in the system The system is capable of storing a different VA model for each connected phone Training procedure The procedure for training a voice Is as follows 1 Position the vehicle in a reasonably quiet outdoor location Sit in the driver s seat with the engine run ning the parking brake on and the transmis sion in P Park Press and hold the l button for more than 5 seconds The system announces Press the PHONE SEND button for the hands free phone system to enter the voice adaptation mode or press the PHONE END button to select a different lan guage Press the l button For additional information on selecting a dif ferent language refer to Choosing a lan guage in this section Voice memory A or memory B is selected automatically If both memory locations are already in use the system will prompt you to overwrite one Follow the instructions pro vided by the system When preparation is complete and you are ready to begin press the amp F button The VA mode will be explained Follow the instructions provided by the system 9 When training is finished the system will tell you an adequate number of phrases are recorded 10 The system will announce that voice adap tation has been completed and the system is ready The VA mode will stop if The button is pres
516. sing LANGA s wows ee abeasentes be neeaee nee cas eomess Rear facing child restraint installation using the seat belts 2 02 cncceseeadccwsenieseceeadand Forward facing child restraint installation using LATCH srrrrsori i Erren IPERE ESEN Forward facing child restraint installation using the seat beltS 0 0 cee eee eee eee Boosie Seales cc duavhistnedieteediaoduseasauwe Supplemental Restraint System SRS Precauti ns on SRS ccncwicaieesenceaesaedgaus Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 72 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 72 SEATS Sit upright and well back AWARNING e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back and up right in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat properly For additional information refer to Precau tions on seat belt usage in this section After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended child
517. sness or death 5 2 Starting and driving If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle drive with all win dows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immediately Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for any extended length of time Keep the rear vent windows liftgates doors and trunk lids if so equipped closed while driving otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passen ger compartment If you must drive with one of these open follow these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Set the air recirculation but ton to off and the fan control dial to high to circulate the air If electrical wiring or other cable con nections must pass to a trailer through the seal on the liftgate or the body follow the manufacturer s recommen dation to prevent carbon monoxide en try into the vehicle The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever a The vehicle is raised for service b You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment c You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system d You have had an accident involving damage to the exhaust system un derbody or rear of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the three way cat
518. speeds Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by maintain ing the correct air pressure and visually inspect the tires for wear and damage For additional information refer to Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or blows out while driving maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle road and traffic AWARNING The following actions can increase the chance of losing control of the vehicle if there is a sudden loss of tire air pressure Losing control of the vehicle may cause a collision and result in personal injury The vehicle generally moves or pulls in the direction of the flat tire e Do not rapidly apply the brakes Do not rapidly release the accelerator pedal Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel 1 Remain calm and do not overreact 2 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 3 When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 4 Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location off the road and away from traffic if possible 5 Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually stop the vehicle 6 Turn on the hazard warning flashers and contact a roadside emergency
519. st of presets Press and hold the touch screen or ENTER button on the NISSAN controller to save a preset Customize Channel List deselect chan nels to skip while using the TUNE FOLDER knob Favorite Artist amp Songs Tags the current artist or song playing on SiriuSXM Satellite Radio as a favorite Turn the Alert ON to indicate whenever a favorite artist or song is playing on Sirius XM Satellite Radio The audio system must be playing Sirius XM Satellite Ra dio for this feature to work Delete a favorite artist or song Categories Displays a category list for SirlusXM Satellite Radio Select a cat egory to select the first channel for that category Direct Tune Tune to a channel by entering the channel number Radio data system RDS RDS stands for Radio Data System and is a data information service transmitted by some radio sta tions on the FM band not AM band Currently most RDS stations are in large cities but many stations are now considering broadcasting RDS data RDS can display Station call sign such as WHFR 98 3 Station name such as The Groove Music or programming type such as Clas sical Country or Rock Station specific text If the station broadcasts RDS information the text information is automatically displayed Compact disc CD player operation Place the ignition in the ACC or ON position and inse
520. straint mode is canceled Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 49 1 If necessary raise or remove the head restraint headrest to position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child re straint is removed For additional infor mation refer to Head restraints headrests in this section for head restraint headrest adjust ment removal and installation infor mation 2 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor LRS2100 LRS2069 point on the floor behind the child restraint ae Soe oe 2nd row captain s chairs if so equipped 2nd row bench seat if so equipped 3 Relier to ihe appropriste chid restant in 1 Top tether strap 1 Top tether strap stallation procedure steps in this section 2 Anchor point 2 Anchor point before tightening the tether strap Installing top tether strap 2nd row If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap on the rear seat it is rec ommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service captain s chairs or 2nd row bench seat if so equipped The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing the child restraint with the seat belts First secure the child restraint with the seat belt 1 50 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AWARNING Child restraint ancho
521. suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corro sion inhibitors If not properly formu lated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or vehicle performance problems At this time sufficient data is not avail able to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in NISSAN ve hicles If any driveability problems such as engine stall ing and difficult hot starting are experienced after using oxygenate blend fuels immediately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refu eling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage E 15 fuel E 15 fuel is a mixture of approximately 15 fuel ethanol and 85 unleaded gasoline E 15 can only be used in vehicles designed to run on E 15 fuel Do not use E 15 in your vehicle U S gov ernment regulations require fuel ethanol dispens ing pumps to be identified with small square orange and black label with the common abbre viation or the appropriate percentage for that region E 85 fuel E 85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline E 85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Do not use E 85 in your vehicle U S government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate per
522. supple mental air bags This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The supplemental side air bag is designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in front and rear outboard seating positions in certain side impact or rollover collisions In a side impact the curtain air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted In a rollover curtain air bags are designed to inflate and remain inflated for a short time The SRS is designed to supplement the crash protection provided by the seat belts and is nota substitute for them Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occupant seated a suit able distance away from the steering wheel in strument panel and door finishers For additional information refer to Seat belts in this section for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is placed in the ON or START position After placing the ignition switch in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec onds if the system is ope
523. sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine com partment and that the cable clamps do not contact any other metal 5 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for a few minutes 6 Keep the engine speed of the booster ve hicle at about 2 000 rpm and start the en gine of the vehicle being jump started A CAUTION Do not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start right away place the ignition switch in the OFF position and wait 3 to 4 seconds before trying again 7 After starting the engine carefully discon nect the negative cable and then the positive cable In case of emergency 6 11 PUSH STARTING AWARNING Do not push start this vehicle The 3 way catalyst may be damaged A CAUTION Automatic transmission models cannot be push started or tow started Attempting to do so may cause transmission damage 6 12 Incase of emergency IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS AWARNING Do not continue to drive if your vehicle overheats Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap while the engine is still hot When the radiator or coolant reser voir cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious injury Do not open the hood if steam is com ing out If your vehicle is overheating indicated by an extremely
524. surface ap ply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving Move the shift lever to P Park Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position when performing any parts replacement or repairs If you must work with the engine run ning keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle e Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle Your vehicle is equipped with an auto matic engine cooling fan It may come on at any time without warning even if the ignition switch is in the OFF posi tion and the engine is not running To avoid injury always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the fan If you must run the engine in an en closed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is neces sary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from the fuel tank and battery On gasoline engine models the fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by a NISSAN dealer because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is off Maintenance and do it you
525. switch is pushed The light goes out when the main switch is pushed again When the cruise main switch indicator light comes on the cruise control system is operational For additional infor mation refer to Cruise control in the Starting and driving section of this manual SET Cruise set switch indicator light The light comes on while the vehicle speed is controlled by the cruise control system If the light blinks while the engine is running it may indicate the cruise control system is not functioning prop erly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer _ High beam indicator light blue This blue light comes on when the headlight high beams are on and goes out when the low beams are selected The high beam indicator light also comes on when the passing signal is activated Malfunction Indicator Light MIL If this indicator light comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emission control malfunction The MIL may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least 3 gal 11 4 L of fuel in the fuel tank After a few driving trips the O light should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction exists If this indicator light comes on steady for 20 sec onds and then blinks for 10 seconds
526. system not ready and will not react to voice commands Operating tips To get the best performance out of the NISSAN Voice Recognition system observe the following Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing voice commands correctly Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command Otherwise the command will not be received properly Start speaking a command within 5 seconds after the tone sounds Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words Giving voice commands To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition VR press and release the amp F button located on the steering wheel After the tone sounds speak a command The command given is picked up by the micro phone and voice feedback is given when the command is accepted If you need to hear the available commands for the current menu again say Help and the system will repeat them fa command is not recognized the system announces Command not recognized Please try again Make sure the command is said exactly as prompted by the system and repeat the command in a clear voice f you want to go back to the previous com mand you can say Go back or Correc tion any time the system is waiting for a response You can cancel a command when the sys tem is waiting fo
527. t is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and or preten sioner systems will not operate in an acci dent To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked as soon as possible It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service Repair and replacement procedure The front air bags side air bags curtain air bags and pretensioner s are designed to inflate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the supplemental air bag warning light remains illuminated after inflation has occurred These systems should be repaired and or re placed as soon as possible It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service When maintenance work is required on the ve hicle the front air bags side air bags curtain air bags pretensioner s and related parts should be pointed out to the person performing the mainte nance The ignition switch should always be placed in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle AWARNING Once a front air bag side air bag or curtain air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced Additionally the acti vated pretensioner s must also be re placed The air bag module and preten sioner s should be replaced It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service However the air bag module and pretensioner s cannot be repaired Safety Seat
528. t lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal 5 30 Starting and driving 1 2 Move the shift lever to the P Park position Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and or its systems do not leave children people who require the assis tance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle Additionally the tempera ture inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets Firmly apply the parking brake To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into traffic when parked on an incline It is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the cen ter of the road if it moves Place the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion POWER STEERING The power assisted steering uses a hydraulic pump driven by the engine to assist steering If the engine stops or the
529. t adjustment 1 29 Side air bag system See supplemental side air bag curtain and rollover air bag E EEEE ia ee a ek a oe 1 69 Sonar Rear Systemi s hao dk eee ee ee wo 5 35 Spark plug replacement 8 18 Spark plugs s s vane sade vdw sa ou 8 18 SPESCHICALIONG s we a sawsaw ti mw we 9 9 Speedometer 0000 ee eae 2 4 Speedometer and odometer 2 4 SRS warning label 1 72 Stability Control a ea we tak SG be go ee a 5 33 Starting Before starting the engine 5 13 Jump Starting w4 60 2 ee ee we ed 6 10 8 16 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Push slanting s e as 4 8 me aca SR Md ad 6 12 Starting the engine 5 13 Starting the engine 5 13 Steering Heated steering wheel 2 41 Power steering fluid 8 13 Power steering system 5 31 Tilting steering wheel 3 30 Steering wheel 00 0000 3 30 Steering wheel audio control switch 4 81 Slop NGM 42 ee me a ae Ge Ged od 8 33 Storage 284 nau Ske bees ee ee ee oS 2 45 Overhead storage compartment 2 48 Storage bin ged ee Ree mS 2 48 2 52 SOAGE Way v 2 6 4 66 ana oS Sane N 2 46 Sunglasses case 0 ee eee ee 2 47 Sunglasses holder 04 2 47 Sunroof see Moonroof 2 60 OUN VISOS sa bce ee tae tae eae ewes 3 32 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 72 Supplemental air bag w
530. t and rear doors WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY When planning to drive your NISSAN ve hicle in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehi cle s engine Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline There fore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis sion control and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district there fore vehicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into an other country state province or district and registered its modifications transporta tion and registration are the responsibility of the user NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION oe LTI0085 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The VIN plate is attached as shown This number is the identification for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER chassis number The vehicle identification number is located as shown Technical and consumer information
531. t may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover e Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port For additional information refer to your device manufacturer s owner information regarding the proper use and care of the device To connect an iPod to the vehicle so that the iPod can be controlled with the audio system controls and display screen use the USB port located in the center console Connect the iPod specific end of the cable to the iPod and the USB end of the cable to the USB port on the vehicle If your iPod supports charging via a USB connection its battery will be charged while connected to the vehicle with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position 4 74 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems While connected to the vehicle the iPod can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls To disconnect the iPod from the vehicle re move the USB end of the cable from the USB port on the vehicle then remove the cable from the iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compatibility The following models are compatible iPod 5th Generation firmware version 1 2 3 or later
532. t overfill Reinstall the vent caps Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary refer to Jump start ing in the In case of emergency section of this manual If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM A CAUTION e Do not ground accessories directly to the battery terminal Doing so will by pass the variable voltage control sys tem and the vehicle battery may not charge completely e Use electrical accessories with the en gine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Your vehicle is equipped with a variable voltage control system This system measures the amount of electrical discharge from the battery and controls voltage generated by the generator The current sensor A is located near the battery along the negative battery cable If you add elec trical accessories to your vehicle be sure to ground them to a suitable body ground such as the frame or engine block area DRIVE BELT Power steering fluid pump pulley Automatic belt tensioner pulley Water pump pulley Cooling fan pulley Air conditioner compressor pulley Crankshaft pulley Generator pulley To oS 2 NYS AWARNING Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK posit
533. t pavement as mea sured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and con crete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Technical and consumer information 9 31 AWARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B and C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and exces sive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of perfor mance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law 9 32 Technical and consumer information AWARNING The temperature grade for this tire is es tablished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading ei ther separately or in combination can cause heat build up and possible tire failure EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your NISSAN vehicle is
534. t temperature gauge will move toward the H position Engine power may be reduced The air conditioning cooling function may be automatically turned OFF for a short time the blower will continue to operate Engine power and under some conditions ve hicle speed will decrease Vehicle speed can be controlled with the accelerator pedal but the vehicle may not accelerate at the desired speed The transmission will downshift or upshift as it reaches prescribed shift points You can also shift manually As driving conditions change and engine coolant temperature is reduced vehicle speed can be increased using the accelerator pedal and air conditioning cooling function will automatically be turned back ON If 1 The engine coolant temperature is not re duced 2 The air conditioning cooling function does not turn back ON 3 The engine oil pressure warning engine coolant temperature high indicator il luminates this may indicate a malfunction Move the vehicle off the road in a safe area and allow the engine to cool If after check ing the oil and coolant the remains on do not continue to drive and call a NISSAN dealer The MIL may also come ON If only it remains on you do not need to have your vehicle towed but have it inspected soon by a NISSAN dealer For additional information refer to Malfunction Indi cator Light MIL in the Instruments and con trols section of this manual AWA
535. t touch it Doing so could result in an injury To clean the display never use a rough cloth alcohol benzine thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent They will scratch or deteriorate the panel e Do not splash any liquid such as water or car fragrance on the display Contact with liquid will cause the system to malfunction To help ensure safe driving some functions can not be operated while driving The on screen functions that are not available while driving will be grayed out or muted Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 11 Park the vehicle in a safe location and then oper ate the navigation system Touch screen operation With this system the same operations as those A WARNING Settings for the NISSAN controller are possible using the touch screen operation e ALWAYS give your full attention to driving Avoid using vehicle features that could distract you If distracted you could ea aaa Buetootn ff mes i Bluetooth Others an accident Adjust navigation settings Selecting the item Touch an item to select To select the Navigation key touch the Navigation key 1 on the screen Touch the BACK key 2 to return to the previous screen Adjusting the item Touch the key or the key to adjust the settings of an item Touch the up arrow to scroll up the page one item at a time or touch the double up
536. tact a NISSAN dealer For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Infor mation Booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 45 Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size tread design speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped Recommended types and sizes are shown in Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual AWARNING e The use of tires other than those recom mended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construction bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC ground clearance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speed ometer calibration headlight aim and bumper height Some of these effects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury If your vehicle was originally equipped with 4 tires that were the same size and you are only replacing 2 of the 4 tires install the new tires on the rear axle Placing new tires on the front axle may cause loss of vehicle control in some driving conditions and cause an acci dent and personal injury 8 46 Maintenance and do it yourself If the wheels are changed for any rea son always replace with wheels which have the same off set dimension
537. tal trailer load equals trailer weight plus its cargo weight When towing a trailer load of 3 500 Ibs 1 587 kg or more trailers with a brake system MUST be used The maximum GCWR should not exceed the value specified in the following Towing Load Specification chart The GCWR equals the combined weight of the towing vehicle including passengers and cargo plus the total trailer load Towing loads greater than these or using improper towing equipment could adversely affect vehicle handling braking and performance The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is not only related to the maximum trailer loads but also the places you plan to tow Tow weights appro priate for level highway driving may have to be reduced for low traction situations for example on slippery boat ramps Technical and consumer information 9 19 Temperature conditions can also affect towing For example towing a heavy trailer in high outside temperatures on graded roads can affect engine performance and cause overheating The engine protection mode which helps reduce the chance of engine damage could activate and automati cally decrease engine power Vehicle speed may decrease under high load Plan your trip carefully to account for trailer and vehicle load weather and road conditions AWARNING Overheating can result in reduced engine power and vehicle speed The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase
538. teering wheel is turned with the ignition switch in the ACC position the predicted course lines may be dis played incorrectly The distance guide line and the vehicle width line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual dis tance between the vehicle and dis played objects When backing up the vehicle up a hill objects viewed in the monitor are fur ther than they appear When backing up the vehicle down a hill objects viewed in the monitor are closer than they ap pear Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects The vehicle width and predicted course lines are wider than the actual width and course Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 23 1 Visually check that the parking space is safe 3 Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting the before parking your vehicle steering wheel so that the predicted course lines enter the parking space 2 The rear view of the vehicle is displayed on the screen A when the shift lever is moved to the R Reverse position 4 24 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 Maneuver the steering wheel to make the vehicle width guide lines parallel to the parking space while referring to the pre dicted course lines 5 When the vehicle is pa
539. that support multiple audio streams ANGLE button Press this button to select different viewing angles this function only applies to DVD titles that support multiple angles buttons to 4 90 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems DISPLAY button Press this button to display various information including title chapter track elapsed time time remaining or turn off the display RANDOM button Press this button to play content in a random order 3D button Press this button to select between several audio effects DVD mode Concert Living Room Hall Bathroom Cave Arena Church and Off PBC Video CD only button Press this button to run the playback control on or off ZOOM button Press this button to zoom in or out when display ing images or playing DVDs The zoom range for images is from 50 to 200 The zoom range for DVDs is from 1 4 size to 4x the original size NEXT button Press this button to select the next chapter track or file PREV button Press this button to select the previous chapter track or file FF Fast foward button Press this button to search media forwards FR Fast rewind button Press this button to search media backwards STOP button Press this button once to stop playback press play to resume playback Press this button twice to perform a full stop press play to start playback from the beginning PLAY PAUSE button Press this but
540. that the follow ing disc CANNOT be used with this system Optical disc CD 1 CD ROM and DVD ROM Mini disc CDG audio only not graphics and Blu ray list is not all inclusive Loading and Playing Discs Press the POWER button to turn the monitor on Insert the disc about halfway into the disc com partment slot with the disc s label facing the rear of the vehicle Do NOT insert the disc at an angle The Disc must be inserted straight into the player The disc will load automatically and begin to play Some discs may start at the root menu where playback must be selected to start a movie De pending on the disc and playback location on the disc a icon may be displayed in the upper left hand corner of the screen indicating that playback is not possible during certain times 4 92 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Additional information on Media Compatibility This system is compatible with the following me dia formats Po Foma Extension Audio WMA wma Due to ongoing technological advancements some USB flash drives may be incompatible with this system The text information of some audio and video files may not be correctly displayed There may be a slight delay before playback of files using a USB flash drive with complex folder hierarchies Some audio video and image files may be incompatible with this system due to file characteristics file format r
541. the elapsed time of the current track Skipping Tracks Press the NEXT button on the remote control to select to the next track Press the PREV button one time to select the beginning of the current track Press the PREV button two times to select the previous track Repeat Modes To access the repeat mode options press the REPEAT button on the remote control The re peat mode options are as follows e amp 9 REPEAT ALL Repeat the entire disc default e 6 REPEAT ONE Repeat the current track REPEAT OFF Playback stops after the disc in its entirety Random Mode You can choose what order the tracks will be played To access the random play mode press the RANDOM button on the remote control All tracks on the disc will playback in random order Press RANDOM again to cancel random mode Direct Track Access Press the number keys on the remote control 0 9 to access a track directly For example to go to track 14 press 1 4 then ENTER on the remote control Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 99 009 026 Audio MP3 O1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX O2 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX OS XXXXNXXXXXXXNXXXXXX 04 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX O5 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXNXX OG XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX OY XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Ho Se amp PLAYING AUDIO FILES MP3 and WMA are formats for storing digital audio A CD quality song can be compressed into the MP3 or WMA format with very little loss of quality wh
542. the rear wheels spinning Do not drive on dry hard surface roads in the 4H or 4LO position Driving on dry hard surfaces in 4H or 4LO may cause unnecessary noise and tire wear NISSAN recommends driving in the 2WD or AUTO position under these conditions The 4WD transfer case may not be shifted between 4H and 4LO at low ambient tem peratures and the transfer 4LO position indicator light may blink even when the 4WD shift switch is shifted After driving for a while you can change the 4WD transfer case between 4H and 4LO When driving on rough roads Set the 4WD shift switch to AUTO 4H or 4LO Drive carefully according to the road surface conditions When the vehicle is stuck Set the 4WD shift switch to 4H or 4LO f it is difficult to free the vehicle repeat forward and backward movement to in crease the movement f the vehicle is stuck deep in mud place stones or wooden blocks under the tires Then try the recovery procedures above Tire chains may be effective A CAUTION e Do not spin the tires excessively Tires will sink deep into the mud making it difficult to free the vehicle Avoid shifting gears with the engine running at high speeds as this may cause malfunction If the 4WD shift switch is operated while making a turn accelerating or decelerating or if the ignition switch is turned off while in the AUTO 4H or 4LO you may feel a jolt This is not abnormal When the vehicle i
543. the DVD disc menu When the Disc Menu option is highlighted press the jp button once and then use the lt or buttons on the re mote control to select the desired language The user can select English French Spanish Chi nese Japanese German Portuguese Italian Ko rean Russian or Thai for the Disc Menu language Press ENTER to select and then the lt button to return to the sub menu The DVD title must include the desired menu language in order for it to be displayed during playback EX BY Audio Subtitle English OFF 8 ADULT Parental Default a lt Disc Menu a English 4 lt Reset __ Preference Page _ t lt gt Select Enter Set Default This section of the Setup Menu allows the user to restore all controls and values to the default levels When the Default option is highlighted press the p gt button once and then press ENTER to perform the reset This will not affect parental control setting EX Audio Subtitle l Disc Menu a English EE Parente 8 ADULT gt Default Reset __ Preference Page __ t gt Select Enter Set Parental This section of the Setup Menu allows the user to select the level of movie content playback from KID SAFE to ADULT The parental control func tion allows you to limit viewing to your preference The rating levels range from 1 to 8 and are country dependent The lower rating number the stricter the pla
544. the Redial command to dial the number of the last outgoing call from the vehicle Connect Phone NOTE The Add Phone command is not available when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Connect Phone Add Phone A Select Phone Delete Phone Turn Bluetooth OFF Use the Connect Phone commands to manage the phones connected to the vehicle or to enable the Bluetooth function on the vehicle Add Phone A Use the Add Phone command to add a phone to the vehicle For additional information refer to Connecting procedure in this section Select Phone Use the Select Phone command to select from a list of phones connected to the vehicle The sys tem will list the names assigned to each phone and then prompt you for the phone you wish to select Only one phone can be active at a time Delete Phone Use the Delete Phone command to delete a phone that is connected to the vehicle The sys tem will list the names assigned to each phone and then prompt you for the phone you wish to delete Deleting a phone from the vehicle will also delete the phonebook for that phone Turn Bluetooth OFF Use the Turn Bluetooth OFF command to prevent a wireless connection to your phone VOICE ADAPTATION VA MODE Voice Adaptation VA allows up to two out of dialect users to train the system to improve rec ognition accuracy By repeating a number of commands the u
545. the call from the cellular phone to the Bluetooth Hands Free System press the amp F button Mute Use the Mute command to mute your voice so the other party cannot hear it Use the mute command again to unmute your voice NOTE If a call is ended or the cellular phone network connection is lost while the Mute feature is on the Mute feature will be reset to off for the next call so the other party can hear your voice 4 116 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Phonebook phones without automatic phonebook download function NOTE The Transfer Entry command is not avail able when the vehicle is moving Main Menu Phonebook Transfer Entry A Delete Entry List Names For phones that do not support automatic down load of the phonebook PBAP Bluetooth pro file the Phonebook command is used to manu ally add entries to the vehicle phonebook The phonebook stores up to 40 names for each phone connected to the system NOTE Each phone has its own separate phone book You cannot access Phone A s phone book if you are currently connected with Phone B Transfer Entry Use the Transfer Entry command to store a new name in the system When prompted by the system say the name you would like to give the new entry For example say Mary If the name is too long or too short the system tells you
546. the fog light assembly Do not shake or rotate the bulb when removing it Do not touch the glass envelope Install in the reverse order of removal NOTE To adjust the fog light vertical aim Access the aiming screw from underneath the front bumper The aiming screw is located on the bottom of the fog light housing Turn the screw clockwise to raise the pattern Turn the screw counterclockwise to lower the pattern EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Wattage W Bulb No Headlight assembly High Low Park Turn Sidemarker Daytime running lights if so equipped Side turn signal light if so equipped Front fog light if so equipped Puddle lamp if so equipped Room map lights Personal lights Footwell if so equipped Glove box light Vanity mirror light Step light Cargo light High mounted stop light Rear combination light Tail Stop Backup reversing Turn License plate light See a NISSAN dealer for replacement 9005 HB3 9006 HB4 3457K 194 9006 HB4 H11 906 WXW52 1 58 158 194 AL67 3157KX RD 921LF 3156K W5W Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 Room map lights Front personal lights Step light Puddle lamp Side turn signal light if so equipped High mounted stoplight Cargo light License plate light Rear combination light Headlight assembly Daytime running lights if so equipped
547. the illustration for approxi mate zone coverage areas As you move closer to the obstacle the rate of the tone increases When the obstacle is less than 10 inches 25 0 cm away the tone will sound continuously If it detects a stationary or receding object further than 10 inches 25 0 cm from the side of the vehicle the tone will sound for only 3 seconds Once the system detects an object approaching the tone will sound again The Front Sonar System sounds a tone to warn the driver of obstacles near the front bumper The front sonar system automatically turns on when the shift lever is placed in a forward gear and the ignition switch is in the ON position The system may not detect objects at speeds above 3 mph 5 km h and may not detect certain angular or moving objects The Front Sonar System detects obstacles up to 3 feet 1 0 m from the front bumper with a decreased coverage area at the outer corners of the bumper refer to the illustration for approxi mate zone coverage areas As you move closer to the obstacle the rate of the tone increases When the obstacle is less than 10 inches 25 0 cm away the tone will sound continuously If it detects a stationary or receding object further than 10 inches 25 0 cm from the side of the vehicle the tone will sound for only 3 seconds Once the system detects an object approaching the tone will sound again The front and rear sonar system OFF switch on the instrument panel a
548. the normal screen is displayed after the shift lever has been shifted to R Reverse from another position or to an other position from R Reverse Objects may be distorted momentarily until the Rear View Monitor screen is displayed com pletely When the temperature is extremely high or low the screen may not clearly display ob jects This is not a malfunction When strong light directly enters the cam era objects may not be displayed clearly This is not a malfunction Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the screen This is due to strong reflected light from the bumper This is not a malfunction The screen may flicker under fluorescent light This is not a malfunction The colors of objects on the RearView Moni tor may differ somewhat from those of the actual object Objects on the monitor may not be clear ina dark place or at night This is not a malfunc tion If dirt rain or snow attaches to the camera the RearView Monitor may not clearly display objects Clean the camera Do not use wax on the camera window Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth damp ened with mild detergent diluted with water Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 27 VENTS Driver s and passenger s side vents Center vents W od Rear passengers center vents 4 Rear passengers ceiling vents Adjust air flow direction for the vents by moving the vent slide and or vent assemblies For the
549. the required ratings the rating Additional passengers cargo and or optional equipment will add weight to the vehicle and reduce your vehi cle s maximum towing capacity 2 Use of a weight distributing hitch system is recommended when towing over 5 000 Ibs 9 22 Technical and consumer information TOWING SAFETY Trailer hitch Your vehicle may be equipped with an optional trailer tow package The trailer tow package in cludes a receiver type frame mounted hitch This hitch is rated for the maximum towing capacity of this vehicle when the proper towing equipment Is used Choose a proper ball mount and hitch ball that is rated for the trailer to be towed Genuine NISSAN ball mounts and hitch balls are available from a NISSAN dealer If your vehicle is not equipped with the optional trailer tow package check the towing capacity of your bumper hitch or receiver type frame mounted hitch Choose a proper hitch for your vehicle and trailer A Genuine NISSAN trailer hitch is available from a NISSAN dealer Make sure the trailer hitch is securely attached to the vehicle to help avoid personal injury or property damage due to sway caused by crosswinds rough road surfaces or passing trucks AWARNING Trailer hitch components have specific weight ratings Your vehicle may be capable of towing a trailer heavier than the weight rating of the hitch components Never ex ceed the weight rating of the hitch compo nents Doing so can cause
550. the seat Be careful not to allow hands or feet to get caught or pinched in the seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 e Head restraints headrests should be adjusted properly as they may provide Significant protection against injury in an accident Always replace and adjust them properly if they have been re moved for any reason If the head restraints headrests are re moved for any reason they should be securely stored to prevent them from causing injury to passengers or damage to the vehicle in case of sudden braking or an accident e When returning the seatbacks to the upright position be certain they are completely secured in the latched posi Folding the 2nd row bench seat if sO 2 Pull the strap to release the head tion If they are not completely secured equipped restraint headrest rearward passengers may be injured in an acci ep e dent or sudden stop To fold the 2nd row bench seat flat for maximum cargo hauling Properly secure all cargo to help pre vent it from sliding or shifting Do not T Pull the strap forward located in the center place cargo higher than the seatbacks of each seat cushion and fold each seat In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cushion toward the front of the vehicle cargo could cause personal injury 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Then lift up on the recline lever on the side of the outboard seats
551. the shift lever to the N position and shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD Instruments and controls 2 15 If the warning light is still on after the above operation have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible cy Low fuel warning light This light comes on when the fuel level in the fuel tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is conve nient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches E Empty The low fuel warning light is located beneath the fuel gauge There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches E Empty KOJ Low tire pressure warning light Your vehicle is equipped with a TPMS that moni tors the tire pressure of all tires except the spare The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position this light illuminates for about 1 second and turns off 2 16 instruments and controls Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the warning light will illuminate When the low tire pressure warning light illuminates you should stop and adjust the tire pressure of all 4 tires to the recom mended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label located in the driver s door opening The low tire pressure warning light does not automati cally turn off when the tire pressure is ad j
552. tialization is complete The power window automatically opens or closes depending on if the automatic down or up function is selected 5 Perform steps 2 through 4 above for other windows If the power window function does not operate properly after performing the above procedure see a NISSAN dealer for assistance POWER VENT WINDOWS if so equipped Use the vent window switch located on the driv er s side of the instrument panel to open and close the power vent windows The windows cannot be operated separately To open the power vent windows press and hold the switch To close the windows pull up and hold the switch The power vent windows operate when the igni tion switch is placed in the ON position or for a period of time after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position If the driver s or passenger s door is opened during this period of time the power to the vent windows is cancelled Instruments and controls 2 59 MANUAL VENT WINDOWS if so equipped To open a manual vent window pull the latch handle toward you until it releases To lock the window in the open position push the latch handle rearward until it locks To close a manual vent window pull the latch handle toward you and push the rear portion of the latch toward the rear of the vehicle until it locks 2 60 Instruments and controls MOONROOF if so equipped P OPEN u tE S ERTO SO CJ DOWN CLOSE G POWE
553. tically re links Confirming memory storage Place the ignition switch in the ON position and push the SET switch If the main memory has not been stored the indicator light will come on for approximately 0 5 seconds When the memory has stored the position the indicator light will stay on for approxi mately 5 seconds Ifthe battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the memory storage function will be canceled and must be restarted before a stored memory position can be set again Drive the vehicle over 25 mph 40 km h to restart the memory storage function You can also restart the memory storage function using the following procedure 1 Connect the battery cable or replace the fuse 2 Open and close the driver s door more than two times with the ignition switch in the LOCK position Once the memory storage function has been restarted you can store a memory position For additional information refer to Memory storage function in this section Selecting the memorized position Set the shift lever to the P Park position then Within 45 seconds of opening the driver s door push the memory switch 1 or 2 or Place the ignition switch in the ON position and push the memory switch 1 or 2 The driver s seat accelerator and brake pedals and outside mirrors will move to the memorized position with the indicator light blinking and then the light will stay on for approximately 5 seconds
554. tifreeze or equivalent A CAUTION e Do not substitute engine antifreeze coolant for windshield washer fluid This may result in damage to the paint Do not fill the windshield washer fluid reservoir with washer fluid concen trates at full strength Some methyl al cohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the windshield washer fluid reser voir Do not use the windshield washer fluid reservoir to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water BATTERY Keep the battery surface clean and dry Clean the battery with a solution of baking soda and water Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened lf the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer disconnect the negative battery terminal cable to prevent discharge NOTE Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no start conditions such as 1 Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running Phone char gers GPS DVD players etc 2 Vehicle is not driven regularly and or only driven short distances In these cases the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health AWARNING
555. tion Changes the Map display to Birdview Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 145 Information Command Audio Command TAM Terns tothe AM band selecting he station astplyed SSCS FM Tums to the FM band selecting the station last played S S S SCSCSCSCSCSCCCCTCSCSCSCSCTSCTCTCSTTSTT 4 146 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Displaying user guide You can confirm how to use voice commands by accessing a simplified User Guide which con tains basic instructions and tutorials for several voice commands 1 Press the INFO button on the control panel 2 Select the Voice Recognition key 3 Select the User Guide key 4 Select an item Getting Started Describes the basics of how to operate the Voice Recognition system Let s Practice Initiates a practice session that demonstrates how to improve recognition by the system Using the Address Book Tutorial for using the Address Book Finding a Street Address Tutorial for Finding a Street Address Placing Calls Tutorial for making a phone call by voice command operation Help on Speaking Displays useful tips for how to correctly speak commands in order for them to be properly recognized by the system Voice Recognition Settings Describes the available Voice Recognition settings For additional information refer to Voice Recognition Settings in this section Adapting the System to Your Voice Tuto
556. tion screen will turn off auto matically after a period of time To turn it on again press the DISC AUX button DVD operation keys When the DVD is playing without the operation screen being shown you may use the touch screen to select items from the displayed video You may also use the NISSAN controller to select an item from the displayed video When the op eration screen is being shown use the NISSAN controller or the touchscreen to select an item from the displayed menus cat Select the II key to pause the DVD To re sume playing the DVD use the gt key PLAY Select the key to start playing the DVD or resume playing the DVD after it has been paused ih Select the M key to stop playing the DVD 44 gt gt NEXT PREVIOUS CHAPTER Selectthe PP key to skip the chapter s of the disc forward Select the M4 key to skip the chapter s of the disc backward The chapters will advance forward or backward the number of 4 64 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems times the respective key is touched or selected with the NISSAN controller Ki P CM SKIP This function is only for DVD VIDEO and DVD VR Selectthe I or 4l keyto fast forward or rewind a set interval of time based on the CM settings For additional information refer to DVD settings in this section Top Menu When the Top Menu key is selected while the DVD is playing the top menu specific to each
557. tion systems section in this manual 2 Low LO continuous low speed operation 3 High HI continuous high speed opera tion Push the lever up to have one sweep opera tion MIST of the wiper Pull the lever toward you to operate the washer The wiper will also operate several times AWARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident Warm the windshield with the defroster before you wash the windshield A CAUTION Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds Do not operate the washer if the windshield washer reservoir is empty Do not fill the windshield washer reser voir with washer fluid concentrates at full strength So methyl alcohol based windshield washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled with filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir Pre mix windshield washer fluid con centrates with water to the manufactur ers recommended levels before pour ing the fluid into the windshield washer reservoir Do not use the windshield washer reservoir to mix the windshield washer fluid concentrate and water REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH The rear window wiper and washer operate when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF position to operate the wiper Q Intermittent INT intermittent o
558. tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position Lower To lower push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint neadrest down Make sure the head restraint headrest Is posi tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position 1 18 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system FOLDING HEAD RESTRAINT HEADREST To fold the head restraint headrest pull the strap located on the rear of the head restraint headrest If the head restraint neadrest has been folded make sure that it is returned to the upright posi tion Make sure the head restraint headrest is posi tioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position AWARNING When the seat is returned to the normal seating position the head restraint headrest must be returned to the upright position to properly protect ve hicle occupants FRONT SEAT ACTIVE HEAD RESTRAINTS AWARNING Always adjust the head restraints prop erly as specified in this section Failure to do so can reduce the effectiveness of the active head restraint Active head restraints are designed to supplement other safety systems Al ways wear seat belts No system can prevent all injuries in any accident Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e Do not attach anything to the head re straint sta
559. tire type size speed rating and availability Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the low tire pres sure warning system For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet All season tires NISSAN specifies All Season tires on some mod els to provide good performance all year includ ing snowy and Icy road conditions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance is substantially re duced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If
560. to change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM When the FM AM button is pressed with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the station last played The last station played will also come on when the ON OFF button is pressed ON If a compact disc is playing when the AM FM button is pressed the compact disc will auto matically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on The FM stereo indicator ST will illuminate during FM stereo reception When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception XM band select Press the XM button to change the band as follows XM1 XM2 XM3 XM1 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 51 When the XM button is pressed with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the station last played The last station played will also come on when the ON OFF button is pressed ON When the XM button is pressed the satellite radio mode will not be available unless an op tional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and a SiriusXM Satellite Radio service sub scription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If a compact disc is playing when the XM button is pressed the compact disc will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on Manu
561. to se lect tracks when a CD is being played 44 pp SEEK CAT and TRACK Rewind and Fast For ward buttons Press and hold the SEEK CAT M4 rewind button or the TRACK Pl fast forward button while a compact disc is playing the compact disc will play while rewinding or fast forwarding When the button is released the compact disc will return to normal play speed TUNE FLDR folder knob While playing an MP3 WMA CD turn the TUNE FLDR knob right or left to scan forward or backward through available folders This can also be performed using the 4 TUNE and FLDR gt buttons Artist XXXXXXXX Album XXXXAXXX Track XXXXXXXX Folder Track CD menu Touch the Menu key on the display while a CD or CD with compressed audio files is playing to bring up a list of options Depending on the type of CD being played the following options may be available 4 60 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems CD gt Menu Folder List Play Mode Play Mode This option allows you to alter the play pattern of the CD Touch the key of the mode you wish to apply The modes change the play pattern as follows 1 Track Repeat the current track is repeated 1 Disc Random tracks from the entire disc are played randomly 1 Folder Repeat compressed audio files CD only the current folder is repeated 1 Folder Random compressed audio files CD only tracks from the current folder are played
562. to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of the moonroof opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the moonroof is closing A CAUTION Remove water drops snow ice or sand from the moonroof before opening e Do not place heavy objects on the moonroof or surrounding area Sunshade Open and close the sunshade by sliding it for ward or backward If the moonroof does not close Have a NISSAN dealer check and repair the moonroof Instruments and controls 2 61 INTERIOR LIGHT The interior light has a three position switch and operates regardless of ignition switch position When the switch is in the ON position 4 the interior lights illuminate regardless of door posi tion The lights will go off after a period of time unless the ignition switch is in the ON position When the switch is in the DOOR position the interior lights and puddle lights if so equipped will stay on for a period of time when The doors are unlocked by the keyfob a key or the power door lock switch while all doors are closed and the ignition switch is in the OFF position 2 62 Instruments and controls The driver s door is opened and then closed while the key is removed from the ignition switch The key is removed from the ignition switch while all doors are closed The lights will turn off while the timer is activated when The driver s door is locked by the keyfob a key or the power door lock
563. to the vehicle brake system LT10117 example Electric trailer brake controller Trailers equipped with electric brakes may re quire the installation of an aftermarket trailer brake controller Your vehicle is equipped with a connector and jumper harness that is specifically designed to be used when installing an aftermarket brake con troller To install the electric trailer brake controller jumper harness perform the following procedure 1 Open the driver door Move the seat to the rearmost position Wire color designation for electric trailer brake controller jumper harness to trailer brake controller BROWN WHITE Trailer brake controller een ewtthed capa o RED BLUE Trailer brake controller eee iene RED Fused trailer brake con ie troller battery feed B 2 Apply the parking brake to access the 3 Locate the jumper harness connector under jumper harness connector the lower portion of the instrument panel The connector is taped to the wiring harness QD as indicated The connector is marked with a white tag with elec brake conn Technical and consumer information 9 27 LT10116 Peel off the tape and connect the jumper harness to the connector Release the parking brake Install the aftermarket electric trailer brake controller according to the manufacturer s instructions 9 28 Technical and consumer information Pre towing tips Be certain your vehicle ma
564. to you than is necessary for proper steering operation and comfort The driver s air bag inflates with great force If you are unrestrained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of posi tion in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel Always use the seat belts Pull the lock lever toward the driver and hold it to adjust the steering wheel up or down to the desired position Release the lock lever to lock the steering wheel in place PEDAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT The accelerator and brake pedals can be ad justed for driving comfort Use the pedal adjusting switch to adjust the brake and accelerator pedal position away from the driver 1 or toward the driver 2 The brake and accelerator pedals cannot be ad justed separately AWARNING Do not adjust the pedal position while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident A CAUTION Do not adjust the pedal position with your foot on the pedal Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 31 SUN VISORS 3 32 Pre driving checks and adjustments To block glare from the front swing down the main sun visor 2 To block glare from the side remove the main sun visor from the center mount and swing the visor to the sid
565. ton The indicator light will turn off To turn on the automatic anti glare feature again press the button The indicator light will turn on For additional information on HomeLink Univer sal Transceiver operation refer to the HomeLink Universal Transceiver in the In struments and controls section of this manual Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 33 For additional information on the compass dis play if so equipped refer to Compass display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual 3 34 Pre driving checks and adjustments OUTSIDE MIRRORS The outside mirror remote control will operate only when the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ON position Rotate the round switch 1 to select the right or left mirror Adjust each mirror to the desired po sition pushing the round switch AWARNING e Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects e Do not adjust the mirrors while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident If one of the mirrors are manually operated or bumped the mirror body can become loose at the pivot point To correct electronic mirror op eration cycle the mirrors by pushing the CLOSE switch unt
566. ton to begin media playback Press this button again to pause media playback Number Keys 0 9 SUBTITLE button Press this button to select and display subtitles this function only applies to DVD titles that sup port subtitles TITLE button Press this button to navigate the title menu if included on the disc DOWN button Press this button to navigate down when display ing a menu or file list RETURN button Press this button to return to a previous menu screen ENTER button Press this button to make a selection or begin playback of the media LEFT button Press this button to navigate left when displaying a menu or file list UP button Press this button to navigate up when displaying a menu or file list MENU button Press this button to go to the root menu if in cluded on the disc MUTE button Press this button to mute the audio when playing discs or playing files from a USB device Press this button again to resume audio DVD A button Press this button to transmit the remote control codes and functions to operate monitor A POWER button Press this button to turn the monitor on Press this button again to turn the monitor off GENERAL OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS Turning the monitor ON or OFF 1 Press the POWER button on the front panel or the remote control to turn the monitor on or off When powered on the front panel controls will illuminate 2 After the monitor has been turned o
567. top of the seatback If the head restraint headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint headrest when the child re straint is removed For additional infor mation refer to Head restraints headrests in this section for head restraint headrest adjust ment removal and installation infor mation 2 Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor LRS2100 LRS2069 point on the floor behind the child restraint lt z 3 2nd row captain s chairs if so equipped 2nd row bench seat if so equipped 8 Reier do the aspropriate child restraint in 1 Top tether strap 1 Top tether strap stallation procedure steps in this section 2 Anchor point 2 Anchor point before tightening the tether strap Installing top tether strap 2nd row If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap on the rear seat it is rec captain 2 chairs or 2nd row bench ommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for seat if so equipped this service The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchor attachments First secure the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors 2nd row captain s or bench out board seating positions only Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 45 AWARNING Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no
568. torage device is plugged into the USB connection port located in the center console compatible image files stored on the device can be viewed on the control panel display Connecting the portable storage device To connect a portable storage device to the sys tem so that images stored on it can be viewed insert the device into the USB connection port located in the center console Settings gt Image Viewer 1 XXXXXXX jpg 2 XXXXXXX jpg 3 XXXXKXX jpg 4 XXXXXXX jpg E Full Sereen Display Viewing images To view an image press the SETTING button select Others then the Image Viewer key The Image Viewer screen will be displayed A list of compatible images on the storage device is displayed on the left side of the screen while the selected image is displayed on the right side of the screen To select a different picture from the list scroll through the list once the desired image is highlighted Select the Full Screen Display key and press the ENTER button to view a full screen version of the image Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 19 Image requirements Image type JPEG File extensions jpg jpeg Maximum resolution 2048 x 1536 Maximum size 2 MB Colors 32 768 15 bit Maximum file name length 253 bytes dis play only shows first 8 characters Maximum folders 500 Maximum images per folder 1 024 8 00 Settings View
569. ts Starting and driving 5 39 MEMO 5 40 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency Hazard warning flasher switch 00 0000 6 2 Pidl Wee a E E S 6 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 6 2 Changing a flat tire lt exncsteurn sagan rahadenaeeeee s 6 3 JUMP Starling setgctctGseseteeicescedceseadesesce 6 10 PUG oian eeren reaR 6 12 If your vehicle overheats 2 00020 eee eee 6 12 Towing your vehicle sis e2uccueoicoeosevexetasehes 6 13 Towing recommended by NISSAN 6 13 Vehicle recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 6 15 HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH g LIC0394 Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency condi tions All turn signal lights flash A WARNING If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic Turn signals do not work when the haz ard warning flasher lights are on 6 2 Incase of emergency The flashers will operate with the ignition switch placed in any position Some jurisdictions may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving FLAT TIRE TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS This vehicle is equipped with TPMS It monitors tire pressure of
570. ttern is applied USB Universal Serial Bus CONNECTION PORT models with Navigation System Connecting a device to the USB Connection Port AWARNING Do not connect disconnect or operate the USB device while driving Doing so can be a distraction If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent or serious injury Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 67 A CAUTION To avoid damage and loss of function when using a USB device note the fol lowing precautions e Do not force the USB device into the USB port Inserting the USB device tilted or up side down into the port may damage the port Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB port Do not grab the USB port cover if so equipped when pulling the USB device out of the port This could damage the port and the cover e Do not leave the USB cable in a place where it can be pulled unintentionally Pulling the cable may damage the port Refer to your device manufacturer s owner infor mation regarding the proper use and care of the device The USB port is located in the center console Insert the USB device into the connection port When a compatible storage device is plugged into the connection port compatible audio files on the storage device can be played through the vehicle s audio system Audio file operation DISC AUX button Place the ignition switch in the ON or
571. turn the air bag OFF Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag NISSAN recommends that pre teens and chil dren be properly restrained in a rear seat NISSAN also recommends that appropriate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat If this is not possible the occupant classification sensor is designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child restraints as required by the regulations Failing to properly secure child restraints and to use the ALR mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in a collision or sudden stop This can also result in the passen ger air bag inflating in a crash instead of being OFF For additional information about proper use and installation refer to Child restraints in this section If the front passenger seat is not occupied the front passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation because of the object s weight detected by the occupant classification sensor Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child is standing on the seat or if two children are on the seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly Using the front
572. turn the defroster off The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 15 minutes A CAUTION When cleaning the inner side of the rear window be careful not to scratch or dam age the rear window defroster 2 34 instruments and controls SIC3019 Type C if so equipped HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCH Lighting When turning the switch to the D posi tion the front parking tail license plate and instrument panel lights come on 2 When turning the switch to the 2 posi tion the headlights come on and all the other lights remain on A CAUTION Use the headlights with the engine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Autolight system The autolight system allows the headlights to be set so they turn on and off automatically The autolight system can Turn on the headlights front parking tail license plate and instrument panel lights au tomatically when it is dark Turn off all the lights when it is light Keep all the lights on for a period of time after you place the ignition switch in the OFF position and all doors are closed NOTE Autolight activation sensitivity and the time delay for autolight shutoff can be adjusted For additional information refer to Com fort amp convenience settings in the Moni tor climate audio phone and voice recog nition systems section in this manual To turn on the autolight system 1 Turn the headlight switch to
573. u are fill ing it Use only approved portable fuel con tainers for flammable liquid A CAUTION Only vehicles with the E 85 filler door label can operate on up to E 85 fuel Fuel system or other damage can occur if up to E 85 fuel is used in vehicles that are not designed to run on E 85 fuel For additional information refer to the Fuel recommendation in the Techni cal and consumer information section of this manual Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly may cause the 1 Malfunc tion Indicator Light MIL to illuminate If the 7 light illuminates because the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The L light should turn off after a few driving trips Ifthe L light does not turn off aftera few driving trips have the vehicle in spected by a NISSAN dealer The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning will ap pear if the fuel filler cap is not properly tightened It may take a dew driving trips for the message to be displayed correctly Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap properly after the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears may cause the L Malfunction Indicator Light MIL to illuminate For additional information refer to the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL in the Instruments and Controls section in this manual If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body flush it away with water to avoid paint damage Z a r LPD0391 To remov
574. uctions in the Maintenance and do it yourself section Automatic transmission fluid ry Capacity Approximate Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Genuine NISSAN A C System Oil Type S or equivalent Air conditioning system oil For additional information refer to Air conditioner specification label in Genuine NISSAN Matic D ATF recommended Transfer fluid 3 1 8 qt 2 5 8 at Using fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic D ATF will cause deteriora tion in driveability and transfer case durability and may damage the transfer case which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty this section API GL 5 synthetic gear oil Viscosity SAE 75W 90 MAMANE MUA aear eo AA Up ae is See a NISSAN dealer for service for synthetic oil Windshield washer fluid shared between 1 1 4 aal deal 4 Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze front and rear wipers g g or equivalent 3 0L Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL 5 80W 90 or API GL 5 Viscosity SAE 80W 90 a dea PRAP SET i For hot climates viscosity SAE 80W 90 is suitable for ambient tempera tures above 32 F 0 C SL Technical and consumer information 9 3 RECOMMENDED FUEL without Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV option Use UNLEADED REGULAR gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 RON A CAUTION Only vehicles with the E 85 filler door label can operate on E 85 Fuel system or other damage can
575. uetooth odm Yu 8 00 Are you connecting a Bluetooth device to use with the handsfree phone system For audio devices please select No Yes LHA1317 4 A screen will appear asking if you are con necting the device to use with the hands free phone system Select the No key 4 78 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Settings gt Connect Bluetooth 8 00 Start connecting your Bluetooth Audio device The PIN is 0000 Please input passkey LHA1351 5 Enter a PIN of your choice It will be needed by your Bluetooth audio device to com plete the connection process For additional information refer to the Bluetooth audio device s owner s manual Bluetooth Audio Artist XXXXXAXXAXXX Album XXXXXXXAXXX Track XKXXAXKXXX Shuffle OFF Repeat OFF 0 11 Audio main operation To switch to the Bluetooth audio mode press the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the Bluetooth audio mode is displayed on the screen The controls for the Bluetooth audio are dis played on the screen Settings gt Bluetooth o Mfu 8 00 Settings gt connect Devic BOMM Ful 8 00 Bluetcoth Connect Bluetooth Connected Devices Bluetooth audio settings 4 Select the Audio Player key To adjust the Bluetooth audio settings follow the procedure below 1 Press the SETTING button on the control panel 2 Select the Bluetooth key 3 Select the Connected Device
576. uggage on the side rails or tie rope directly to the side rails Always be sure the thumbwheels are fully tightened to keep the crossbar in place Do not use utility loops for any purpose other than securing luggage WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS AWARNING Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and or its systems including entrapment in windows or inadvertent door lock activation do not leave chil dren people who require the assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle Additionally the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a Significant risk of injury or death to people and pets The power windows operate when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position or for a period of time after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position If the drivers or passenger s door is opened during this period of time the power to the windows is canceled Window lock button Power door lock switch Front passenger side automatic switch Right rear passenger window switch Left rear passenger window switch Driver side automatic switch SS eS Driver s side power window switch The driver s side control panel is equipped
577. until it clicks into place Rotate the wiper blade so the dimple is in the groove 6 Return the wiper to its original position and release it until it has made contact with the windshield A CAUTION e After wiper blade replacement return the wiper arm to its original position otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass otherwise the arms may be dam aged from wind pressure Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 If you wax the surface of the hood be careful not to let wax get into the windshield washer nozzle This may cause clogging or improper windshield washer operation If wax gets into the nozzle remove it with a needle or small pin 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself Rear window wiper blade Lift the wiper arm away from the rear win dow Rotate the blade until it becomes free Insert a new blade onto the wiper arm and snap into place Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 BRAKES If the brakes do not operate properly have the brakes checked by a NISSAN dealer Self adjusting brakes Your vehicle is equipped with self adjusting brakes The front and rear disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied AWARNING See a NISSAN dealer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not return to normal Brake pad wear indicators The disc brake pads on your vehicle have audible
578. ury or property damage Instruments and controls 2 13 The warning light may come on when the ignition switch is ON and the shift lever is placed in the P position while shifting the transfer case between 4H and 4LO Shift the 4WD shift switch to the 2WD AUTO 4H or 4LO position again to turn off the ATP warning light when the warning light comes on Be fore shifting the 4WD switch into the 4LO position or out of 4LO in the 4H position move the shift lever into the N position Shift the shift lever into the P position and make sure that the 4WD shift indicator light is ON and the ATP warning light is OFF This light indicates that the automatic transmis sion parking function is not engaged If the trans fer control is not secured in any drive position while the shift lever is in the P Park position the transmission will disengage and the drive wheels will not lock BRAKE or O Brake warning light This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems 2 14 Instruments and controls Parking brake indicator When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the light comes on when the parking brake is applied Low brake fluid warning light When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied stop the ve hicle and perform the following 1 Check the br
579. usted After the tire is inflated to the rec ommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pres sure gauge to check the tire pressure For additional information refer to Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and in the In case of emergency section TPMS malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning properly the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position The light will remain on after the 1 minute Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer For additional information refer to Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS in the Starting and driving section and Tire pressure in the Main tenance and do it yourself section in this manual AWARNING Radio waves could adversely affect electrical medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manu facturer for the possible influences be fore use If the light does not illuminate with the ignition switch in the ON position have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible If the light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle
580. utton SOURCE button SELECT A MENU J FRONT PANEL BUTTONS OPERATION UP DOWN LEFT RIGHT buttons These buttons are used to navigate the contents of the display menus POWER buttons Press this button to turn the monitor on or off SOURCE button Press this button to cycle between monitor A audio video sources and monitor B audio video sources 4 86 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems EJECT buttons Press this button to eject the disc PLAY button Press this button to play the media STOP button Press this button to stop media playback PAUSE button Press this button to pause media playback MENU SELECT button Press this button to access the DVD OSD menu Press the SETUP button on the remote control to exit the DVD OSD menu For additional informa tion refer to How to use the DVD OSD Menu in this section WIRELESS HEADPHONE OPERATION Installing the batteries Before attempting to operate the headphones install the batteries as described below 1 Remove headphone battery cover 2 Install two AAA batteries into the head phones Make sure the proper polarity or is observed 3 Reinstall headphone battery cover Headphone operation Press the power button on the headphones to turn on and off the headphones The red LED will illuminate when the headphone is turned on Set the select switch B to A or B for use with the A
581. utton is released the iPod will return to the normal play speed The NISSAN controller can also be used to se lect tracks when the iPod is playing 8 00 iPod gt Artists Scrolling menus While navigating long lists of artists albums or songs in the music menu it is possible to scroll the list by the first letter To activate letter index ing perform one of the following Turn the NISSAN controller quickly Press and hold the up down directional ar rows on the NISSAN controller Touch and hold the page up down arrows on the touch screen To exit the scrolling by letter mode perform one of the following Press the ENTER button on the NISSAN controller Push the ENTER switch on the steering wheel Do not touch the controls for 2 seconds BLUETOOTH STREAMING AUDIO if so equipped If you have a compatible Bluetooth audio de vice that is capable of playing audio files the device can be connected to the vehicle s audio system so that the audio files on the device play through the vehicle s speakers Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 77 Settings gt Bluetooth o MYu 8 00 Bluetooth Connecting Bluetooth audio To connect your Bluetooth audio device to the vehicle follow the procedure below 1 Press the SETTING button on the control panel 2 Select the Bluetooth key 3 Select the Connect Bluetooth key Settings gt Bl
582. ve hicle motion Under certain driving conditions the VDC System helps to perform the following functions Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel slip on one slipping drive wheel so power is transferred to anon slipping drive wheel on the same axle Controls brake pressure and engine output to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle speed traction control function lf the 4WD transfer case is shifted into 4LO the indicator light will come on and the VDC system will be turned off For addi tional information refer to Using 4 wheel drive 4WD in this section Controls brake pressure at individual wheels and engine output to help the driver maintain control of the vehicle in the following condi tions understeer vehicle tends to not follow the steered path despite increased steer ing input oversteer vehicle tends to spin due to certain road or driving conditions The VDC system can help the driver to maintain control of the vehicle but it cannot prevent loss of vehicle control in all driving situations When the VDC system operates the R indi cator in the instrument panel flashes so note the following The road may be slippery or the system may determine some action is required to help keep the vehicle on the steered path You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working prop
583. ved Manual liftgate release Power liftgate release Manual liftgate if so equipped Power liftgate if so equipped 4A CAUTION If the liftgate cannot be locked or unlocked with Ifthe liftgate cannot be opened with the door lock o Ifthe power liftgate does not stay open or the door lock switch or the keyfob due to a switch or keyfob due to a discharged battery if the liftgate unexpectedly closes at any discharged battery follow these steps follow these steps time while a continuous warning chime 1 Remove the cover on the inside of the lift 1 Remove the cover on the inside of the lift sounds do not operate the liftgate There gate gate may be a pressure loss in one or both of the liftgate struts Have the liftgate in 2 Move the lever up to lock or down to unlock 2 Move the lever up to open the liftgate spected by a NISSAN dealer Do not activate the power liftgate if one or both of the liftgate struts are re moved Damage to the liftgate or power liftgate mechanisms may occur Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 27 GLASS HATCH FUEL FILLER DOOR NOTE FUEL FILLER CAP The liftgate must be unlocked in order to open the glass hatch A WARNING Gasoline is extremely flammable and A WARNING highly explosive under certain condi Do not drive with the glass hatch open tions You could be burned or seriously This could allow dangerous exhaust gases injured if it is misused or mishandled to be drawn into the vehicle For addi
584. wear indicators When a brake pad requires re placement a high pitched scraping or screech ing sound will be heard when the vehicle is in motion The noise will be heard whether or not the brake pedal is depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear indicator sound is heard 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself Under some driving or climate conditions occa sional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed For additional information regard ing brake inspections refer to the appropriate maintenance schedule information in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide FUSES Two types of fuses are used Type is used in the fuse boxes in the engine compartment Type is used in the passenger compartment fuse box Type A fuses are provided as spare fuses They are stored in the passenger compartment fuse box Type A fuses can be installed in the engine compartment and passenger compartment fuse boxes DEREI BI f If a type fuse is used to replace a type fuse the type fuse will not be level with the fuse pocket as shown in the illustration This will not affect the performance of the fuse Make sure the fuse is installed in the fuse box securely Type fuses cann
585. xit function using the following procedure 1 Connect the battery cable or replace the fuse 2 Open and close the driver s door more than two times with the ignition switch in the LOCK position The entry exit function should now work properly SYSTEM OPERATION The automatic drive positioner system will not work or will stop operating under the following conditions When the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h When any of the memory switches are pushed while the automatic drive positioner is Operating When the adjusting switch for the driver s seat is turned on while the automatic drive positioner is operating 3 38 Pre driving checks and adjustments When the seat has been already moved to the memorized position When no seat position is stored in the memory switch When the shift lever is moved from P Park to any other position When the driver s door remains open more than 45 seconds and the ignition switch is not in the ON position The automatic drive positioner system can be adjusted and canceled For vehicles with naviga tion system refer to Navigation system in the Monitor climate audio phone and voice recog nition systems section of this manual For ve hicles without navigation system see your NISSAN dealer 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Control panel buttons color screen without Navigation System if so equipped
586. y an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring restart the engine using the following pro cedures 1 Leave the ignition switch placed in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds 2 Place the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position and wait approximately 10 seconds 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 4 Restart the engine while holding the device which may have caused the interference separate from the registered key If the no start condition re occurs NISSAN rec ommends placing the registered key on a sepa rate key ring to avoid interference from other devices FCC Notice For USA This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference re ceived including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE Changes or modifications not expressly ap proved by the party responsible for compli ance could void the user s authority to op erate the equipment For Canada This device complies with Industry Canada licence exempt RSS _ standard s Opera tion is subject to the following two condi tions 1 this device may not cause inter ference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice LICO474 Security indicator light The security
587. y also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint unless the combined weight of the child and child restraint exceeds 65 lbs 29 5 kg If the com bined weight of the child and child restraint is greater than 65 Ibs 29 5 kg use the vehicle s seat belt not the lower anchors to install the WRS0416 LATCH system lower anchor locations bench seat child restraint Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation The LATCH lower anchor points are provided to install child restraints in the following positions only 2nd row captain s chairs if so equipped 2nd row bench seat outboard positions only if so equipped 1 34 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LATCH lower anchor AWARNING Failure to follow the warnings and instruc tions for proper use and installation of child restraints could result in serious in jury or death of a child or other passen gers in a sudden stop or collision Attach LATCH system compatible child restraints only at the locations shown in the illustration Do not secure a child restraint in the center rear seating position using the LATCH lower anchors The child re straint will not be secured properly Inspect the lower anchors by insert ing your fingers into the lower anchor area Feel to make sure there ar
588. y be moved to the de sired location If the shift lever cannot be moved out of P Park have a NISSAN dealer check the automatic transmission system as soon as possible AWARNING If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P Park position while the engine is run ning and the brake pedal is depressed the stop lights may not work Malfunctioning stop lights could cause an accident injur ing yourself and others Accelerator downshift in D Drive position For passing or hill climbing depress the accel erator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmis sion down into a lower gear depending on the vehicle speed Fail safe When the fail safe operation occurs please note that the transmission will be locked in any of the forward gears according to the condition If the vehicle is driven under extreme con ditions such as excessive wheel spinning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case turn the ignition switch OFF and wait for 3 seconds Then turn the ignition switch back to the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal operating condition If it does not return to its normal operating condition have the transmission checked and re paired it if necessary It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service PARKING BRAKE AWARNING Be sure the parking brake is fully re
589. y controls the transfer case operation Rotate the switch to move between each mode 2WD AUTO 4H and 4LO You must push the switch in to select 4LO and the vehicle MUST be stationary and the shift lever in the N position when changing into or out of 4LO AWARNING When parking apply the parking brake before stopping the engine and make sure that the 4WD shift indicator light is on and the ATP warning light goes off Otherwise the vehicle could unexpectedly move even if the automatic transmission is in the P position A CAUTION Never shift the 4WD shift switch be tween 4L and 4H while driving The 4H position provides greater trac tion Avoid excessive speed as it will cause increased fuel consumption and higher oil temperatures and could damage drivetrain components Speeds over 62 MPH 100 km h in 4H is not recommended 5 26 Starting and driving The 4LO position provides maximum power and traction Avoid raising vehicle speed excessively as the maximum speed is approximately 31 MPH 50 km h When driving straight shift the 4WD shift switch to the 2WD AUTO or 4H position Do not move the 4WD shift switch when making a turn or reversing Do not shift the 4WD shift switch be tween 2WD AUTO and 4H while driving on steep downhill grades Use the engine brake and low automatic transmission gears D1 or D2 for engine braking Do not operate the 4WD shift switch between 2WD AUTO and 4H with
590. y the full tongue weight of a given trailer and need some of the tongue weight transferred through the frame and pushing down on the front wheels This gives stability to the tow vehicle Technical and consumer information 9 23 A weight distributing hitch system Class IV is recommended if you plan to tow trailers with a maximum weight over 5 000 lbs 2 268 kg Check with the trailer and towing equipment manufacturers to determine if they recommend the use of a weight distributing hitch system NOTE A weight distributing hitch system may af fect the operation of trailer surge brakes If you are considering use of a weight distributing hitch system with a surge brake equipped trailer check with the surge brake hitch or trailer manufacturer to determine if and how this can be done Follow the instructions provided by the manufac turer for installing and using the weight distributing hitch system General set up instructions are as follows 1 Park unloaded vehicle on a level surface With the ignition on and the doors closed allow the vehicle to stand for several minutes so that it can level 2 Measure the height of a reference point on the front and rear bumpers at the center of the vehicle 9 24 Technical and consumer information 3 Attach the trailer to the vehicle and adjust the hitch equalizers so that the front bumper height is within O 5 inches 0 13 mm of the reference height measured in step 2
591. yback limitation is When the Pa rental option is highlighted press the p gt button once and then use the or gt buttons on the remote control to select the desired parental control setting and press ENTER A password is required to change the Parental settings Using the remote control enter the password 0000 and press ENTER to confirm the setting and return to the sub menu Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 97 BRIGHTNESS IILETLETE HOW TO USE THE MONITOR OSD MENU This section describes how to set and adjust the following monitor settings using the monitor on screen display OSD Menu Press the PIX button on the remote control to select between the options in the table below After selecting the desired option use the A or W buttons on the re mote control to adjust the setting Descrip option PP Range petauit Adjust to brighten or darken the picture Adjust to increase or de Contrast crease picture contrast Adjust to increase or de Saturation crease color intensity Adjust to increase Hue or de crease the color hue Brightness O 100 O 100 O 100 O 100 4 98 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Descrip Option PSP range petauit Adjust to soften or sharpen the picture Select on or off to turn the IR IR Head head phone phone audio out put on or Sharpness Set lan

2015 Nissan Armada

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents